ADDRESS—University 600 Forbes Avenue Pittsburgh Pa 15282 Telephone Call specific Centrex (Direct Dial) number (see following) for other offices call 434 6000 ADMISSION—Director of Admissions Administration Building First Floor Telephone (412) 434 6220/6221/6222 Duquesne 'University ADVISORS College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College Hall Room 215 P"Ittsburgh, 17-ennsylvania" Telephone (412) 434 6394/6395/6396 School of Business and Administration Rockwell Hall Room 403 Telephone (412) 434 6277/6278 School of Education Canevin Hall Room 214 Telephone (412) 434-6118/6119 School of Music Room 315 Telephone (412) 434 6083 UNE)FEWGRADUAl"E" School of Nursing, College Hall Room 637D Telephone (412) 434 6346/6347 AT School of Pharmacy Mellon Hall of Science Room 421 C a ALOG Telephone (412) 434 6385/6365 ROTC—College Hall Fourth Floor Telephone (412) 434 6614/6664/6665 CAMPUS MINISTRY—Administration Building First Floor IWO: *31, Telephone (412) 434 6020 CAREER PLANNING AND PLACE M ENT—Administration Third Floor Published annually in July by Duquesne University 600 Forbes Avenue Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 Telephone (412) 434 6644/6645/6646/6647

CASHIER—Payment of Tuition and Fees Administration Building Ground Floor 1 NOTICE OF RIGHT TO PRIVACY Telephone (412) 434 6585/6586/6587/6588 Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act access to student records by non University personnel CHAPLAIN—Administration Building Ground Floor is restricted unless granted by the student or dependency of the student is demonstrated by a parent or guardian Telephone (412) 434-6020/6021 DEAN OF STUDENTS—Duquesne Union, Third Floor Duquesne University admits students of any sex race color national and ethnic o'rigin to all rights privileges Telephone (412) 434 6657/6658/6659 programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school it does not discriminate FINANCIAL AID—Loan Scholarship Student Employment Applications on the basis of sex race color national or ethnic origin veteran s status or non-performance related handi- Administration Building Ground Floor cap in the administration of its educational policies admissions policies scholarship and loan programs and Telephone (412) 434 6607/6608/6609 athletic and other University-administered programs FOREIGN STUDENT ADVISOR—Duquesne Union Third Floor Telephone (412) 434 6657 Contents HEALTH SERVICE—Duquesne Towers, Second Floor Telephone (412) 434 7822/7823 Calendar 2 IDENTIFICATION CARDS—Office Services Rockwell Hall Lower Level ,I General information 9 Telephone (412) 434-6191 11 Programs and Courses ...... 13 INFORMATION CENTER—For University Events Duquesne Union Third Floor 13 Telephone (412) 434-6632/6633 Liberal Arts and Sciences .... LEARNING SKILLS PROGRAM—Administration Building Third Floor Business and Administration .... 158 Telephone (412) 434-6661/6662/6636 Education .... 68 PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELING—Center for Testing and Research Music ...... 75 Telephone (412) 434 6561/6562/6563 Nursing ... 97 PUBLIC SAFETY—Public Safety Building Pharmacy ...... 104, Telephone (412) 434 6001/6002/6003 I L I 120 REGISTRAR—For Transcripts and Records Rockwell Hall ROTC

Ij Telephone (412) 434 6214 (Transcripts) 434 6215 (Records) I III StudentServices Programs and Organizations ... 123 RESIDENCE LIFE—For Housing Duquesne Towers I V ampus mistry. Telephone (412) 434-6655/6656 (Second Floor Billing Contract) V Admission, Financial Aid, Tuition and Fees 130 434 7802/7803/7804 (First Floor Room Assignments) VI Registration, Scholastic Policies 142 STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE—Administration Building Second Floor Telephone (412) 434 6058/6059 VII Directories...... 147 TESTING BUREAU—Administration Building Third Floor index 170 Telephone (412) 434-6204/6208

The provisions of this catalog are to be considered directive in character The University reserves the ri^ht to make any changes that seem necessary or desirable including fees tuition and room and board 3 SPRING SEMESTER-1983

December I Wednesday Latest Date for Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By- Mail Option January 6 Thursday Final Registration 1982-83 January 7 Friday Final Registration FALL SEMESTER-1982 january 8 Saturday Final Registration January 8 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January 8 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Spring 83 Registration without Penalty July 1 4 Wednesday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By-Mail January 10 Monday Spring Semester Begins Option January 15 Saturday Latest Date to Register and for Change of Schedule August 25 Wednesday Final Registration Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail No remission of tuition for August 26 Thursday Final Registration a reduced class schedule obtained after this date August 27 Friday Final Registration January 21 Friday Latest Date for May 83 Graduates to Apply for Graduation August 28 Saturday Final Registration January 22 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- August 28 Saturday -Latest Date to Register Without Late Fee DRAWAL from the University August 28 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Fall 82 Registration without Penaltv January 28 Friday Latest Date for May 83 Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline August 30 Monday Fall Semester Begins and Schedule Comprehensives September 6 Monday Holiday Labor Day January 29 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 7 Latest Date to Register and for Change of Schedule Tuesday DRAWAL from the University Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail No temission of tuition for February 5 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WIIH- reduced class schedule after this date DRAWAL from the University September-I I Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Feoruary 14 Monday Reading Day DRAWAL from the University February 15 Tuesday Reading Day September 17 Friday Latest Date for December 82 Graduates to Apply for February 25 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remove Temporary I Grade Graduation from the Fall 82 Semester I Grades not removed on or before September 18 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- this date convert to F s DRAWAL from the University March 4 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit I Grade Removal Grades September 25 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- for Fall 82 Semester DRAWAL from the University March 4 Friday Latest Date for Reporting Mid-Term Grades October 15 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to remove Temporary I Grades March I I Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester from Spring Semester and Summer Session 82 1 grades not Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade removed on or before this date convert to F s March 29 Tuesday Last Class before Easter Holidays October 22 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade April 6 Wednesday First Class Day after Easter Holidays Removal Grades April 6 Wednesday Pre-Registration for 83 Fall Semester Begins April 6-14 incl October 22 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-Term Grades (H F S M T W H) October 25 Monday Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline April 8 Friday Latest Date for May 83 Graduates to Submit Thesis and Take October 29 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester Comprehensives Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade April 15 Friday Latest Date for May 83 Graduates to Pay Accounts November I Monday Holiday All Saints Day April 22 Friday Latest Date for First Semestet Freshmen to Withdraw with W November 2 November 2 is to follow the Monday class schedule Tuesday, Grade November Pre-Registration for Spring Semester Begins Other dates 16 Tuesday April 27 Wednesday Final Examinations Begin Other dates April 28 29 30 May 2 Nov 17 18 192029 30Dec I (WHFSMTW) 3 (H F S M T) November Last Class Day before Thanksgiving Holidays 20 Saturday May 3 Tuesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove 82 Fall Semester November First Class Day after Thanksgiving Holidays 29 Monday I Grades i December I Wednesday Latest Date for Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By- May 3 Tuesday Spring Semester Ends Latest Date for May Graduating Students Mail Option to complete Degrees December 6 Monday Latest Date for December 82 Graduates to submit Thesis and May 6 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day take Comprehensives May 6 Friday Graduation Mass December 8 Wednesday Holiday Immaculate Conception May 7 Saturday Commencement Exercises December Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W 10 May 12 Thursday Holiday Ascension Day Grade July 13 Wednesday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By-Mail December Thursday Final Examinations Begin Other dates Dec 16 17 18 20 21 16 Option 2 2 (H F S M T W) August 12 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration without Pay-By- December Wednesday Fall Semester Ends Latest Date for December graduating 22 Mail Option students to pay accounts and complete degrees December 22 Wednesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove I Grades from the Spring Semester and ^umrner Session 4 5

1983-1984 SPRING SEMESTER-1984 FALL SEMESTER-1983

(To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Begins (To Be Announced) Pharmacy Externship Begins November 30 Thursday Latest Date for Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By- July 15 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By-Mail Mail Option Option January 5 Thursday Final Registration August 24 Wednesday Final Registration January 6' Friday Final Registration August 25 Thursday Final Registration January 7 Saturday Final Registration August 26 Friday Final Registration January 7 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee August 27 Saturday Final Registration January 9 Monday Spring Semester Begins August 27 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January 14 Saturday Latest Date to Register and for Change of Schedule August 27 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Fall 83 Registration without Penalty Latest Date to-Declare Pass/Fail No remission of tuition for August 29 Monday Fall Semester Begins a reduced class schedule obtained after this date September 5 Monday Holiday Labor Day January 20 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Apply for Graduation September 6 Tuesday Latest Date to Register and for Change of Schedule Latest Date January 21 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- to Declare Pass/Fail No remission of tuition for reduced class DRAWAL from the University I schedule obtained after this date January 27 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline (To Be Announced) Pharmacy Externship Ends I and Schedule Comprehensives September 10 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 28 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- DRAWAL from the University DRAWAL from the University (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V First Class Day February 4 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remis^ion for TOTAL WITH- September 16 Friday Latest Date for December 83 Graduates to Apply for DRAWAL from the University Graduation (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Ends September 17 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 13 Monday Reading Day DRAWAL from the University February 14 Tuesday Reading Day September 24 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 24 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remove Temporary I Grade DRAWAL from the University from the Fall 83 Semester I Grades not removed on or before October 14 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to remove Temporary I Grades this date convert to F s from Spring Semester and Summer Session 83 1 grades not March 2 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit I Grade Removal Grades removed on or before this date convert to F s for the Fall 83 Semester October 21 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-Term Grades March 2 Friday Latest Date for Reporting Mid-Term Grades October 21 Friday Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline March 9 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester and Schedule Comprehensives Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade October 21 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade March 16 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Submit Approved Thesis Removal Grades and Take Comprehensives October 28 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester April, 5 Thursday Pre-Registration for 84 Fall Semester Begins Other dates April Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade 5-13 incl IF S M T W' H) November I Tuesday Holiday All Saints Day I April 13 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Pay Accounts November 15 Tuesday Pre-Registration for Spring Semester Begins Otherclates Nov April 13 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W 1 16 7 18 19 28 29 30 (W H F S M T W) Grade - Last Class Day before Thanksgiving Holidays November 19 Saturday - April 17 Tuesday LastClass Day before Easter Holidays November 28 Monday First Class Day after Thanksgiving Holidays April 25 Wednesday First Class Day after Easter Holidays November 30 Thursday Latest Date for Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By- April 25 Wednesday Final Examinations Begin Other dates April 26 27 28 30 Mail Option May I (W H F S M T) December 5 Monday Latest Date for December 83 Graduates to submit Approved May I Tuesday Latest b6te for Graduate Students to Remove 83 Fall Semester Thesis and Take Comprehensives I Grades December 7 Wednesday December 7 will follow the Thursday Class Day Schedule May I Tuesday Spring Semester Ends Latest Date for May 84 Graduating December 8 Thursday Holiday Immaculate Conception Students to complete Degrees December 9 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W May 4 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day - Grade May 4 Friday Graduation Mass' December 15 Thursday Final Examinations Begin other dates Dec 16 17 19 20 21 May 5 Saturday Commencement Exercises IF S M T W) May 31 Thursday Holiday Ascension Day December 21 Wednesday Fall Semester Ends Latest Date for December graduating July 13 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By-Mail students to pay account and complete degrees Option December 21 Wednesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove I Grades from the Spring Semester and Summer Session

6 7 1984-85 SPRING SEMESTER-1985 FALL SEMESTER—] 984 November 29 Thursday Latest Date for Pre-registration with Pay-By-Mail Option Thursday Final Registration July 13 Friday Latest Date for Pre-registration with Pay-By-Mail Option January 10 Final Registration August 22 Wednesday Final Registration January I I Friday Final Reg,stration August 23 Thursday Final Registration January 12 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty August 24 Friday Final Registration January 12 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee August 25 Saturday Final Registration January 12 Saturday Semester Begins August 25 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty January 14 Monday Latest Date to Register August 25 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January 19 Saturday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule August 27 Monday Semester Begins January 19 Saturday Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail September 3 Monday Holiday Labor Day January 19 Saturday No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped September 4 Tuesday Latest Date to Register January 19 Saturday Pharmacy V Externship Begins Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule (To Be Announced) Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Ends Pharmacy V Classes Begin Latest Date for Pharmacy V No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped (To Be Announced) September 3 Monday Holiday Labor Day Students to Register and Change Class Schedules Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Apply for (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Begins January 25 Friday (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Ends Graduation Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Classes Begin Latest Date for Pharmacy V January 26 Saturday DRAWAL from the University Students to Register and Change Class Schedules Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Submit Thesis- September 8 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 28 Monday Outline and Schedule Comprehensives DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 15 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 2 Saturday DRAWAL from the University DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 21 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Apply for February 9 Saturday Graduation DRAWAL from the University September 22 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- March I Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remove Temporary I Grades DRAWAL from the University from the Fall Semester I Grades Not Removed by this date October 10 Wednesday Reading Day convert to F Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades October 19 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remove Temporary I Grades March I Friday from Spring Semester and Summer Session I Grades Not March 8 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade Removed by this date to convert to F Removal Grades Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester October 19 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades March 8 Friday October 22 Monday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade Thesis Outline and Schedule Comprehensives March 25 Monday Reading Day - Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins October 26 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade March 27 Wednesday Removal Grades April I thru 6 Monday thru Sat Holiday Easter Recess Latest Date for May, Prospective Graduates to Submit Approved October 26 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester April 8 Monday Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade Thesis to School Office and Take CompFehensives November I Thursday Holiday All Saints Day April I I Thursday Fall Semester Pre-registration Ends Latest Date for May Graduating Students to Pay Accounts November 13 Tuesday Spring Semester Pre-registration Begins April 12 Friday November 19 24 Monday-Saturday Holiday Thanksgiving Recess April 29 Monday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with W November 29 Thursday Pre-registration for Spring Semester Ends Latest Date for Pre- Grades registration with Pay-By'Mail Option April 30 Tuesday Reading Day December 7 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit May 1-7 Wed Thurs Fri Final Examinations Approved Thesis to School Office and take Comprehensives Sat Mon Tues December 8 Saturday Holiday immaculate Conception I May 7 Tuesday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Com- December 11 Tuesday Reading Day plete Degrees December 14 Friday Reading Day May 7 Tuesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove Temporary I December 15 Saturday Latest Date for first Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grades of the Preceding Fall Grade May 10 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day December 17-22 Monday-Saturday Final Examinations May 10 Friday Graduation Mass December 22 Saturday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Com- May I I Saturday Commencement plete Degrees I May 16 Thursday Holidav Ascension Day December 22 Saturday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove Temporary I May 27 Monday Holiday Memorial Day Grades from preceding Spring and Summer July 4 Thursday Holiday independence Day December 24 Mondav Hnlirl;av Chri,;tmAq Ppcpqq Rpoinq August 15 Thursday Holiday Assumption All Degrees and Programs Offered in the University

SCHOOL BACHELOR'S DEGREE MASTER'S DEGREE DOCTORATE

An H,slp,^ Phnbspph^ B^ochem istry Ph s,cs 6 log^ Political HISTORY Chemistry Science Duquesne University first opened its doors as the C as,^cala,, cs Psychology the development of a sound philosophy of life 'i Social Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holy Ghost in Oc- through an integration of spiritual physical intellec- Civilization Courn mention tober 1878 Computer SocialHuman Services/ with an enrollment of 40 students and tual moral social and aesthetic goals and values the Sciences a faculty of seven The school grew rapidly in its first fostering of a spirit of Inquiry and scholarship College .1 C,1m,n1IEconomic, Services 'carolog years until it moved from its original location on Wylie necessary for continuing intellectual and professional Sciences and English Spanish Avenue in the city s Uptown section to its present growth the formation of a well-balanced self-assured French Speech German Speech site a scenic 39-acre hilltop area called The Bluff personality and the imparting of an attitude of con- Gerontology Pathology/ which overlooks downtown Pittsburgh By 191 1 the tinuing self-evaluation and self-improvement both as History Audiology Biochemistry Pharmaccurtics school had achieved university status at which time an individual and a contributing member of the com- Journalism Theatre/Media Biology Pha,marognosy Liberal Arts/ Theology Engineering Chemistry Pharmacology Chemistry the name Duquesne University of the Holy Ghost was munity of man World Communications Toxicolog^ English M atheract- Literature adopted in honor of the 18th century governor Duquesne offers a wide variety of programs and English Philosophy Formative Medical Media Formame Polit-I Science so,tu^lrty general of French Canada the Marquis ^e Duquesne curricula from which students may select freely in ac- Communications Spirituality Psychology Philosophy who first brought Catholic services to Pittsburgh while cordance with their interests capabilities and goals GermanH istory sociology Psychology Graduate Pharmaceutical it was under French dominion Duquesne s great in life Complemented by a broad spectrum of non- Schoo of Archival T]ne.Sp'n;"y Cheri Libera^ period of student growth after World War 11 along academic activities and programs the curriculum at Museum and M,Pastoral 11 Theology Arts and Editing Studies cist,y with the necessity of refurbishing a make-shift physi- Duquesne University is designed to prepare young Sciences Liberal Studies cal plant led the University to begin an ambitious Matherown, men and women who upon entering their chosen Pharmaceutical program of planned physical expansion and modern- careers will possess a broad well-balanced and fully Chemistry ization in 1950 Now in the enviable position of hav- integrated education and perspective of themselves ing completed most of its physical development and the world Accounting Mamanagement Accounting Economics P',kenng needs for the foreseeable future the University is Admin istration din , Finance Legal POLICY STATEMENT ON us Business Admurust,aucrp a modern attractive highly functional educational :c.h,,,ch"'" ties,'^tranof and La Quantitative Business Information INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION LA drains'nistration]I ofordmmationA 'Systems facility which has more than tripled from its early 12 5 S^stems La in Systems Economics acres to its present self-enclosed 39-acre campus The mission of Duquesne University s founders the site Holy Ghost Congregation has always included Early Childhood Education Today Duquesne University is not only one of the Counselor Ed School Ps^chology service to peoples outside of the United States Elcmemar^ Education Comurri School Supervision leading private institutions in Pennsylvania but also cho.1 of Secondary Education Duquesne University also is committed to providing Education Element ry Secondary Special Education is one of several major private Catholic urban an educational environment which recognizes cultural and/or and Second.,y) Fc—tion Phy"caMenta ;y Elerrerta,^ Ed Special Education universities in the United States The University has and national pluralism Duquesne welcomes qualified School Admin Post Master s for Ha , ch-pped)ly over 6 000 ( Elem and Ce,urfican- students enrolled in its eight schools Col- students from throughout the world an - d encourages Secondary) lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1878) Graduate its students and faculty to take advantage of oppor- School of Liberal Arts and Sciences (19 1 1) and the tunities to study and teach abroad Music Education Folk Art jazz Schools of Law (191 1) Business and Administration The University believes that the sharing of the Theory Iclool of lachelo, of Music Piano Composition (1913) Pharmacy (1925) Musi^ (1926) Education multiple traditions and mores of societies is an in- Music ^Pfplhed Music Music (1929) and Nursing (1937) Duquesne s eight schools valuable element in the educational process In a Sar,ed Voice Piano Pedagogy offer degree programs on the baccalaureate profes- world that is growing ever smaller it is imperative Music Therap^ sional master s and doctoral levels that Duquesne reach out to peoples of different cultures to afford them the opportunity to acquire PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Sell,' 11 Bachelor,of Science educational experiences not otherwise available to r,n,s,ag u Nuts ng While Duquesne University can look with pride at the I them Interaction among international and American remarkable transformation of the campus effected faculty and students will ^nrich all and enhance their

School ot Medical Technology by its physical development and expansion program ability to be better citizens of our shared world Pharmacy PHospm ha ,,1,1y ac I Pharm— it has never lost sight of its primary role as an educa- Radiological Health Duquesne University asserts its commitment to tional institution and its responsibilities to the develop and to maintain programs services and students who form the Duquesne family A Catholic School .1 La, practices which promote and express respect for per- institution operated by the Congregation of the Holy sons of diverse cultures and backgrounds and which Gho^t, Duquesne is open to students of all religions provide educational bridges linking the peoples of and creeds A community committed to the ideal of the world producing young men and women whose minds seek intellectual freedom and truth the University seeks THE UNIVERSITY SETTING to impart to its students the ability to judge and make Located adjacent to downtown Pittsburgh Duquesne decisi6ns independently to interrelate disciplines University s modern hilltop campus is readily acces- and experience and to balance memory reason and sible to the business entertainment and shopping imagination In essence the Duquesne student is centers of the city while still offering students the ideally an individual with a fully integrated person- privacy and peace of its own self-enclosed 39-acre ality and a sensitivity and responsiveness to his site Long noted as one of the world s greatest steel- humanity and that of his fellow man I producing centers Pittsburgh combines the features rhe educational objectives of the University include of urban living with many of the charms and personal H characteristics of a much smaller town The third sions Campus Ministry Business Offices Testing lounge the campus bookstore the campus informa- Hall also resulted from conversions of older largest coiporate headquan:ers center in the U S Bureau Career Planning and Placement office tion center and a recreation center which features structures behind New York and Chicago Pittsburgh was also Learning and Counseling Center Financial Aid Of- eight bowling lanes pocket billiards table tennis Richard King Mellon Hall of Science an attractive shown in a recent survey of urban life to be the fice and the Division of University Relations Adjoin- table soccer a music listening room pinball elec- four-story structure dedicated in 1968 houses the fourth most desirable metropolitan area for overall Ing the building is the University Chapel whichoffers tronic games a rathskeflar an art gallery and an Departments of Biological Sciences Chemistry quality of life in the U S Although most visitors and daily Mass and the Campus Theatre emporium Physics and the School of Pharmacy Designed by new residents who corne to the city are cond tion- The G & G ed by the old Smokey City image they soon Zrn Assumption Hall the oldest residence hall on cam- Building in addition to housing various one of the world s most renowned architects Mies that the Pittsburgh which emerged from its nationally pus was dedicated in 1956 A four-story structure administrative offices of the University is the site of van der Rohe the building Won the Laboratory of acclaimed Renaissance redevelopment program with a 280-student capacity the facility has Its own some undergraduate classes Also houses the Univer- the Year award in 1969 Instructional facilities in- is not only a city of clean air and streets safe recreation area and offers both single and double sity s Vocations Office clude two large amphitheatre-style lecture halls with neighborhoods and a bustling economy but that occupancy rooms The Gymnasium is used as a practice facility by seating capacities of 248 each Pittsburgh more than any other American city has Canevin Hall, the oldest classroom building or, carn- various inter-collejiate athletic teams of the Univer- The Music School dedicated in 1967 has 73 pianos developed a strong civic identity and sense of pride pus was built in 1922 and completelv renovated in sity arid as the center for indoor sports of the Univer- including 56 Stemways five organs and over 300 in its rebirth as a modern urban community 1968 A four-story building it houses the School of sity s intramural sports program The gym features orchestra[ and band instruments available for student Students from Duquesne and the other colleges Education Curriculum Library Reading Clinic a modern fully equipped weight training facility the use The school offers training and degrees in con- and universities in the city can choose from a wide Guidance and Counseling Clinic and the Institute of Dukes Court Weight Room which is open to the stu- servatory and music education jazz and sacred range of cultural events and institutions The world- Formative Spirituality dent body as well as the University s varsity teams music as well as an innovative program in music therapy individual and group practice areas are renowned Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra Pitts- College Hall a six-story classroom and office build- McCloskey Field dedicated in the mid- I 970s is the burgh Opera and Pittsburgh Ballet Theatre all per- center for outdoor intramural activity Other athletic available in the building along with acoustically ing dedicated in 1970 is the seat of the College of equipped classrooms Performances are given form regularly in the elegant Heinz Hall for the Per- Liberal Arts and Sciences and the Graduate School facilities include three self-enclosed tennis courts and forming Arts The theatregoer can choose from two outdoor basketball courts one of which is con- throughout the school year in the recital hall and productions of the Pittsburgh Public Theatre local of Liberal Arts and Sciences housing 10 of their in- verted for street hockey in the winter months the school hosts the annual Mid-East Instrumental dividual departments and faculties The School of Music Conference college drama departments and programs and a Nursing is located on the sixth floor Special instruc- The Edward J Hanley Hall of Law dedicated in wide variety of summer and after-dinner club tional facilities include psychology numerical 1982 resulted from the renovation and expansion Rockwell Hall dedicated in 1958 is a I 0-story struc-i theatres in the summer the American Wind Sym- analysis nursing and practice skills laboratories of the old University Library building The new facility ture which houses the School of Business and phony offers open-air concerts on Pittsburgh s river- along with two lecture halls houses faculty and administrative offices research Administration Its Business Simulation Laboratory sides other seasonal events include the Three Rivers and study rooms two large amphitheatre lecture contains 12 conference rooms equipDed with tele- and Shadyside arts festivals and the international The Counseling Center houses the Univers,ty s' halls interview rooms seminar and classroom areas vision cameras and microphones for observation and Folk Festival three prestigious events which draw Center for Training and Research in Phenomeno- and a moot courtroom The greatly expanded law recording of activity in the individual rooms Rockwell national attention logical Psychology a facility operated by Duquesne s library is the most accessible one of its kind in the Hall also houses a snackbar the Business School s Duquesne students can visit such points of interest renowned Department of Psychology city with its central location and convenient hours student study lounge the University s Systems as Highland Park Zoo Carnegie Museum of Art and The Des Places Communications Center dedicated (7 a m to midnight Monday through Thursday 10 Center the Institute for Wotld Concerns the Divi- History Scarfe Gallery the Conservatory-Aviary Buhl -n 1982 houses the department of speech com- a m to midnight Sunday) The law library is open sion of Continuing Education Registrar s Office Stu- Planetarium Pittsburgh Histoiy and Landmarks munications and theatre department of journalism to members of the local bench and bar as well as dent I D Center Office Services Department and Museum Duquesne incline and Phipps Conservatory the new medical media commun,cations program co- law students Peter Mills Auditorium Directly across the river from campus is Mount sponsored by the University and Mercy Hospital and Washington Pittsburgh s highest point which offers the production and broadcasting studios of WDUO The Library-Resource Center dedicated in 1978 St Ann s Hall dedicated in 1964 is a two-wing a spectacular view of the city and its su. roundings television and radio an affiliate of the national Public is a modern attractive five-story structure that Sig- three-story women s dormitory with its own laundry particularly at night Market Square a redeveloped Broadcasting System (PBS) Named in honor of the naled the crowning achieverrent of the University s area several lounges and television rooms a recrea- area in the heart of downtown Pittsburgh and the founder of the Holy Ghost Congregation the center expansion and redevelopment program Housed in tionarea snackarea and attractive grounds Double Oakland-Shadyside area in the eastern end of the also features a journalism laboratory simulation over 100 000 square feet of space is a collection of and single rooms are available city are two of the major entertainment and night- laboratory instructional photo laboratory seminar over 402 000 bound volumes more than 3 600 St Martins Hall a 14-story residence provides life centers rooms graphic arts classroom and a little theatre periodicals and an extensive microprint and audio- housing for graduate and law students as well as ron- The success of the various professional and major performance room The women s recreation center visual collection The facility also contains a number Duquesne students from other Pittsburgh academic college sports teams has won for Pittsburgh the title including-a gym and shmnastics area is located on of special collections including the African Collec- and vocational institutions of City of Champions The 1971 and 1979 World the ground floor tion on African culture society and politics the Rabbi Champion Pirates and the four-time Super Bowl Herman Hailperin Collection on Medieval Christian Trinity Hall dedicated in 1952 serves as the Champion Steelers play at Three Rivers Stadiurn The The Duquesne Towers a 17-story air-conditioned and Jewish intellectual and religious thought the residence of the Holy Ghost Fathers who serve the Penguins (National Hockey League) Spirit (Major In- doubie-tower residence foi 1 200 men and women Silverman Center collection of world literature in University as administrators and teachers The door Soccer League) and Duquesne Dukes nation- featuring separate housing wings was dedicated in phenomenology and the University Archives With grounds of the hall include an attractive mall and ally known basketball team the 197 7 Eastern Eight 1970 The facility features a full-size indoor swimming seating capacity for approximately 1 000 patrons in- grotto champions all perform in the nearby Civic Arena pool with a suncleck offices of the Residence Life cluding graduate study carrels and conference facili- University Public Safety Building is headquarters one of the largest indoor sports arenas in the United Division the Campus Health Services area a main ties the new Library constitutes a highly functional for the University s Public Safety Office States and the only one in the world with a retract- student lounge and smaller lounges on each floor facility that should remain responsive to the needs able dome Facilities for such participatory sports as telephones in each room and a resident dining hall of the Duquesne community for many years to come tennis golf running hiking skiing skating and many with a 2 500-student capacity Architects for the L.brary Resource Center Gerard ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION others are available throughout the Pittsburgh area The Duquesne Union a modern architectural facility Associates were cited by the Pittsburgh Chapter of University with an innovative conctete and glass design is the the American Institute of Architects for creative Accreditation PHYSICAL FACILITIES center of campus activities and Student life Dedi- design in their renovation and expansion of the Commission on Higher Education The Administration Building OldMain wasthe cated in 1967 it houses the offices of the Student ct'rigmal structure an old garage and warehouse con- Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools fit st building constructed on the Duquesne campus Life the Athletic Department and various student structed in the I 920s into the present facility The State Board of Education of the Pennsylvania dedicated in 1884 Recently renovated it houses the organizations and interest groups Facilities include Music School The Edward Hanley Hall and College Department of Education Executive Offices of the University Office of Admis- three separate dining areas a ballroom and student

12 1 3

Membership School of Pharmacy American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Accreditation Part 11: Admissions Officers American Council on Pharmaceutical Education American Council on Education Pennsylvania State Board of Ph / armacy Association of College Adm,ssions Counselors Menibcrship Programs anild %(",.01ulirstes Catholic Educational Association of Pennsylvania American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy National Association for independent Colleges and Universities National Association of Student Personnel EVENING STUDY College of Administrators The School of Business and Administration and the National Catholic Educational Association College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offer evening -Liberal Arts and Sciences National Commission on Accrediting classes for full-time and part-time students each Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education semester and during the Summer Session These are College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for persons whose employment does not permit Accreditation them to attend as regular day students American Chemical Society Through careful planning and consultation with academic advisors the bachelor s degree program HISTORY Menibership may be completed by evening study in some major In 1 878 the Fathers of the Congregation of the Holy Social Sciences (Political Science American Conference of Academic Deans areas offered by these two schools Other under- Ghost and the Immaculate Heart of Mary established Psychology Sociology) Nine credits American Society of journalism School graduate schools also schedule occasional evening a College of Arts and Letters which was incorporated At least two disciplines Administrators courses but it is not possible to complete their degree in 1882 as Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holy must be represented Association of American Colleges requirements through evening attendance alone Ghost with authority to grant degrees in the arts and History Literature Nine credits Both Eastern Association of College Deans and Advisors Prospective evening undergraduate students sciences In 19 1 1 the College and University Coun- disciplines must be represented School of Business and Administration should consult with the office of the Dean of the cil of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania extended Philosophy Theology Nine credits Both, Accreditation schoo^l in which they are interestecl for information the charter to universitv status and approved the disciplines must be represented American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business about the opportunity for evening study on a contin- amendment in favor of the corporate title Duquesne Communications Accreditation Council uing basis University (journalism Linguistics Speech Medical Media) Three credits Mcinbership PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Completion of Major Program As determined Association for University Business and Economic SUMMER SESSIONS Research Duquesne University believes that education is con- by department (Minimum of 24 credits) Many undergraduate and graduate courses are of- cerned with the human person as a whole—mind Completion of Minor Program As determined Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business fered each summer in most areas They are open to body and soul It believes that each individual has by dep , artment offering the minor Administration qualified Duquesne students and to those from other the obligation to self society and God to develop (Mmunum of 12 credits above the School of Education colleges and universities potential to the fullest in this commitment the introductory courses) The sessions of varying length begin in May and Accreditation College of Liberal Arts and Sciences sets its oblec- Students who major or minor in a basic area auto- run through mid-August Short term offerings of one Middle States Association of Colleges tives and forms its curricula matically satisfy the area requirements for that and two week duration usually at the graduate level and Schools The objectives of the College are discipline Courses taken :n an i nterdisc,pli nary minor are scheduled before and after the regular session Pennsylvania Department of Education I To provide a solid foundation for lifelong do not satisfy area requirements Mcinbcrship leatning A maximum of 12 credits in non-arts-and-sciences American Association of Colleges for Teacher SYSTEMS CENTER/COMPUTER 2 To develop an awareness of the methodologies courses may be applied to the B A or B S degree However if the student chooses an inter-school Education RESOURCES and epistemologics of the major areas of knowledge Association of independent Liberal Arts so that evaluations and judgments may be valid minor the maximum for the minor (Business 15 The Systems Center is a service department of the Education 15 Music 18) will be applied to the Colleges for Teacher Educators 3 To assist in both the growth of self-knowledge University which reports to the Vice President fcr degree but all othei courses must be selected from The Pennsylvania Association of Colleges and the clevelooment of a philosophy of life Business and Management The Systems Center has the arts and sciences offerings I and Teacher Educators To assist the individual to understand his rela- a UNIVAC 1 100/60 computer with 2 megabytes of 4 A students major and minor programs may not School of Music main memory and 900 megabytes of disk storage tion to God to socieq and to nature be chosen from the same department (Modern Acc(editation Time-sharing terminals are available at several loca- 5 To perfect that skill in the use of standard Language majors may minor in another language I National Association of Schools of Music tions on campus for student use The facilities are English necessary to clear coherent expression of National Association for Music Therapy open to all students and faculty members The one s thoughts hopes and ideals primary academic users are the School of Business ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Menibership 6 To cultivate a background for the learned pro- and Administration computer science majors and the American Symphony Orchestra League fessions and for scholarly pursuits Completion of 1210 credits math and physics departments A minimum cumulative over-all quality point average National Catholic Music Educators Association The Systems Center also provides all the data CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS of 2 0 I k School of Nursing processing services for the administrative offices of English Composition Proficiency at the A minimum Cumulative quaLty point average in the Accreditation the University Some of these services are registra- 102 level major and minor of 2 0 National League for Nursing tion grade reporting admissions and the financial Modern or Classical Language Proficiency at Removal of I and F grades in major and required recordkeeping requirements for the University Appwval the 202 or 2 12 level courses Students who work at the Center become involved Pennsylvania State Board of Nurse Examiners Natural Sciences (Biology chemistry Completion of sequential courses in proper sequence in all aspects of its operation These include systems Earth Sciences Computer Science Completion of the residence requirement The last Menibership design programming and actual computer Nine Credits 30 credits must be taken at the University American Association of Colleges of Nursing Physics Mathematics) operations One two-sernester sequential Submission of application for the degree No student National League fof Nursing (Council of is considered a degree candidate until he files an ap- , Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs) course must be completed

14 15

plication for the degree on a form provided by the The part-time co-op (or parallel co-op) student is PRE-PROFESSIONAL HEALTH EDUCATION CLEP AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT Registrar in effect a part-time employee while carrying a full Students who intend to prepare for a career in See page 132 Any course taken as a Temporary Transfer at another academic load at the University Parallel co-ops can medicine dentistry veterinary medicine or related institution must be approved before the classes are ACADEMIC REGULATIONS be engaged in semester after semester Students in fields may major in the subject area of their choice taken either program register for a credit course Coopera- and should select a major as soon as possible They Electives DEGREES tive Work Experience College of Arts and Sciences must meet degree requirements of the major depart- A maximum of 12 non A & S credits may be applied which carries one to nine credits Full-time co-op ment as well as admission requirements of the pro- to the BA/BS degree with the exception of certain The College corlers two undergraduate degrees students also have the option of registenng for one fessional school of their choice A'faculty committee approved inter-school minors which may extend this Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts Students or more academic courses during their co-op work on Pre-Medical Education assists the medically- number to 15 or 18 credits who complete the major in biology chemistry com- tour oriented student ACADEMIC LOAD puter science and physics receive the B S degree For additional information contact the College Students may normally carry five courses in one Students who complete the major in art history Cooperative Education Advisor or the Director INTER-SCHOOL MINORS semester A schedule of more than five courses or classics economics English history journalism Career Planning and Placement inter-school minors are available in Business and medical media modern languages philosophy I Administration Education Music and Pharmacy For 17 credits must be approved by the Dean In the sum- political science psychology sociologv speech and PROGRAM IN WORLD LITERATURE complete details students should consul, the Dnec- mer sessions students normally carry one credit a theology receive the B A degree Students major- The Departments of Classics Inglish and Modern tor of Academic Adv.sement week i e six credits in the six-week session A ing in mathematics can follow a curriculum leading Languages jointly offer a World Literature program— 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is considered BACHELOR-MASTER S to either a B A or B S with both major and minor sequence The program full-time study Students on academic probation may degree student who has completed all requirements and is designed to give the student an awareness of the A not take more than 15 credits a total of 90 credits with a 3 5 average may apply historical and cultural framework in which Classical for the bachelor/master s program After successful EFFECTIVE CATALOG British American Continental Asian and African completion of the master s program the student will Degree requirements are those stipulated in the Literatures have evolved their influence upon each receive the bachelors degree catalog of the year in which a student matriculates other and an in-depth Study of selected major The student is responsible for knowing the require- literary works in these areas BACHELOR'S/PROFESSIONAL SCHOOL ments tor the degree Requirements may be changed student who has completed 90 credits with a 3 50 CONCENTRATED STUDIES PROGRAM COURSE OFFERINGS A without notice or obligation This catalog has been overall average and satisfied all undergraduate cur- Concentrated studies is a special developmental Major 24 credits (6 in the core and the remaining prepared on the best information available as of ricular requirements may apply for the bachelors education program designed to help students im- 18 cred,ts distributed equally among Classics English July 1982 degree after the successful completion of the first prove their basic skills and realize their full poten- and Modern Languages) Major requirements are those stipulated in the tial for college work Students in the program take year of professional work in an accredited medical Minor 15 credits (6 in the core and the remaining catalog of the year in which a student declares the a prescribed olock of college level courses during or law school 9 credits distributed equally among Classics English major their freshman year and thereafter complete their and Modern Languages) LIBERAL ARTS ENGINEERING UNIVERSITY-LEVEL COURSES TAKEN education at Duquesne in the traditional manner Students who intend to prepare for a career in Core Course Readings in World Literature I and 11 WHILE IN HIGH SCHOOL Courses offered in the program 3-2 binary piogram that (English) engineering may enter a University-level courses taken by entering freshmen Duquesne University maintains with Case Western 001 002 BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS students while in their senior year of high school will DEPARTMENTAL 4 ci each semester COURSE OFFERINGS Reserve University in Cleveland Ohio Students are be evaluated for credit if the following criteria have 003 BASIC CONCEPTS OF PSYCHOLOGY Classics Any of the current offerings in Classical expected to meet the curricular requirements of the been met Literature either in translation or in the original 4 cr College of Liberal Arts and Sciences except for the • the courses are recorded on an official transcript language at the 200 level or above 005 006 FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE LATIN completion of a major program Under the guidance from an accredited institution of higher learn- 4 cr each semester English Any of the current course offerings in of a liaison officer they will normally complete the ing The grades must be C or better 007 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY Literature at the 333-400 level as approved by the program at Duquesne in three years then enter an • the student has completed one semester at 4 credits department chairman engineering program at Case Duquesne with a C+ average or better 008 STUDY SKILLS Modern Languages Ary of the current o^fferings in Upon completion of the program at CWRU students I cr Modern Languages either in translation or in the will be awarded the B A Degree from Duquesne and MAJORS the B S Degree from the School of Engineering at The College of Arts and Sciences offers the follow- COOPERATIVE EDUCATION original language, above the 302 level Case ing majors The University sponsors a Cooperative Education BACHELOR OF ARTS—LIBERAL ARTS AND For complete details consult with the Liaison Of- Art History Mathematics Program Its purpose is two fold 1) to provide GENERAL SCIENCES ficer for the Binary Program in Engineering in the Biochemistry Medical Media students with opportunities in which they can apply This program is designed for those students who Mathematics Department Biology Communications classroom learning to practical work and business prefer not to choose a formal major or minor offered Chemistry Philosophy settings while learning and gaimrig the types of ex- in a traditional discipline All requirements other than SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE Classics Physics perience unavailable in any classroom and 2) to the major and minor must be completed Students A student who has received a bachelor s degree from Classical Civihzation Political Science offer employers a source of talented students who must select one area of concentration Humanities another school may become eligible for a second 30 Computer Science Psychology can serve in pre-professional capacities as full-or-part- Social Sciences Natural Sciences A concentration bachelors degree by earning an additional Criminal justice Social Communication time employees and who will be prime candidates requires a minimum of 30 credit hours and a maxi- semester hours in residence in the College of Liberal Economics Social Services/Human for full-time employment after graduation mum of 39 hours Courses Must be chosen from Arts and Sciences and by meeting all departmental English Services The program is open to any upper class students courses 200 and above and College requirements if not already satisfied The sociology who have a minimum 2 5 quality point average The additional 30 credits must be completed at the French PRE-LAW full-time co-op student is Ilimited to a four or six University and may not be taken through German Spanish month work period (or tour) during which he would Students who intend to prepare for a career in law cross-registration Gerontology Speech Pathology/ be a 40 hour a week paid employee of the cooperat- mav select any subject area for the undergraduate - History Audiology ing employer The work tour can be repeated with major They will be expected to meet degree re- THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S journalism Theatre/Media quirements in the major department as well as For information contact the office of Admissions or the same or a different cooperating employer upon Liberal Arts/ Theology the students completion of a full semester of aca- admission requirements of the law school of their the Dean of the College Engineering World Literature choice demics after the first work tour 16 1 7

MINORS in formulating Christian Art Renaissance Art and From cubism to conceptual art from Picasso to American Computer Science History Social Communication Neo-Classicism is analyzed (offered in alternate Pollock and Pop this course offers a thorough ex- Government Criminal justice International Relations Social Services/Human years) ploration of the visual arts of the 20th Century Italian American Literature Earth Science Services 208 French Art 3 cr 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 Economics journalism Art History Sociology A survey which discusses ideas schools and styles Special Studies in Art History 3 cr Biochemistry Education Latin Spanish in the history of French art from the Roman occupa- An occasional course in this series is offered when English Literature Biology Mathematics Speech Pathology/ tion to the present Highlights are Medieval Renais- special interests of students and faculty can be Business and French Media Production Audiology sance Rococo and Modern art (offered in alternate served Courses offered include The Image of Women Administration General Speech Music Theatre/Media years) in Art Picasso Impressionism Egyptian Art Chemistry Communication Pharmaceutical Sales Theology Classical Civilization and Theatre Philosophy World Literature 2 10 American Art 3 cr 431 Selecte^ Readings College German Physics Writing An overview of American architecture painting Variable Topics 1 3 cr Administration Gerontology Priestly Formation sculpture and decorative arts intended to acquaint In-depth research using the resources of Pittsburgh Comparative Greek Psychology the student with the major trends and contributions area libraries and of source material relevant to the Government Russian of American art from colonial to modern times history of Western art Prerequisite Permission of 260 The Classical Tradition in instructor America 3 cr 441 American Painting and Sculpture 3 cr A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civiliza- An examination of the forms created by American tion on American cultural life painters and sculptors from the early I 7th through the late 20th century special class intent involves 312 Late Medieval Art 3 cr A arriving at a clear understanding of America s con- ART DIVISION Western European Art from the I I th to the I 4th cen- tury Focus is upon the development of stone vaulting cept of reality during these years particularly in,the Director Mrs Patricia S Ingram systems monumental architectural sculpture stained 20th century Survey and period courses in the history of western art are offered by the Art Division of the Classics Depart- glass' fresco and panel painting and illuminated 442 American Architecture 3 cr ment to introduce the concepts of art history to those who wish to extend their visual perimeter and to understand manuscripts in England France Italy and Germany Construction style building types and concepts of the role of the visual arts in Western culture Oualified students are advised to take collateral courses in classics (Offered in alternate years) city planning in American architecture from the l7th history philosophy and psychology and additional upper division art history courses offered at member colleges century to the present Field trips to important monu- of the Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education in addition to personal enrichment and heightened awareness 321 15th Century Renaissance Art 3 cr ments in the Pittsburgh area including Failing Water of man s will to create visual forms the study of art history can lead to careers in teaching publishing museology An investigation of the Renaissance spiritof the 15th are scheduled historic preservation and urban redevelopment century Concentration is upon comparisons of Northern and Southern attitudes of man nature and 443 American Decorative Arts 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR social structure and to materials techniques pic- Decorative arts from the Pilgrims to the Bauhaus are The major consists-of I I 1 1 12 History of Art plus 18 credits in upper division art courses and two upper divi- torial representation and iconography (Offered in examined in context historical formal technological sion collateral courses selected from 250 Classical Tradition in America (Classics) 4 19 Renaissance Literature alternate years) and cultural Field trips to Carnegie Institute and and the Arts (English) 406 Aesthetics (Philosophy) and 3 13 Archaeology and the Bible (Theology) other area locations can be scheduled (Offered in Recommended elective 123 Classical Mythology 331 Art of the l9th Century 3 cr A survey of the visual arts in the I 9th century The alternate years) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR visual arts not only reflect the dramatic changes in 477 Iritroduction to Museum Studies 3 cr The minor consists of 12 credits of upper division courses The prerequisites are six credits of introductory theartists useoffoim color line textureandlight An overview of the various functions of art and and survey courses at the 100 level or their adjudged equivalent but also emphasize the changing political religious associated museums in American society Prerequi- and social values in society site Permission of Department 10 1 Understanding Art 3 cr 112 History of Art Renaissance to A study of the techniques and styles of architecture Modern World 3 cr 332 Art of the 20th Century 3 cr 478 Internship 3 cr sculpture painting and the graphic arts in Western A continuation of I I I Surveys Renaissance Baroque A chronological study of 20th century painting and Practical experience in art related areas introduces society with an emphasis upon ncreasing the stu- and Modern art in Western Europe Can be elected sculpturewhich looks beyond visual perceptioh and the student to the many opportunities in the art field dent s comprehension of our visually oriented to fulfill the history/literature requirement tries to find the essence and melaning of reality Prerequisite Permission of Department culture Suggested preliminary for all upper division 123 Classical Mythology 1 3 cr art history courses DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 1 A presentation of the major myths of Greece and Chaitwan Howard G Ehrlich Ph'D 102 Introduction to Modern Art 3 cr Rome with special attention to contemporary inter- An attempt to render accessible to the spectator the pretations of myth and the influence of myth on art Biology is the scientific exploration of life in its many forms and details it is a fundamental element in a bal- realities formulated by the artists of the last two and literature (Offered by the Classics Department) anced liberal education and offers both intellectual insight and knowledge vital to societies facing serious prob- decades Formal analysis of the art object and exam- lems having biological implications The biology program is a part of that search by mankind to understand 206 'Greek Art 3 cr ination of the motivational forces which shaped its its world in an effort to more effectively deal with the realities of that world and pursue its great promises A study of the architecture sculpture vase painting creation lead to an overall view of the structural The undergraduate program is basic and flexible providing a core of experience around which continuous and minor arts of the Greek world from Minoan to framework of twentieth century painting and future personal development may be centered The program offers opportunity to develop professional atti- Hellenistic times The student is introduced to the tudes arid technical competence which aid in opening avenues for advanced study and career fulfillment as sculpture extensive vocabulary of Greek art which has been well as personal enrichment The course of study pursued can aid in preparation for professional careers in I I I History of Art Ancient to a continuing formative force in Western art (Offered teaching research medicine dentistry veterinary medicine and allied health fields as well as for advanced Medieval World , in alternate years) 3 cr study in various graduate school specialties While many students choose to pUrsue the benefits of advanced A chronologically oriented detailed presentation of 207 Roman Art 3 cr study in graduate and professional schools others prefer to pursue opportunities in biological technologies the history of Western art This survey deals with An introduction to Roman innovations in architec- in pure and applied research and service in hospitals universities private industry and governmental service Near Eastern Greek Roman Early Christian and ture sculpture and painting The background of Diverse opportunities are available in specialty sales pharmaceutical laboratories medical laboratories atomic Medieval art Can be elected to fulfill the history/ Roman art in Etruscan Greek and Egyptian civiliza- energy research laboratories and chemical laboratories food technology and processing fisheries oceanography literature requirement tions is investigated and the impact of Roman art conservation health services space biology agricultural technology food and drug administration environmental services as well as in other industries and agencies

19 18

203 Microbiology A 4 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR the manner in which various organ systems con- 12 and to Introduction to microorganisms their morphology tribute to the maintenance of physiological homeo- A minimum of 31 semester hours is needed Majors are required to take General Biology I I 1 1 metabolism ecology and cultural characteristics select other courses so that a balance is achieved with experience in biology of inheritance structure and stasis Prerequisites Biology I I 1 1 12 Lecture and with emphasis on their interaction with other organ- function at the molecular cellular and organismal levels Within that context students may follow their pre- lab^ratory isms including man Principles of medical and health ferred interest in subject matter selection and concentration The specific program selected is individually formu- 3 18 Physiology of Reproduction 4 cr 206 207 208 and related aspects of microbiology chemotherapy in- lated with the student through consultation with an advisor Courses 107 108 201 202 The course includes the anatomy histology physi- inttoductory lev6I graduate dustrial agricultural and marine microbiology are 220 will not be counted toward a major in biology Oualitied majors may take two 500 ology biochemistry and endocrinology of vertebrate oresented Prerequisites Biology I I 1 1 12 and courses during their senior year and apply them toward their undergraduate degrees reproduction rhe main emphasis is on the physiol- 1 2 1 1 2 2 Organic Chemistry 205 206 or 2 2 1 organic chemistry (or concurrent registration) Lec- Extradepartmenial requirements Calculus 1 15 General Chemistry ogy of puberty estrous and menstrual cycle concep- ture and laboratory 222 General (or Analytical) Physics 201 202 or 21 1 2 12 Students also should consider extradepartmental tion pregnancy and parturition The physiological 15 credits in Biology must be taken electives in chemistry mathematics and computer science A minimum of 204 Microbiology-B 4 cr basis of fertility and infertility also are included Pre- at Duquesne University for the major Introduction to viruses and immunology with em- requisites I I I 1 1 2 and 232 or 244 Lecture and phasis on host-parasite interactions and patterns of laboratory REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR infectious diseases in populations Prerequisites 324 Regulatory Physiology 4 cr The department offers two minor programs B,ology I I 1 1 12 and organic chemistry (or concur- A treatment of physiological and environmental I Profe5sional Minor which consists of I I 1 1 12 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the depattment s rent registration) 203 is not prerequisite to 204 regulations with emphasis on neutoendocrine inte- major courses numbered 200 or above individual course prerequisites must be met Lecture and laboratory gration and adaptation Prerecjuisites^ I I 1 1 12 and 2 Academic Minor which consists of 107 108 or I I 1 1 12 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the 226 Genetics 4 cr 3 12 or 444 Lecture and laboratory \departments courses numbered 200-395 Courses which are open to either non-majors maybe selected A study of the mechanisms of inheritance and their individual course prerequisites must be met 336 Human Parasitology resulting effects on individuals and populations in- 3 cr 107 1 08—Principles of Biology and I I I I 12—General Biology the credits for the 107 108 Principles of parasitism epidemiology and life cycles If a student takes cluding their implications in the life of man Principles will not apply to the total number requireci for the degree These courses are not interchangeable of human parasitic protozoans and helminths special- and details methods and applications are illustrated ly useful in allied health fields Prerequisites introduc- with specific examples drawn from a wide range of tory biology and a course in animal physiology or, NON-MAJOR COURSES species from microorganisms to man Prerequisites ecology or permission of the instructor Lecture and 107 108 or I I 1 1 12 Lecture and laboratory laboratory 3 cr each 208 Anatomy and Physiology 107 108 Principles of Biology 230 Stress and Adaptation 3 cr Laboratory I cr 395 Special Topics Study of the living world of which man is an integral A study of the biological effects of acute and chronic 1 3 cr Laboratory includes examination of the micro and part it includes considerations of organization stress stimuli of various origins and the neuro and Treatment of topics of current or special interest in activity growth reproduction inheritance environ- gross anatornv of the body physiological experi- biology Lecture laboratory or combinations hormonal regulations associated with adaptation to mental influences and other interrelationships This ments and exposure to certain basic clinically stress Prerequisites 107 108 or I I I 1 1 2 Lecture 398 399 Undergraduate Research 2 cr each course is designed to provide the non-scientist with important measurements and techniques Prerequi- Opportundy for selected students to work in the the biological information and principles necessary sites 207 Anatomy and Physiology (or concurrent 232 Vertebrate Macrostructure 4 cr laboratory on research problems under the direc- to assurne an enlightened role in our increasingly registration) Not for Biology Major credit A comparative study of the gross st-ucture of verte- tion of a faculty member 398 is not prerequisite to complex society Not for Biology Major credit 107 Laboratory brates and the relationship of that structure to func- 399 Maximum of four credits Registration by per- is prerequisite to 108 Lecture tion and evolution Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 Lecture 220 Sex and Sexuality 3 cr mission of instructor Laboratory and laboratory 3 cr Consideration of sex and reproduction as universal 201 Biology of Microbes 411 Ecology 4 cr Examination of microbes as to what they are how biological functions with special emphasis on 238 Vertebrate Microstructure 4 cr The goal is to provide an overall grasp of the prin- they grow how they may be controlled what their physiological and psychological basis of human sex- A study of tissue and organ structure and the rela- ciples and procedures underlying ecological thought relationships to other liv,ng things are why and how uality The course also aims to examine sexual func- tionship of that structure to function Prerequisites Past present and future aspects of environmental some of them cause disease Not for Biology Major tioning sexual behavior and sex therapy Not for I I 1 1 12 and 232 or permission ofthe instructor Lec- studies are considered from the ecosystem view- credit Lecture Biology Major credit Lecture ture and laboratory point Interrelationships of living things with each 202 Biology of Microbes Laboratory I cr 226 Genetics 4 cr 244 Animal Development 4 cr other as well as the non-living components empha- Illustrates methods of observation growth and iden- See description under Major, Courses A comparative study of the morphological and size the need for inter-d iscipli nary studies and quan- tification of microbes as well as methods of control- physiological aspects of animal development empha- titative data Both terrestrial and aquatic habitats are 230, Stress and Adaptation 3 cr sizing current experimental approaches Pre- used to illustrate concepts such as growth niche suc- ling these organisms using sterilization techniques See description under Major Courses disinfectants and antibiotics Not for Biology Major requisites I I 1 1 12 Lecture and laboratory cession and competition Applicability to current credit Prerequisites Biology 201 (or concurrent 250 Plant Development 4 cr human problems,s discussed such as waste disposal registration) Laboratory Examines the unique features of representative types pollution food fuel agriculture and urbanization MAJOR COURSES of plants as revealed Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 Lecture and laboratory 206 Environmental Biology 3 cr by interrelationships of form This course deals with the biological background for Except for 398 and 399 all courses for majors also function and morphogenesis Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 444 Cell Physiology 4 cr understanding environmental problems and con- are open to non-majors providing that individual Lecture and laboratory A study of cells with regard to means of obtaining course prerequisites are satisfied siders population energy land use and pollution as 306 Plant Physiology 4 cr energy including respiration fermentation and well as legal aspects of the amelioration of environ- photosynthesis work done by the cell including bio- I I I 11 2 General Biology 4 cr each Varied studies of,the growth requirements and mental abuses Not for Biology Major credit Lecture Introduction-to the scientific study of life at the i egulatory mechanisms of important plant types with synthesis active transport and cell movement cell emphasis upon environmental control Prerequisites growth,and differentiation relationships of cell struc- 207 Anatomy and Physiology 3 cr molecular cellular and organismal level It involves ture to these processes Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 and Studies designed to provide students with a back- consideration of relevant structure function develop- I I 1 1 12 and 250 Lecture and laboratory ment reproduction inheritance evolution and organic chemistry Lecture and laboratory ground in the areas of human body structure and the 312 Animal Physiology 4 cr ecology This course provides the basic infoi mation mechanisms underlying normal body functions Examination of the physiological mechanisms of body 448 Diagnostic Microbiology 3 cr and concept necessary for understanding living Prei equisites some previous exposure to introduc- function in animals including consideration of the A course to acquaint the student with the methods systems their activity and interrelationships I I I is tory biology and chermstry is desirable Not for basic components of biological control systems and employed on clinical samples by clinical laboratories Biology Major credit Lecture prerequisite to 1 12 Lecture and laboratory

21 20

compounds the chemistry of functional groups and 323 324 Physical Chemistry in the isolation and identification of microbial agents 507 Laboratory Techniques 3 cr the practical applications of organic compounds in Laboratory I cr each which cause human disease Cultural as well as sero- 511 Comparative Vertebrate,Physiology 3 cr the synthesis of polymers of carbohydrates lipids Laboratory portion of Chemistry 321 322 four logical techniques are included Emphasis is on the 512 Mammalian Physiology 3 cr proteins nucleic acids enzymes vitamins etc Bio- hours interpretation and significance of laboratory findings 513 General Endocrinology 3 cr chemistry is treated in terms of the digestion and in the diagnosis of microbial disease specially useful 516 Animal Behavior 3 cr 326 The Computer in Chemistry 3 cr metabolism of nutrients the function of enzymes in in medical technology nursing and allied fields Pre- 517 Animal Behavior Laboratory I cr The computer will be introduced as a tool in the solu- the metabolic process and the abnormal metabolic requisites introductory biology and a course in 520 Experimental Embryology 3 cr tion of problems from the fields of analytical conditions that prevail in disease Lecture three microbiology or permission of the instructor Lec- 524 Immunology 3 cr biological inorganic organic and physical chemistry hours Recitation one hour Laboratory two hours ture and laboratory 526 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 cr The student will progress from the use of the com- 528 Microbial Physiology 3 cr 121 122 General Chemistry puter as a black box problem solver to the design Descriptions of the Following Courses are Pro 531 Biology of Fungi 3 cr The fundamental principles and concepts of and coding of programs to solve problems in his field vided in the Graduate School Catalog 535 Microbiology Seminar I cr chemistry are presented from the standpoint of of interest Experimental design and analysis will be 3 cr 501 Research Skills 573 Behavioral Ecology 3 cr atomic and molecular structure with illustrative introduced by library programs which permit the 3 cr 503 Cell and Electron Microscopy 577 Evolutionary Ecology 3 cr examples from descriptive chemistry The basic con- computer to simulate laboratory equipment in the 3 cr 505 Molecular Genetics 580 Urban Ecology 3 cr cepts of thermodynamics chemical kinetics and production of experimental data Prerequisite equilibrium are introduced The laboratory portion Chemistry 321 Lecture three hours DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY of the first semester illustrates physical and chemical 401 Introductory Biochemistry 4 cr Chairman Andrew J Glaid III Ph D properties in a quantitative manner and the labora- An introduction to biochemistry at the cellular level tory portion of the second semester illustrates the The Chemistry program is designed to provide the student with a fundamental background in chemistry and The structure and chemistry of cellular components and understanding of the relationship of chemistry to the other sciences and disciplines Elective courses and principle of ionic equilibria including qualitative (proteins nucleic acids etc I of cellular reagents (en- the opportunity to do undergraduate research allow the chemistry major to develop interests in a specialized inorganic analysis zymes coenzymes respiratory pigments etc ) and area of chemistry such as analytical inorganic organic physical chemistry and biochemistry 1 2 1 Lecture three hours Recitation metabolic reactions of carbohydrates lipids and Because of the fundamental nature of chemistry as a science numerous opportunities for advanced study one hour Laboratory three hours 4 cr amino acids are discussed Prerequisite 206or222 as well as employment are open to chemistry and biochemistry majors A large perccentage of students elect Lecture threehours Laboratory fourhours 122 Lecture three hours Recitation to continue their study in graduate programs in chemistry and related fields Chemists and biochemists pro- one hour Laboratory six hours 5 cr 421 Analytical Chemistry 4 cr vide a core of personnel in pure and applied research technical sales technical libraries management posi- Theorevcal and practical training in modern methods tions in the chemical and related industries the space industry education the environmental sciences and 205 206 221 222 Organic in chemical analysis with emphasis on instrumental the health professions such as medicine dentistry and veterinary medicine The major in biochemistry centers Chemistry 4 cr each methods Prerequisite 322 Lecture three hours around the core of basic chemistry courses while also providing advanced courses in biochemistry and elec- The theoretical bacl^ground is developed from the Laboratory eight hours tives in biology standpoint of the electronic structure of molecules and the accompanying energy considerations The 422 Inorganic Chemistry 4 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORS preparation and the chemical and physical (including A survey of the basic principles required for under- Thirty-two semester hours are required All students must take 121 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 323 and 421 spectral) properties of representative organic com- standing inorganic chemistry including atomic and Mathematics 115 116 Physics 201 202 or 211 212 Biology 111 112 proficiency in German Russian or pounds are discussed in detail Prerequisites 121 molecular structure crystal structure non-aqueous French at the 202 or 2 1 2 level is required 1 22 For 205 206 Lecture three hours Recitation solvents and coordination compounds Prerequisite If a student takes I I 1 1 12 and 12 1 1 22 chemistry courses the credits for the I 1 1 1 12 will not apply to one hour Laboratory four hours and for 22 1 222 322 Lecture three hours Laboratory four hours the total required for the degree Courses 10 1 102 205 206 will not be counted toward a major Lecture three hours Recitation one hour Labora- 490 Undergraduate Research Maximum 2 cr Chemisby Majot All students must take 322 324 422 and Mathematics 2 1 5 tory six hours Selected students work on a research problem under BiochemisityMafor All students must take 401 524 Inaddition Chemistry 525 and 526 may betaken as elec- tives Students planning to enter a graduate chemistry department should take 322 324 321 322 Physical Chemistry 3 cr each the direction of a staff member Students who intend to work in industry after graduation are strongly advised to take 548 Industrial Organic A study of the structure and properties of the various 524 Molecular Basis of Biochemistry 3 cr Chemistry and 549 Principles of Polymer Science states of matter thermodynamics thermocherritstry A discussion of the chemistry of amino acids and pro- To meet the Anicri(aii Chemical Society s icquirements foi Professional Cerlification the Chemistry Major must elect two kinetics and an introduction to chemical physics teins from the viewpoint of structure physical Mathematics 216 additional courses from the following 401 523 524 537 538 545 546 5,17 548 572 Prerequisites Physics 202 or 212 Chemistry 1 22 chemistry and analysis An introduction to enzyme or 308 Iiiology 505 Pharmacy Sciences 539 and Physics 306 one of these Must be a laboratory course This Mathematics 1 16 Lecture four hours chemistry is also included in the course Prerequisite laboratory requirement can also be fulfilled with 490 The Biochemistry Major must take 322 324 and 422 401 for certification Course disciplines of the 500 level courses can be found in the Graduate School catalogue

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS A minor in Chemistry consists of 12 credit hours beyond 121 122 A minor in Biochemistry consists of 12 Chairman Jerry Clack Ph D 1982-83 Stephen T Newrnyer Ph D 1983-84 credits beyond 121 122 Normally 205 206 or 221 222 along with 401 will constitute the Biochemistry minor The study of Classics is a unique discipline It is not the study of a language or a literature alone It is rather the investigation of one of the world s inspired civilizations the Graeco-Roman world As such it offers the 101 102 Chemistry and Society 3 cr each tion 'poisons etc on metabolic processes Students student insight into the broadest aspects of human existence set in a perspective distant enough from his own The impact of chemistry on society reaches every with a good high school background do not require to expand significantly his understanding and appreciation of humanity s aspirations failures and occasional the first semester as a prerequisite others should phase of life The course attempts to provide a link triumphs between chemistry and the changes in our techno- see the instructor before registering for the second REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJORS logical society In the first semester the basic con- semester Lecture three hours A The Department offers four major programs Classical Latin Classical Greek Classical Languages (knowledge cepts of chemistry are developed for the non-science I I I 11 2 Principles of Chemistry 4 cr each of both Latin and Greek required) and Classical Civilization (no knowledge of Greek/Latin required) Credits student and applied to current topics such as air and The course is divided into three segments physical applied to any major must be at the 200 level or above water pollution energy pesticides etc The second organic and biochernistry In the section devoted to 1) The Classical Latin major requires at least eighteen credits in Latin as well as six credits of ancient history semester deals with the biochemistry of iving physical chemistry the laws of chemical behavior are or ancient literature courses in English systems Chemical principles are used to explain the developed with particular reference to the simple 2) The Classical Greek major requires at least eighteen credits in Greek as well as six credits in ancient history normal life pro^.esses of photosynthesis respiration molecules of inanimate nature The organic section or ancient literature courses in English etc as well as abnormal conditions such as drug ac- deals primarily with the structural features of organic 22 23

3) The Classical Languages major requires at least twenty-four credits in Latin and Greek (with a minimum 124 World Mythology 3 cr of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the of twelve credits in each) in addition to six credits of ancient history or ancient literature courses in English Investigation of the dominant themes of non-Classical establishment of the Roman principate The Survey of Sanskrit Literature (21 1-2 12) may be substituted for the twelve credits of either Latin or Greek mythologies with special reference to Near Eastern 247 History of the Roman Principate 3 cr 4) The Classical Civilization major is an individually designed program of twenty-four credits of ancient literature Celtic Teuton,c Ahican and American Indian mviths Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial history art and archeology Students majoring in Classical Civilization create programs with the close advice 230 Ancient Theatre 3 cr structure from Augustus to the death of Commoclus and the approval of the Classics Department to fit their backgrounds interests and career objectives Majors An examination of the origins and development of should formulate programs with balanced history and literature components They are strongly encouraged 248 History of the Late Roman ancient tragedy and cornedy Readings from the to fulfill the College language requirement in either Latin or Greek All cours6s in Greek or Latin at the 200 Empire 3 cr works of Aeschylus Sophocles Euripides Aristoph- level or atDove apply to the Classical Civilization Major Examination of Roman history from the ascension of anes Menander Plautus Terence and Seneca Severus to the death of Justinian REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 231 Ancient Epic 3 cr The Department offers a minor in Latin (a minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level) a minor in Greek (a 249 Egyptian Civilization 3 cr A study of ancient epic literature with particular at- minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level) and a minor in Classical Civilization with concentrations in Greek A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the tention to the techniques of oral and literary com- Civilization Roman Civilization Ancient History and Ancient Art and Literature f 12 credits above the 100 level) pre-dynastic period to the establishment of Roman position Readings frorn the works of Homer Apol- with approval of the Department and advisors rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the lonius of Rhodes Vergil and Lucan artistic literary and religious achievements of Egypt 232 Ancient Novel and Romance 3 cr 101 102 Elementary Classical 301 Pre-Fifth Century 3 cr 250 Classical Archaeology 3 cr Survey of Greek arid Roman prose fiction with special Latin 4 cr each The Iliad the Odyssey the Hoiiietf( Hynnis Hesiod Pin- A study of the archaeological discovery of classical emphasis'on the nature and development of nar- Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and syn- dar and Greek lyric poetry civilization from the Greek Bronze Age through the tax combined with occasional exercises in translation rative techniques Readings from Homer Herodotus 302 Fifth Century 3 cr Roman Empire An introduction to the techniques Xenophon Apollonius of Rhodes the Greek Ro- from Roman authors Heroclotus Thucyclicles Aeschylus Sophocies of archaeological investigation mances Lucian Petronius and Apuleius 103 104 Elementary Classical Euripides and Aristophanes 260 The Classical Tradition in 233 Ancient Satire 3 cr Greek 4 cr each 303 Fourth Century -3 cr America 3 cr InvesVganon of the satirical element in class , cal Study of the fundamentals of Greek grammar and Greek orators Plato Aristotle Xenophon A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civiliza- literature with special reference to the writings of Lu- syntax combined with frequent exercises on transla- Menander tion on American cultural life tion from Greek authors cian Lucilrus Horace Persius Martial and juvenal 304 Alexandrian Period 3 cr 261 Contemporary Literature 240 Greek Religion 3 cr 105 106 Basic Sanskrit 3 cr each Apollonrus Rhodius Theocritus Callimachus and the and Classics 3 cr An examination of the continuity of Greek religious A study of the fundamentals of Sanskrit grammar and lesser Alexandrian authors An investigation of the influence of ancient myth on experience frorn ancient times to the present and of syntax combined with exercises in translation Some 20th century French German Italian English and 305 Roman Republic 3 cr the interconnection of ancient Greek religious ritual previous foreign language experience is desirable American Literature Plautus Terence Cicero Lucretius Catullus Caesar moral experience and religious thought 107 108 Elementary Ecclesiastical 300 Seminar 1 3 cr and Sallust 241 Roman Religion 3 cr Latin 3 cr each Topics variable Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and syn- 306 Augustan Literature 3 cr A study of Roman religious beliefs and practices with tax as represented in Scripture and Church Fathers Livy Vergil Horace Ovid Propertius and Tibullus attention to the development of hero cults oriental 301 Greek Art 3 cr A study of the architecture sculpture vase painting 307 Imperial Literature 3 cr mystery religions and philosophical sects as alterna- 201 202 Intermediate Classical and minor arts of the Greek world from Minoan to Seneca Lucan Petronius Martial Plutarch Tacitus tives to traditional religion Latin 3 cr each Hellenistic times The student is introduced to the juvenal Pliny the Younger Seutonrus Apuletus and 242 Ancient Law 3 cr Survey of major Latin authors extensive vocabulary of Greek art which has been Lucian An historical survey including the contributions of Intermediate Classical a continuing formative force in Western art (Offered 203 204 the Babylonians and the Greeks of Roman Law be- Greek 3 cr each 308 Post Classical Literature 3 cr in alternate years) Post classical medieval renaissance and neo-Latin tween c 500 B C and A D 500 Survey of major Greek authors 302 Roman Art 3 cr authors 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr 205 206 Intermediate Ecclesiastical An introduction to Roman innovations in architec- - Examination of the most significant medical theories 3 cr each 309 Studies in Genre 3 cr ture sculpture and painting The background of Latin and practices in the period from the Egyptian tem- Selections from Biblical and Christian Latin literature Selected ycfire of Greek and/or Latin literature Roman art in Etruscan Greek and Egyptian civiliza- pie physicians to the doctors of the Roman Empire tions is investigated and the impact of Roman art 207, 208 Biblical and Patristic - 400 Independent Readings and Special attention will be given to Hippocrates and in formulating Christian Art Renaissance Art and Greek 3 cr each Research Var cr Galen Neo-Classicism is analyzed (offered in alternate Selections from Biblical and Christian Greek litera- 245 Greek History 3 cr years) ture ' CLASSICS COURSES IN ENGLISH An examination of the development of Greek history (NO GREEK OR LATIN REQUIRED) and culture from earliest times up to the death of 305 History of Medicine 3 cr 211 212 Survey of Sanskrit A survey exploring the development of medicine in 121 General Etymology 3 cr Alexander of Macedon Literature 3 cr each the western world in terms of medicine as an art and A Study of Greek and Latin words to facilitate the Selected readings from major Sanskrit texts includ- 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr as a science The latter part of the course will focus Mahabharata Hitopadesa Kathasaritsagara Man- comprehension of modern Lnghsh as it is written by ing the A survey of Mediterranean history from the death on the social and institutional aspects in the develop- avadharniasastra Mgveda and Meghaduta our acknowledged modern masters I ment of American medicine 122 Etymology of Scientific Terms 3 cr Introduction to Greek and Latin elements of scien- The following will be taught as Latin or Greek courses tific terminology COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION or for those students who are qualified as combina- This program is designed to introduce liberal arts students to the fundamentals of college and university manage- tion Latin and Greek courses 123 Classical Mvthology cr ment The ptogram includes two essential features first it provides theoretical background and a framework A presentation of the major myths of Greece and Each course will cover an individual author or of,general understanding of college management second it provides field experience or internship in the areas Rome with special attention to contemporary inter- I group of authors or a genie Each course may be of greatest interest to the participating students The minor program will consist of 15 credit hours 12 in pretations of myth and the influence of myth on art repeated as long as a different author or work is read coursework and 3 in internship and literature J

24 25

202 College Personnel Administration 3 cr Whom do they serve3 What services do they pro- gramming assemblers and macro-assemblers Pre- 311 Data Base Management An overview of the process for administering a col- vide" How are they funded) Aclmintsterecl'^ Man- requisite I I I Fortran Systems Design 3 cr lege personnel program including personnel manage- aged" Do they meet the objectives of the University" Introduction of data base concepts and approaches 202 Data Structures 3 cr How do you measure their effectiveness" to data base management Topics include choice and ment fring^ benefits labor relations and affirmative introduction to the theory of graphs and trees and action This course will be roughly divided into four design of data structures design of user oriented 207 Higher Education their realization as computer programs A thorough segments dealing with the above basic components languages for updating and retrieving information Administration 1 3 cr study of data structures and algorithms for their of a comprehensive personnel program as they are constraints and problems associated with the use of An overview of college administration which will manipulation Prerequisite I I I Fortran administered in a college or university introduce the basic concepts and techniques of plan- generalized data management systems Prerequisite 301 Computer-Logic 3 cr 02 Cobol 202 Data Structure and 305 Intro to File 204 Student Services Administration 3 cr ning budgeting management measurement evalua- Basic concepts used in the design and analysis of Processing1 This course explores the process of human develop- tion institutional research and record keeping digital systems Required course for 302 Prerequi- ment and the dynamics of organizational structure 3 1 2 Artificial Intelligence 208 Higher Education site Fortran I 1 1 3 cr ' Introduction to the theory of abstract mathematical and administration of such services as Residence Administration 11 3 cr Life Counseling judicial Systems College Skills 302 Computer Organization 3 cr machines Structured and behavioral classification of A continuation of Higher Education I which will con- An introduction to current system structures of con- Health Services Orientation Union Activities and centrate on managerial behavior techniques as they automata finite state automata theory of regular trol communications memories processors and 1/0 Organizations Parallel to personal development apply to college administration An in-depth study sets turning machines are among topics considered devices Prerequisite 201 Machine Language Pro- students, will be given the opportunity to become in- of the admissions process will analyze the adminis- Prerequisite 202 Data Structure volved in the dynamics of organizational structure gramming 301 Computer Logic trative counseling and marketing aspects of college 414 Software Design and Development 3 cr and administration Within this framework they will administration 305 Introduction to File Processing 3 cr An overview of system software Examination of learn social organization and structure systems This course is designed to introduce concepts and 209 Finance Management 3 cr design and development of macro assemblers com- analysis group dynamics and leadership theory and techniques of stiucturing data on bulk storage A study of the various financial aspects of adminis- pilers and control program functions Prerequisite effectiveness The application of these leadership devices to provide experience in the use of bulk tering an institution of higher learning 302 306 skills may be attained through practical experiences storage devices and to provide the foundation for 415 Theory of Programming independent studies and classroom discussion 210 Internship 3 cr applications of data structures and file processing Languages 3 cr Auxiliary Enterprises Administration 3 cr Provides an opportunity for'a supervised program techniques Prerequisite 102 Cobol 202 Data 206 Comparative study of properties and applications of A study of the administration management and of study by active participation in an area of the Structures University Repeatable Prerequisite A minimum of several higher level programming languages Pre- operation of auxiliary enterprises which focuses upon 306 Introduction to Operating requisite 1 two courses in College Administration 12 Advanced Programming and 202 Data these questions What are auxiliary enterprises? Systems 3 cr Structure 1/0 Hardware properties of magnetic tapes discs drums associative memories virtual address transla- 419 Introduction to Micro and Mini Computers DIVISION OF COMPUTER SCIENCE tion techniques batch processing time sharing 3 cr The curriculum in Computer Science is designed to allow maximum flexibility in direction There are three areas scheduling resource allocation are among the topics An introduction to the designs of micro and mini com of concentration scientific applications business applications and computer systems engineering covered Prerequisite 201 Machine Language Pro- puters Exploration of assembler and specialized gramming 202 Data Structures languages for small computers Prerequisites 201 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Machine Language Programming and 301 Computer A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major These must include the core courses I I 1 1 12 201 307 Numerical Methods of Logic and 202 with the remaining courses selected from those numbered 300 and above Extra departmental re- Linear Systems 3 cr 1 420 Computer Simulation quirements English 385 Professional and Technical Writing Math 1 15 16 Contact the Computer Science This course deals with basic algorithms of numerical 3 cr Division for extradepartmental requirements in particular area of concentration computation of linear algebra The use of mathe- The fundamentals of simulation via digital and analog matical subroutine packages are included This course computeis will be presented Modern development REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR and solution by numerical and analytical methods will is identical to Math 307 It may be used to satisfy A minimum of 18 semester hours is required for the minor These must include the core courses I I 1 1 12 either a Math or Computer Science requirement but be discussed in depth with emphasis on practical 201 and 202 and 6 hours of computer science selected from courses numbered 300 and above applications Prerequisite Fortran not both Prerequisite I I I Fortran Math 1 16 and I I I and a course in statistics Note Manv of the courses in the Computer Science Division may be taken as electives by those not enrolled 1 Math 306 in the major or minor programs Any such selections however must be cleared by the advisor through a repre- 308 Numerical Methods of 421 Applications in Data Processing 3 cr sentative of the Computer Science Division Data handling in terms of coding preparation ac- Classical Analysis 3 cr Introduces the basic algorithms of numerical com- quisition summarization and tabulation and analysis 100 Elements of Computer Science 3 cr project documentation file structure and the organ- putation their theoretical foundations and practical using packaged programs Prerequisite Fortran I 1 1 A Computer appreciation course covering a survey ization of programming languages applications Programming assignments are made to of computer organization computer languages an 423 Information Systems 3 cr demonstrate the algorithm the related theory the the history of computers Not counted toward com- I I I FORTRAN 3 cr Application of information systems to various areas benefits and the pitfalls associated with the method puter, science major or minor Elements of FOR1 RAN skills to construct algorithms as education business medicine law and public ad- for efficient solution of computational problems are Identical to Math 308 May be used to satisfy either ministration Any one of the areas will be studied in 101 Introduction to Computer presented This core course is required of those a Math or Computer Science requirement but not detail Prerequisite 202) Data Structures Science/Basic 3 cr both Prerequisite I I I Fortran and Math 2 15 interested in taking additional computer science 491 499 Selected Topics in An introductory course for those who have had no - courses 309 Computers and Society 3 Computer Science prior computer science courses or those seeking a cr- 1 3 cr A course designed to keep the student abreast of general introduction to computers Machine lan- 112 Advanced Programming 3 cr Topics selected in consultation with the advisor and the current state of the art Of Computer science and the division guage assembly language and Basic are among the Advanced programming techniques using FORTRAN technology and of the role that computers plav in topics covered Not counted toward the computer 77 and an introduction to Pascal This course society This seminar format course will discuss the science major or minor develops the student s skills in the use of procedure uses and misuses of computers in society and will oriented languages ^rerequisrte I I I Fortran 102 COBOL 3 cr underline the basic assumptions values and ethics Structured programming principles and techniques 201 Machine Language Programming 3 cr which should govern the use of computer systems are introduced using the COBOL language Topics A survey of various machine configurations Topics discussed are top down techniques program and include number systems machine language pro-

26 27

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS 205 AmerlLan Literature Survey 11— 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 Beginning to Civil War 3 cr 387 388 384 Writing Workshops 3 cr each Chairman Geza Grosschmid J U D Representative selections from major American Courses in this sequence are offered each semester FOR THE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS authors treated in both their literary and their in a workshop rormat designed to develop students Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major These credits must include 221 222 321 and 322 historical contexts creative and/or technical writing skills Examples of Ext^adeparliiie^ttolrcqiiircniciits Mathematics 225 inthe Mathematics Department of the College Studentsplan- courses regularly offered are Plattivoliny Poetry rung to do graduate work in Economics are ad\,ised to take caICUIUS 206 American Literature Survey 111— Woikshop Fiction Wofkshop Writing for Business and After Civil War 3 cr Industry PiofesstotialaiidTcchiticalWittiiig REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Representative selections from major American Admissioriby instructors permission only Eighteen semester hours are required for a minor in Economics These credits must include 221 and 222 authors treated in both their literary and their It is strongly recornmencled that students having economics as a minor consult with the Economics Depart- historical contexts ment for advisement The remainder of the English courses are divided 207 The Novel 3 cr Course Descriptions are provided in the School of Business and Administration Section of this Catalog into areas of emphasis During a four-semester Introduction both to various types of novels and to period each course from each area will be offered on Pages 66-67 1 the critical analysis of fiction at least once

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 208 Poetry 3 cr Medieval Studies Appreciation of British and American poetry critical Chairman Joseph I Keenan Ph D 409 Chaucer 3 cr analysis of traditional and experimental poetic form The chief purpose of the English program is to develop the student s powers to think critically about his life A study of The Canterbury Tales and minor poems consideration of philosophical and social concerns To this end the Department s curriculum unites intensive and critical reading in a broad range of our literary of p9etry 410 Medieval Special Topics 3 cr herrtag^ with close attention to the presentation of ideas in writing Attention is also given to oral expression Studies'm the ideas and attitudes of the medieval 209 Drama 3 cr of ideas by mean,; of dialogue between professor and student Not only is the degree in English an excellent period approached through one of its dominant An historical survey of major dramatic forms through preparation for law school and for graduate work in English education and library science but it also pro- genres such as the romance the drama the lyric a.selection of representative works by major play- vides the liberal preparation which is sought by the business world for such areas as personnel advertising etc or through some of its major writers other than wrights from the classical tradition of Greece and and management Chaucer or through international readings in Old and Rome to the Theatre of the Absurd Prerequisites— English Composition 101 (or its equivalent) isa prerequisite for admission to English Composi- Middle English Old Icelandic Medieval French and tion 102 English Composition 102 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to all othet couiscs offered 210 211 Readings in World German (all read in English translation) Literature 1 11 3 cr each by the deparlincrit Renaissance Studies The English Department further advises that two 200 level courses should be taken before the student attempts A survey of major literary works of the Western world 413 Sixteenth Century English 307 and 308) from Homer to Cervantes (2 10) and from Moliere to any 300 or 400 level course (except for Literature Camus (21 11 with emphasis on continental traditions 3 cr Survey including non-Shakespearean drama Sidney REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR The course explores both the thematic preoccupa- The major isan individualv-designed program of 24 hoursof English Department courses above the too level Spenser Shakespeare Marlowe and minor figures tions of Western writers and the development and Each English major with the close advice and approval of a member of the English facultv designs a program evolution of literary forms 4 14 Seventeenth Century English to fit his background interests and career objectives 2 1 2 2 13 English Literature Literature 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Honors 3 cr each Survey of drama prose and poetry to 1660 A minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the freshman level of which no more than six hours may be taken at Honors counterparts to 201 202 Major British 415 Milton 3 cr the 200 level writers from Chaucer to Eliot Participation by invita- A survey of Milton and his times A close scrutiny There are five separate emphases from which the student must choose one tion only of the minor poems and Paradise Lost and Sam^on I English Literature 201 202 and six hours in upper division English Literature courses 409 through469 300 Honors Seminar 3 cr Ayonistcs 2 American Literature 205 206 and six hours in upper division American Literature courses 471 through 489 Special areas treated in these seminars will vary and 419 Renaissance Special Topics 3 cr Literaline and Filni introduction to Film (3 hours) and nine hours in courses in literature and film Examples 3 will be designated in the schedule of courses each Studies in Renaissance thought and aesthetic in the are Shakespeare on Film and American Short Story into Film semester Enrollment in the Honors Seminar is by works of one or more of its great writers Spenser 4 Writing 203 and nine hours in 300 level Writing Workshops invitation of the Honors Committee of the Depart- Sidney Donne Jenson etc or through the ideas and ment of English 5 English Honors Students who by invitation of the Department Honors Committee complete English 2 12 attitudes conveyed in one of the dominant genres 2 13 and two 300 Honors Seminars may count that program as an English Minor 307 The English Language 3 cr of the Renaissance the lyric the epic the drama etc HONORS PROGRAM An introduction to linguistic analysis with primary em- Shakespeare Studies phasis on the history of the structure of English from Students who give evidence of outstanding ability in English through their performance in English Composi- 433 Shakespeare 1 3 cr old to modern English tion 101 or by virtue of superior national test scores will be invited to participate in the English Honorsprogram Comedies and romances at the discretion of the Department Honors Committee 308 Applied Linguistics 3 cr 434 Shakespeare 11 3 cr These students may apply Honors course credits to either an English major or minor or may use these credits Practical uses of structural linguistics in the teaching Tragedies and histories as electives Further details concerning the Honors program are available through the department office and of composition and literature will be distributed to all nominees at the time of their recommendation for admission to the program 370 371 372 373 374'375 376 439 Shakespeare Special Topics 3 cr Studies in Shakespeare relating his works to those 377 378 379 Special Studies in 101 102 English Composition 3 cr each 201 202 English Literature Survey 3 cr each of his contemporaries or concentrating on the prob- English or World Literature 3 cr each Practice in effective writing Review of principles of Representative masterpieces of English literature in lems of Shakespeare biographical aesthetic and Two or three courses in this sequence are offered grammar and rhetoric introcruction to literary types their Rerary and histo'rical contexts critical Specific works and approaches to be selected every semester by the English Department to meet and forms 101 is prerequisite to 102 by the instructor 203 Advanced Writing 3 cr the current interests of both the students and the 103 English Composition Honors 3 cr Designed to build upon writing skills learned in faculty Examples of courses regularly offered are Eighteenth Century Studies freshman composition centered chiefly on develop- An honors counterpart to 102 Composition and in- Science Fiction The English Bible and Literature Comparative 441 English Classicism 3 cr troduction to literary types and forms Participation ment of style and accuracy Enrollment with instruc- Literature Modern Comparative Draina Modern Short Story Developments of neo-classical literature from the by invitation only tor s permission only Far Eastern Literature Forins of Fantasy Introduction to Film Restoration to the death of Pope Primary attention The Literature of Mystery and Dejection given to Dryden Swift and Pope 29 28

introductory Surveys 259 260 East Central Europe 3 cr each 462 Contemporary Literature 3 cr 442 Late Eighteenth Century, The medieval and modern history of the small na- 3 cr Major modern types and trends Eliot Woolf Waugh 103 Development of the United States English Literature tions situated between Russia and Germany on the Johnson and his circle the development of the novel Greene Auden Spender Thomas Golding and to 1877 3 cr The historical development of American institutions east and west and the Baltic and Mediterranean Seas the aesthetic movement others ideals and society from earliest times to 1877 on the north and the south 469 Twentieth Century Special 449 Eighteenth Century Special 266 Modern Britain 3 cr 1 3 cr Topics 3 cr 104 Development of the United States Topics A study of the first industrial nation with special Studies in Twentieth Century thought and aesthetic since 1877 . 3 cr Studies in Eighteenth Century thought and aesthetic attention to the achievement of constitutional mon- in the works of one or more of its major writers such The historical development of American institutions in the works of one or more of its great writers archy the social and economic problems of indus- as Yeats Joyce Eliot or through the ideas and atti- ideals and society since 1877 Dryden Swift Pope Johnson Blake etc orthrough trialization the nature of British imperialism and the tudes conveyed in one of the dominant genres of the the ideas and attitudes conveyed in one of the domi- Area Courses problems faced in the 20th century Twentieth Century nant genres of the Eighteenth Century the drama 212 Europe in the Feudal Age 3 cr 267 Canada 3 cr the'novel the essay etc American Studies The world of the Middle Ages—a survey of medieval An introduction to Canadian history with particular man s political social and cultural activities Nin-eteenth Century Studies 471 Early American Literature 3 cr attention to the years from 1763 to the present and 45/1 English Romantic Literature 3 cr A study of the literature of America s Colonial and 213, 2 14 Western Civilization 3 cr each to Canadian-American relations and contemporary Federalist periods emphasizing the political and A study of the aesthetic moral political and literary An introductory survey of the origins and character- Canada aspects of English romanticism approached through belletristic writings of an emerging nation istics of European Civilization emphasizing the per- 269 270 China 3 cr the writings of Wordsworth Coleridge Byron sonahties and events and institutions that have made 472 American Romanticism 3 cr A survey of social economic political and cultural Shelley Keats A study of the Romantic movement in America with the West the dominant global power today 1 changes before and after the establishment of the

452 Victorian Literature 3 cr emphasis on Emerson Thoreau and Poe 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr People s Republic of China Examination of the most significant medical theories A study of the poetry of Tennyson Browning Arnold 473 American Realism 3 cr 271 Japan 3 cr and practices in the period from the Egyptian tem- and the prose of Arnold Carlyle and Ruskin Atten- The rise, of realistic fiction subsequent to the Civil War An analysis of Japan s current cultural and economic ple physicians to the doctors of the Roman Empire tion also given to the poetry of Morris Rossetti and through the end of the century with emphasis on development in light of its historical past the Meiji Special attention will be given t6 Hippocrates and Fitzgerald Twain James and Howells era and twentieth century expansion Galen 459 Nineteenth Century Special 474 Modern American Literature 3 cr Topical Surveys Topics 3 cr A study of American prose and poetry from the end 245 Greek History 3 cr 305 History of Medicine 3 cr Studies in Nineteenth Century thought and aesthetic of World War I to the present including Frost Fitz- An examination of the development of Greek history A survey exploring the development of medicine in in the works of one or more of its great writers such gerald Hemingway Faulkner Bellow etc and culture from earliest times up to the death of as Wordsworth Tennyson Browning Dickens Alexander of Macedon the western world in terms of medicine as an art and Hardy or through the ideas and attitudes conveyed 480 489 American Literature as a science The latter part of the course will focus 3 cr 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr in one of the dominant genres of the Nineteenth Special Topics on the social and institutional aspects in the develop- Studies designed to reflect particular current interests A survey of Mediterranean history from the death Century ment of American medicine of faculty and students alike Topics can be drawn of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the 307 308 History of Science 3 cr each Twentieth Century Studies from a wide range of areas such as historical establishment of the Roman principate A survey exploring the significance of scientific 461 Early Twentieth Century background aesthetics theme and motif from 3 cr 247 History of the Roman Principate developments within the historical and social con- Literature 3 cr specific studies of major authors or from tracing the Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial text of Western culture Selective study of authors representing the major development of dominant literary genres structure from Augustus to the'death of Commodus literary types and trends from about 1890 to 1930 309 American Science and Technology 3 cr 499 Directed Studies 3 cr 248 History of the Late Roman Empire 3 cr Hardy Moore Butler Conrad Yeats Hopkins and The development of science and technology in Examination of Roman History from the ascension Joyce America from colonial times to the twentieth century of Severus to the,cleath of Justinian 311 3 12 World History and the 3 cr 249 Egyptian Civilization Historian 3 cr each A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the The course traces the main events of world history DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY pre-dynastic period to the establishment of Roman in relation to the most important theories of world Chairman James G Lvdon Ph D Special attention will be given to the rule in Egypt history and in the context of an inquiry into the nature Egypt The Department of History offers a program devoted to the study of mankind in diverse cultural settings through artistic literary and religious achievements of of historical understanding The first semester treats, a faculty reflecting a variety of philosophical and methodological time A large number of courses are taught by 254 The History of the Modern prehistory the emergence of civilization and the outlooks Apart from the fact that the program fully meets the needs of students intending to pursue graduate Middle East 3 cr world views of the major classical civilizations The work in historical studies the historymafor will be well prepared for careers in law business or government A study of the modern Near East with concentration second semester is an i^quiry into the nature of services Most importantly the discipline of history provides an excellent synthesis of the liberal-arts educa- upon the conflict ^etween imperialism and national- modernity tion since it effectively joins together the humanities and the social sciences ism traditionalism and western influences in the 340 History of Western Law 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR area Primary emphasis will be placed on the rise of 104 Development of the U S (six credits) and either A minimum of 30 credits must be taken including 103 -255, 256 History of Asia I and 11 3 cr each customary law especially its development in England World History and the Historian (six credits) Twelve of 213 214 Western Civilization (six credits) or 31 1 312 A survey of Asian civilization from ancient times to into Common Law the remaining credits must be taken from 200 and 300 level courses and six credits from 400 level courses the present day western colonialism the rise of the cr A maximum of 12 transfer credits in history can be applied to the major requirements 341 History of American Law 1 3 nationalist movement and the establishment of This course deals with the development of law legal REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR modern states philosophv and legal institutions in America from the Students who wish to minor in history may consult with the department s undergraduate advisor The student 257 258 Russian History 3 cr each colonial period to the Civil War is required to take 15 hours including 103 104 Development of society and state in Russia from their 342 History of American Law 11 3 cr origins to the twentieth century I his course deals with the development of law legal

30 31

481 The Modern Historian 3 cr philosophy and legal institutions from the Civil War 370 Current History 3 cr Specialized Areas and Topics The development of modern historical thinking and to the present What are the major forces affecting our lives today) 458 Civil War and Reconstruction 3 cr scholarship as it is related to the major intellectual Where do they come from) Where will they lead to" An intensive study of the American experience before 343 Church History 1 3 cr and social currents of modern times Resources will be current media such as newspapers and after the War for the Union A religious and historical exploration of the growth TV etc of Christianity from the first century up to the 467 Science and Society in the 487 The American Frontier 3 cr An historical view of man s attempts to create new Reformation discussion of those issues within the 372 Asian Influences on America 3 cr Twentieth Century 3 cr societies concentrating upon ecological issues fron- Church and the external forces which brought about From the quest for Asia by Columbus to the economic The economic social and cultural consequences of tier experiences and utopian ventures major conflict and development impact of twentieth century Japan the Orient has the rise of modern science effected America its social cultural economic and 489 The Search for Identity— 344 Church History 11 3 cr 479 Revolutions in the Modern World 3 cr cr Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant develop- technological development An analysis of the major political and social revolu- United States since 1945 3 A discussion of selected contemporary issues foreign ment from 1500 to the present day special emphasis 373 374 Diplomatic History of the tions in Europe since 1789 the nature of the revolu- and domestic which illustrate the identity crisis in on the crises revolutions and reforms that were cen- Far East 3 cr each tionary phenomenon and the inevitable counter- the U S tral to this development Western imperialism in Asia rise of Asian national- revolutionary trend 490 Honors Seminar 1 3 cr 345 American Church History 3 cr ism analysis of international problems in current ten- 480 European Fascism 3 cr sion areas Emphasizes the historical development of major An intensive study of the major fascist movements 491 Honors Seminar 11 3 cr religious traditions in America both Catholic and 375 History of Inner Asia and regimes of the twentieth century in light of the 3 cr 499 Directed Reading Selected Protestant Special attention will be given to the life The history of inner Asia from Genghis Khan s political economic social intellectual and psycho- Historical Topics 3 cr of the mind of Christianity in America the frontier Mongol Empire to Leonid Brezhnev s Soviet Empire logical tensions which produced them expansion of religion the often-controversial inter- 378 Europe and International action between the Church and American culture the Politics 1870-1970 DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM place of religion in the creation of the A merican 3 cr A study of global international relations since 1870 Nancy Jones Ph D character and the unique separation of church and Chairman C with emphasis upon the evolution from a European state The Department of journalism encourages the liberal education of a student by emphasizing how a profes- centered world to global politics sional eclacation for a career in the mass media relies on the liberal arts tradition The journalism curriculum 347 War in Modern Society 1 3 cr 382 Psychohistory concentrates upon,the development of communicative skills for creative and responsible positions in such areas A study and analysis of the phenomenon of war in 3 cr ,Examines the inter-relationships between psychol- of mass communication as advertising broadcasting newspapers public relations magazines and specialized the Western World from the ^\ge of Napoleon to the ogy—especially psychoanalysis—and history Psy- publications A transfer student must take at least 1 2 credits from the department to graduate as a major present with special emphasis upon the inter-rela- tionship between international conflict and social chology leadership of group behavior or war etc REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR political and technological change 385 Women in History 3 cr Twenty-,;even semester hours are required for a major Required courses are 167 267 268 367 369 3 72 A survey of the historical experience of women from or 376 and 466 or 468 or 470 or 476 352 Diplomatic History of United States 3 cr ancient times with emphasis on the forces that have Emphasis is upon involvement of the United States REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR led to the modern changes in women s status in both World Wars and its role as an imperial power Eighteen semester hours credit are required for a minor Credits must include 167 267 268 and nine other 386 Historical Geography journalism credits approved by the head of the Department of journalism Minors do not qualify for the Depart- 357 History of the American 3 cr A survey of the physical world which is the basis for ment s Professional Internship program Presidency 3 cr a human civilization past present and future What Primarily an investigation and evaluation—personal are the possibilities and limitations of different places 167 Introduction to Mass political contemporary and historical—of each presi- relations in business education government and for human development" How successful or unsuc- Communications 3 cr dent with some attention to the growth of the office non-profit institutions Analysis of PIR programs An introduction to the role principles and respon- cessful were human settlements? Emphasis also on Ethics and responsibilities Open to Juniors Seniors 360 Constitutional History of the si^ihties of newspapers broadcasting magazines geography as an intellectual discipline and cultural and non-majors United States 3 cr phenomenon advertising and public relations A series of guest An analysis of the Supreme Court and constitutional speakers from these fields is included Course open 331 Public Relations Practices 3 cr 389 Europe Industrialism and development stressing the major controversies in to non-majors (Offered both semesters I Case studies of public relations programs in industry the field the Masses 3 cr education social welfare and trade associations The 199 Language for journalists 3 cr A historical analysis of Europe in the last two cen- application of techniques through the design and 362 History of the United States Aimed at improving and polishing language skills of turies with particular attention to the relationship implementation of programs for clients Open to Political Parties Since 1868 3 cr prospective or beginning majors Emphasis on word between technological and social change and its im- junior and Senior majors Prerequisites 267 268 and A detailed examination and analysis of the origins usage grammar spelling introduction to style and pact on politics and culture 330 or approval of De'partment leadership and operation of the major political par- copy symbols Open to Freshmen and Sophomores ties since 1868 394 United States Labor History 3 cr 367 Radio-Television Principles 267 Basic Reporting and Writing I / 3 cr Concentrates chiefly on the relations between worker and Writing 3 cr 364 The American Mind 3 cr Fundamentals of news reporting anci writing Applied and employer from the early craftsmen to the indus- A lecture-laboratory course in the study and appli- The origins development and contemporary modes practice in laboratory sections special events and trial union member cation of news writing principles and practices for of American thought including major climates of beats covered outside of class VDT used Typing 395 Pittsburgh and the American City radio and television Laboratory experience in radio opinion diverse movements and selected scientific 3 cr ability required and closed-circuit TV studios 00en to non-majors political religious social and artistic topics The rise of Urban America using Pittsburgh as a case study of city growth and change industrialization 268 Basic Reporting and Writing 11 3 cr Prerequisites 267 268 or approval of Department 366 The Modern Mind 3 cr Advanced writing of the more complex types of news immigration and renewal in the twentieth century 369 Advertising Principles and Writing 3 cr The major ideological tendencies of modern Euro- stories such as business government courts Ap- 398 Economic History of the A lecture-laboratory course in the study and applica- pean thought and their connection to society and plied practice in laboratory sections VDT used Typ- United States tion of writing principles and practices for advertis- politics and to the major philosophic and scientific 3 cr ing ability required Prerequisite 26^ Investigates the economic development of the United ing Study of various types of advertising Open to currents of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries States emphasizing its impact on social and political 330 Public Relations Principles 3 cr non-majors Prerequisites 267 268 or approval of issues as background for current economic problems Study of the principles history and practices of public Department

32 33

370 The Broadcast Program 3 cr 405 Advanced Public Affairs Reporting 3 cr 470 Professional Internship 485 Industrial Advertising 3 cr A study of the programming strategies in commer- A lecture-laboratory course in gathering and inter- Newspapers 3 cr Deals with the principles and practices of industrial cial and public broadcasting Factors impacting pro- pretive news writing on urban affairs Analysis of A supervised observation-experience program of marketing communications Emphasis will be placed gramming decisions the organizing and design of major political economic and social developments study and assignment to a local newspaper including on trade-paper ads direct-mail advertising descrip- program services in a variety of work-settings and that have local news interest and significance Guests members of the Pennsylvania Newspaper Publishers tive product folders sales letters and presentations the importance of scheduling in the operational and field trips Prerequisites 267 268 Association Prerequisites 167 267 268 367 369 Examination will be made,of related crafts such as design Neither artistic nor creative functions are 409 Advanced Writing for Advertising 3 cr 375 372 or 376 405 (Offered both semesters commercial art typography printing plate-making covered but rather pragmatic matters affecting pro- A lecture-laboratory course in copywriting and design and media selection Prerequisites 167 267 268 gramming exe^utrves , 476 Professional Internship for advertising Major campaign compiled Pre- 367 369 Public Relations 3 cr 371 Mass Communications and requisite 369 A supervised observation-experience program of 490 Individual Projects in Mass Public Opinion 3 cr 411 Magazine Article Writing 3 cr study and assignment to a public relations agency Communications 1-3 cr A study of the nature of public opinion and the mass A lecture-laboratory course in free-lance article association industrial non-profit or educational individual research projects in the mass media communications process effects of propaganda and writing for the general and specialized magazine group in the Pittsburgh area Prerequisites 167 267 Related to a media topic not covered in other barriers to effective communication Open to juniors Oueries research and marketing open to juniors 268 330 331 367 369 375 372 or 376 380 (Of- Courses Written paper or other appropriate formats Seniors and non-majors Seniors and non-majors with Department approval fered both semesters ) Open to junior and Senior majors only Prerequisite 372 Communications Law 3 cr Prerequisite 267 Permission of instructor and department chairman A study of the legal rights responsibilities and ethics 413 Advanced Writing for Radio of the mass media Libel and broadcast regulations and Television Open to juniors and Seniors 3 cr A lecture-laboratory course in writing for radio and DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 375 Editing , 3 cr television Scripting special types of programs such A lecture-laboratory course in editing and present- as documentaries editorials panel shows PSA s Chairman Charles A Loch M A ing the written word for the mass media Style traffic continuity promotion-publicity Prerequisite The Department of Mathematics offers a sequence of modern courses which will 1) aid students in developing headlines typography covered VDT used Pre- 367 their ability to think scientificallv and forrin independent judgments 2) provide students with a breadth and requisite 267 or approval of Department depth of knowledge concerning not only manipulative skills but also fundamental and essential theory 3) enable 420 International Communications 3 cr students to use their knowledge in the formulation and solution of problems and 4) give students the necessary 376 History of the Mass Media 3 cr A study of world news systems'and an analysis of basis of foundation for the pursuit of graduate study or productive effort at the bachelor level Concentrated lecture-discussion course in an histori- their roles as instrurrients of world understanding cal context of major social influences affectmg Comparison of U S -foreign systems including REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR American journalism from the colonial press period newspapers broadcasting magazines and wire Bachelor of Arts Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These must include 1 15 1 16 2 15 to contemporary society Open to juniors and services Open to juniors Seniors and non-majors 21 6 303 4 15 4 16 the remainder must be selected from courses numbered above 300 Exceptionally able Seniors seniors are encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics courses listed in the 440 Writing Reviews/Criticism 3 cr graduate catalog Extradepartmental Requirements Computer Science 101 Basic or I I I Fortran 378 Photography for journalism 3 cr Analysis discussion and writing of reviews/criticism A lecture-laboratory course in the preparation and of books theater films television music and the Bachelor of Science Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These mList include 1 15 1 16 2 15 use of photography for publication Fundamentals visual arts Lab sessions stress the writing of reviews 21 6 303 4 15 4 16 the remainder must be selected from cours6s numbered above 300 Exceptionally able of camera work developing printing print evalua- and accompanying interviews as well as critiques of seniors are encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics courses listed in the tion and editorial uses of photography emphasized published reviews Guest speakers include loca) critics - graduate catalog I Student must provide an approved camera Open and artists Prerequisites 267 268 or approval of Extra departmental Requirements 20 hours in science 21 1 2 12 General Analytical Physics and Computer to non-majors Department Science 10 1 Basic or I I I Fortran must be taken The remaining courses may be selected from Biology I I I 379 Graphic Communications 1 12 and 226 and above Chemistry 121 and above Physics above 2 12 and additional Computer Science courses 3 cr 441 Secondary School Communications 3 cr A laboratory-demonstration course to introduce Function of publications and broadcasting in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR students to all elements of the graphic design proc- secondary school Role and responsibilities of school A minor must include 1 15 and 14 additional credits selected from courses numbered above 1 15 1 16 must ess related to preparing publications for print Using press advisors Teaching of journalism on - the high be included a grid transfer type and borders greeking paper school level Course is directed at students seeking For science majors 215 216 315 321 are recommended color overlays line and clip art preparing a key and a Pennsvlvania teachers certificate in communica- For economics and social science majors 222 or 308 225 or 301 306 are recommended photos Open to juniors and Seniors Prerequisites tion with emphasis in high school journalism Open 267 268 '375 or approval of Department (This to luniors and Seniors Prerequisites 167 267 101 Elementary Mathematics 3 cr 107 108 Introduction to Modern course recommended priot to 380 A remedial course in the fundamentals of algebra Mathematics 1 11 3 cr each 466 Professional Internship Advertising 3 cr including the solution of equations and inequalities This course is designed for elementary education 380 Specialized Publications 3 cr A supervised observation-experience program of Not to be - counted toward a major minor or the students in the School of Education Not to be A study of association business industrial profes- study and assignment to an assigned advertising mathematics/science area requirements ci^unted toward a major minor or the mathematics/ sional and non-profit communications Writing agency or industrial advertising department in con- science area requirement designing and editing brochures newsletters annual junction with the Business/Professional Advertising 103 104 Finite Mathematics 1 11 3 cr each reports magazines and other internal and external Association Pittsburgh Chapter Prerequisites 167 A course meeting the needs of non-science students 109 College Algebra 3 cr publications Prerec^uisrtes 167 267 ^68 375 267 268 367 369 372 or 376 409 (Offered both in the College for an introduction to matrices and A traditional course in college algebra for students, 381 Visual Productions 1 3 cr semesters ) their applications linear programming probability who are not prepared for I I I Not counted toward and statistics computer and other relevant topics a major or minor Credit will not be allowed for both Basic instruction in the planning script writing and 468 Professional Internship use of photography for audiovisual productions Not counted toward a major or minor this course and 105 Broadcasting 1 3 cr primarily slide programs Emphasis on the produc- A supervised observation-experience program of 105 College Algebra and Trigonometry 4 cr 111 Calculus for Non Science Students 3 cr tion of title and caption slides text slides and the study and assignment to a commercial/educational A modern course in college algebra and analytic Differentiation and integration of algebraic logarith- integration of these elements into slide presentations broadcasting station in the Pittsburgh area Prerequi- trigonometry for those students who do not possess mic and exponential functions maxima and minima Open to non-majors Prerequisite 378 or approval sites 167 267 268 367 369 370 372 or 376 4 13 the prerequisites for 1 15 Not counted toward a area exponential growth Not counted toward a of Department (offered both semesters ) major or minor major Credit will not be allowed for both this course and 1 15

34 35

1] 5 116 215 Calculus 1 11 111 4 cr each 311 3 cr Introduction to Number Theory Photography 406 Advanced Video Production Techniques 407 Medical Photography and 408 Internship A unified course in analytic geometry and calcuius A discussion of divisibility congruences quadratic The Design concentration should include 301 Scripirwriting for Media Production 304 Development of the Health Considers theory of limits furctions differentiation residues &Whantine' equations and arithmetical Care Program and 404 Management of a Media Facility The Production concentration should include 201 integration series geometry of space functions of functions Prerequisite Proficiency at 105 level Cinematography 203 Audio TV Mechanics and Lighting 206 Graphics and 402 The Director The Producer se\,eral variables and multiple integration Prerequi- 315 Advanced Differential Equations 3 cr Medical Meciia majors must be interviewed when they declare their major by the Medical Media Communica- sites for 1 15 Two years of algebra one year of plane Princirially theoretical this course considers the tions Program Directoi geometry and one-half year of trigonometty methods of solutions as well as existence and unique- Suggested minors are biology chermstiy or computer science 2 16 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 cr ness of solutions applications and partial differen- The course includes solutions existence of solutions tial equations Prerequisite 2 1 b REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR (Media Production) and applications of differential equations Prerequi- Five courses are required for the minor 101 Introduction to instructional Media is required of all minors in^__ 321 Mathematical Concepts for Physics 3 cr s,,e 2 15 addition four of the following courses may be selected 103 Introduction to Video Production Techniques 20 1 A survey of the mathematical concepts used in Cinematography 203 Audio TV Mechanics and Lighting 1.06 Graphics 378 Photography 38 1 Visual Produc- 22 1 History of Mathematics 3 cr undergraduate physics especialIv quantum mechan- tion 1 and 406 Advanced Video Production Techniques This is a survey of the historical development of ics Topics covered include vector analysis matrix it should be noted that the rnmor in the Medical Media program contains no specifically medical courses mathematics Prerequisite One year of College theory complex function theory Fourer series and The minor comprises only media production courses Mathematics preferably including one semester of calculus of variations Prerequisite 216 calculus Not counted toward a major 4011 Fundamentals of Geometry 3 cr 101 Introduction to Instructional development of shooting script Analysis of profes- 225 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 cr The course considers topics in Euclidean and Non- Media 3 cr sional scripts and programs A basic course in probability theory and descriptive Euclidean geometry also synthetic projective and introductory Course to familiarize student with equip and inferential statistics for non-majors Prerequisite affine geometrics and some topology Prerequisite 304 Development of Health Care ment instructional technology and process of selec- High school algebra Not counted toward a major 2 15 Not offered in regular sequence but available Programs 3 cr tion utilization and evaluation of media resouices on request A look at the instructional design of health care pro- 301 302 Introduction to Probability Required grams and the approach to instructional decision and Statistics 1 11 3 cr each 403 Introduction to Point Set Topology 3 cr 103 Introduction to Video making purpose content method audience A mathematical treatment of probability theory and A survey of elementary topics including topological Production Techniques 3 cr medium mathematical statistics including probability distribu- spaces compactness connectedness convergence Concepts and applications of television production tions random variables and their transformations and separation axioms Prerequisite 2 15 Not offered 378 Photography 3 cr in a work setting environment with emphasis on expectation point and interval estimation sampling in regular sequence but available on request A lecture/laboratory course in the preparation and studio considerations fighting camera operation film distributions Prerequisite 1 16 or equivalent use of photography Fundamentals of camera work 405 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 cr and tape VTR cassettes and special effects developing printing print evaluation 303 Principles of Modern Algebra 3 cr Topics include the plane of complex numbers func- 106 Creative Media 3 cr A study of basic properties of groups rings boolean tions of a complex variable and integration in the 402 The Director—The Producer 3 cr Investigation into aesthetics of visual comm u nica ion algebra and fields Prerequisites 1 15 1 16 complex plane Prerequisite 2 16 Not offered in A look at the role of the Director as the catalyst in implications of the theories of visual thinking I an regular sequence but available on request media production and the producer as the coordina- 306 307 Linear Algebra 1 11 3 cr each psychology of media in the development of v sual tor Examination of good directors and their contribu- A study of linear transformations and matrics and 415 416 Advanced Calculus 1 11 3 cr each messages Motivation attention organization cue- tions to the art models 307 is identical to Computer Science 307 in A rigorous study of the calculus and its foundation ing reinforcement and response are characterized which I I I Fortran is required 307 may be used to Prerequisite 216 404 Management of a Media Facility 3 cr 201 Cinematography 3 cr satisfy a mathematics or a Computer Science require- Considers the problems of setting up designing and 431 Introduction to Biostatistics 3 cr Students learn basic skills and techniques in motion ment but not both managing an integrated program including produc- intended primarily for upper level pharmacy and pictures production through lectures demonstra- tion utilization and operation budget organization 308 Numerical Methods of biologv students acquaints the student with some tions field trips and hands on experience standardization of services Classical Analysis - 3 cr of the common statistical techniques applied to 203 Audio TV Mechanics and Lighting 3 cr A computer oriented course in numerical analysis research and data analysis in the life sciences Not 406 Advanced Video Production Investigation into the types of record equipment introducing elementary techniques for numerical counted toward a major Techniques 3 cr microphones impedances public address systems solution of problems A knowledge of Fortran or Continued exploration into the key elements of good 491 to 499 Selected Topics Mixing sounci and music for multi-media productions equivalent language is assumed This course is iden- studio and location video production Emphasis on in Mathematics 1-3 cr each Hands on experience in the mechanics of TV equip- tical to Computer Science 308 It may be used to the set design special effects electronic ediLing This is an honors course Topics selected in consulta- ment trouble shooting and the operation of wave satisfy a Math requirement or a Computer Science camera work Ties together all the other elements tion with staff form monitors and vectoscopes Extended explora- requirement but not both Prerequisite 215 Fortran Prerequisite Introduction to Video Production Pef- tion into creative and practical aspects of lighting I I I mission of Instructor required 204 Interpersonal Communications 3 cr 407 Medical Photography 3 cr Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- MEDICAL MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION Chn , cal approach to the documentation of patients personal communications Primary consideration will specimens and surgical procedures using a variety Co-Directors Frank R Klapak M Ed and John Gibbs B S be given to face human interaction in a variety of of media formats Emphasis is on lighting and posi- The major in Medical Media Communications emphasizes the development of professional attitudes and creative situations tioning of subject Personal attitudes institutional technical competencies necessary to produce programs of instruction in the health care mdustry for profes- 206 Graphics 3 cr decorum and safety are discussed Equipment and sional and para-professional continuing education staff training and development patient information and Provides basic experience in planning and producing terminolog,, explored Must be taken during education and community relations graphic materials for television display classroom sernesterbetoteinternship Prerequisite Photogra- To this end the curriculum for a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Medical Media Communications offers course lectures Includes experience in layout lettering and phy Permission of Instructor required work in professional development technical specialization and methodology as well as a liberal arts educa- color tion and an extensive internship at Mercy Hospitals Division of Medical Media Communications 408 Internship 3 cr 301 Scriptwriting for Media intensive application of experiences gained in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Productions 3 cr field Seniors only Prerequisites Medical Photogra- A minimum of thirty-six credits is required The major may concentrate on either Design or Production All Techniques of preparing story boards and scripts for phy Advanced TV Production majors must complete 10 1 Introduction to Instructi -onal Media 103 Introduction to Video Production 378 various media formats includes research of material

36 37

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES seminars in literature and culture The following 473 Le Nouveau Roman courses represent current pro-seminar offerings ChairmaFi, Francesca Colecchia Ph D 474 Le Nouveau Theatre They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- The Department of Modern Languages offers courses in French German Italian Russian Spanish and Swahili cumstances warrant from semester to semester All 480 Directed Readings Var cr On the elementary and intermediate level in French German and Spanish the student may choose from two pro-seminars carry three credits a semester Recom- Readings of literary texts under close faculty super- tracks of language courses both of which satisfy College degree requirements One of these emphasizes mended prerequisite French 302 or its equi,,alent vision for majors only and only with permission of reading and the other reading writing speaking and aural comprehension In conversation and composition the Department Variable credit courses the students fluency in the active use of the language is strengthened Subsequent courses stress 320 Stylistics primarily literary studies in which the student is systematically introduced to a survey of the literature and German 321 Phonetics is given a working acquaintance with the culture of the groups whose language he is studying Choice of courses 101 102 Elementary German 3 cr each dealing with specific works authors and auxiliary subjects is also presented 322 Theatre De L Avant-Garde Fundamentals of o ral and written German Three The student possessing a knowledge of foreig^ languages will fird career opportunities in a number of fields 323 Maupassant hours lecture and one hour laboratory each week such as education government employment foreign service social work industry and tourism 324 Balzac 11 1 112 Elementary German for REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Reading 3 cr each The Department offers major programs in French German and Spanish In addition it offers minor programs 325 Realism and Naturalism The'course will stress basic grammar and structure in these languages Italian and Russian as well as non-major courses in Swahili 3^6 The Lit , erature of the for reading comprehension The major program in Modern Languages and Literatures consists of a minimum of 24 semester hours at Existentialist Movement 1] 5 116 German for Musicians 3 cr each the 300 level and above Required courses are 327 The Symbolist Movement in Specially designed for majors in music to provide French 301 302 462 463 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors French Poetry them with those skills in German to meet their pro- German 301 302 460 46 1 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors fessional requisites Registration limited to students 328 French Poetry Middle Ages Spanish 301 302 401 402 453 454 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors in the School of Music This course does not allow to 19th Century for continuation at the 200 level or higher Elementary and intermediate courses must be taken in sequence It is recommended that students not take 329 l7th Century French Literature advanced courses out of progression Credit toward the major or minor will not be given for 201 202 21 1 201 202 Intermediate German 3 cr each 2 12 or 239 240 which are intermediate level courses 302 is the recommended prerequisite to all courses 330 French Prose Fiction 19th Century An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 1 02 ,numbered 312 and above , Prerequisite 102 or equivalent 331 l8th Century French Literature It is recommended that majors in the Department include a course in the art of the country in whose language , 2 11 212 Intermediate German they specialize as well as one course of literature in translation in the literature of a Country other than that 460 47 5 Seminar in French for Reading 3 cr each of their major Literature 3 cr each Prerequisite 1 02 or 1 1 2 A maximum or 12 transfer credits will be accepted toward the major All courses numbered 460 through 475 are seminars -Junior ^ear Abroad Majors are strongly encouraged but not obliged to participate in programs approved in in literature designed to offer the advanced under- 239 240 Readings in Modern advanceby the Department Further information may be obtained at the Department office graduate student the opportunity to study various German Authors 3 cr each aspects of literature in greater depth The following Selections from modern works of literature Do not REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR courses r6present Current seminar offerings they will carry credit toward a major or minor Prerequisite be offered on a rotated basis and/or as circumstances 202 or equivalent The minor program consists of a minimum of 12 semester hours at the 300 level and above warrant from semester to semester All seminars 251 Commercial German 3 cr carry three credits a semester French 462 and 463 490 Independent Field Study one year s work in one semester _Six lecture hours Prerequisite 201 or equivalent are recommended ^rerecjuisites for these courses (All Languages) Var cr 'and one-hour laboratory each week 252 Readings in Scientific German 3 cr The student will participate under the supervision 460 History and Culture of France 201 202 Intermediate French 3 cr each Prerequisite 102 or equivalent and guidance of the insttu6tor in selected tours to si^ce the Revolution An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 1 02 various foreign countries to undertake independent 301 302 German Composition and Prerequisite 102 or equivalent 461 History of the French study on selected and approved projects involving Conversation 3 cr each the exploration and study of history life work arts 2 It 212 Intermediate French Language 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prerequi- a^d culture Prerequisite Prior permission of the in- for Reading 3 cr each 462 Chanson de Roland through site to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or structor and Department Chairman Prerequisite 102 or 1 1 2 l7th Century equivalent

French 220 Intensive French 6 cr 463 l8th Century to Modern 320-345 Pro Seminar in German 101 102 Elementary French 3 cr each Review and continuation of,I 20 Utilizes techniques Period Literature and Culture 3 cr each Fundamentals of oral and written French Three allowing the student to complete one-year s work in French 462 and 463 are recommended prerequisites All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- hours lecture and one hour laboratory each week one semester Prerequisite 120 1 02 or equivalent for these courses seminars in literature and culture The following I courses represent current pro-seminar offerings 1 1 112 Elementary French 239 240 Readings in Modern 464 1 7th Century Fi ench Theatre They will be offered on a rotated basis and,'or as cir- for Reading 3 cr each French Authors 3 cr each 465 1 8th Century French Theatre cumstances warrant from semester to semester All The course will stress basic grammar and structure Selections from modern works of literature Do not pro-seminars carry three credits a semester Recom- for reading comprehension carry credit toward a major or minor Prerequisite 466 19th Century French Poetry mended Prerequisite German 302 or equivalent 202 or equivalent 115 116 French for Musicians 467 19th Century French Novel 3 cr each 320 History of German Culture Specially designed for majors in music to provide 301 302 French, Conversation and 468 l9th-Century French Theatre from the Franks to Hitler them with those skills,in French to meet their pro- Composition 3 cr each fessional requisites Registration limited to students 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prerecfui- 469 20th-Century French Poetry 321 History of German Culture site to all courses above from Hitler to the Present in the School ol"Music This course does not allow 302 Prerequisite 20for 470 20th-Century French Novel 1 equivalent for continuation at the 200 level or higher 324 Popular Tradition in German 471 20th-Century French Theatre 120 Intensive French 6 cr 320 345 Pro-Seminar in French Literature The Fairy Tate The Sartre and Camus Fundamentals of oral and written French Utilizes a Literature and Culture 3 cr each 472 Heroic Tale different approach allowing the student to complete All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro-

38 39

325 Popular Tradition in German 301 302 Italian Conversation and 126 Intensive Spanish 6 cr 327 History of Spanish Culture Literature Legend Animal Fable Composition 3 cr each Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Utilizes 328 Modern Spanish Theatre Prerequisite 202 or equivalent a different approach allowing the student to com- 1 326 Women Figures in German plete one year s work in one semester Six lecture 329 Revolt and Change The Literature from Goethe to Boll 3 14 315 Individual Study Var Cr hours and one-hour laboratory each week Spanish-American Novel Prerequisite 202 or equivalent 327 German Women Authors 201 202 Intermediate Spanish 3 cr each 330 Theater of the Golden Age and Critics 320 345 Pro Seminar in Italian An intensified continuation of 10 1 and 1 02 Prerequi- Literature and Culture 3 cr each 401 Spanish Literature from the 328 Introduction to German site 102 or equivalent All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- Cid through the Siglo cle Oro 3 cr Drama 211 212 Intermediate Spanish for seminars in literature and culture The following 402 Spanish Literature from the 329 Introduction to German Poetry Reading 3 cr each courses represent current pro-seminar offerings 18th Century to the Present 3 cr They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- Prerequisite 102 or 1 12 330 Modern German Prose cumstances warrant from semester to semester All 453 454 Trends in Latin American 220 Intensive Spanish 6 cr 331 Modern German Theatre pro-seminars carry three credits a semester Literature 3 cr each Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes techniques 460 475 Seminar in German 321 Modern Italian Novel (Levi allowing the student to complete one-year s work in 460 475 Seminar in Spanish Literature 3 cr each Buzzati, Cassola, Moravia) one semester Prerequisite 120 1 02 or equivalent Literature 3 cr each All courses numbered 460 through 475 are seminars All courses numbered 460 through 475 are seminars 239 Readings in Modern Spanish in literature designed to offer the advanced under- 322 Commercial Italian in literature designed to offer the advanced under- Authors 3 cr graduate student the opportunity to Study various 323 Pirandello Svevo Pavese graduate student the opportunity to study various Selection from modern works of literature Does not aspects of litetature in greater depth aspects of literature in greater depth The following 324 Introduction to Italian Poetry carry credit toward major or minor Prerequisite 202 courses represent current seminar ofterings they will (Leopardi Carducci Pascoh D Annunzio) or equivalent The following courses repiesent current seminar be offered on a rotated basis and/or as circumstances offerings they will be offered on a rotated basis 325 Introduction to Italian Poetry 240 Readings in Modern warrant from semester to semester All seminars and/or as circumstances warrant from semester to (Ungaretti Saba Montale, Quasimodo) Spanish American Authors 3 cr carry three credits a semester Recommended pre- semester All seminars carry three credits a semester Selection from modern works of literature Does nor requisite Spanish 401-402 or equivalent Recommended prerequisite German 302 Russian carry credit toward major or minor Prerequisite 202 101 102 Elementary Russian 3 cr each 460 The Quilote 460 German Literature to Lessing or equivalent Fundamentals of oral and written Russian Three 461 Spanish Literature since 301 302 Spanish Conversation 461 Lessing His Life and Works hours lecture one hour laboratory each week the Civil War and Composition 3 cr each 462 Advanced German Stylistics 201 202 Intermediate Russian 3 cr each 302 or equivalent is the recommended prerequisite 462 Avant-Garde Spanish An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 102 464 German Romantic Literature to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or American Theatre Prerequisite 102 or equivalent equivalent 465 Modern German Narrative 463 Lorca and the Generation of 1927 301-302 Russian Conversation and Hesse Mann Kafka 320-345 Pro Seminar in Spanish 464 The Literature of the Composition 3 cr each Literature and Ci. ilture 3 cr each Siglo cle Oro 466 Tolerance in 18th Century German Prerequisite 202 or equivalent All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- Literature Lessing Schiller 465 Literature of Spanish Romanticism 314 315 Individual Study Var Cr seminars in literature and culture The following 467 The Age of Goethe Prerequisite 202 or equivalent courses represent current pro-seminar offerings 466 The Age of Enlightenment They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- 468 Goethe s Faust 320 345 Pro Seminar in Russian 467 Readings in Medieval Literature cumstances warrant from semester to semester All Literature and Culture 1 3 cr each 469 Concept of Love in the German pro-seminars carry three credits a semester The 480 Directed Readings All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- Medieval Epic and Lyric recommended prerequisite Spanish 302 or Readings of literary texts under close faculty super- seminars in literature and culture The following 470 Literature of Enlightenment equivalent vis,on for majors only and only with permission of 'courses represent current pro-seminar offerings the Department Variable credit 471 Sturm und Drang They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- 322 Spanish Realism and the 19th cumstances warrant from semester to semester All Century Novel Swahili 480 Directed Readings Var cr pro-seminars carry three credits a semester 101 102 Elementary Swahili 3 cr each Reading of literary texts under close faculty super- 323 Don Juan as a World Fundamentals of oral and written Swahili Three lec- vision for majors only and only with permission of 320 Chekhov Literary Figure ture hours and one hour laboratory each week the Department Variable credit 321 19th Century Russian Short Story 324 The Generation of 98 201 202 Intermediate Swahili 3 cr each Italian Contemporary Spanish Novel 322 Commercial Russian 325 An intensified continuation of 10 1 and 1 02 Prerequi- 101 102 Elementary Italian 3 cr each 323 Russian Folklore 326 Contemporary Spanish- site 102 or equivalent Fundamentals of oral and written ltah^n Three lec- American Novel ture hours and one hour laboratory each week 324 Contemporary Russian Literature

1] 5 116 Italian for Musicians 3 cr each Spanish Specially designed for majors in music to provide 101 102 Elementary Spanish 3 cr each DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY them with those skills in Italian to meet their profes- Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Three sional requisites Registration limited to students in Chairman John Sallis Ph D hours lecture one hour laboratory each week the School of Music This course does not allow for The program offered by the Department of Philosophy is designed to be a basic part of the student s liberal continuation at the 200 level or higher 111 112 Elementary Spanish for education It is intended to introduce students to philosophical thinking past and present to provide a discipline for asking the basic questions of life and to help students begin relating their other academic subjects to one 201 202 Intermediate Italian 3 cr each Reading 3 cr each another and to human experience The Department made up of professors who have different philosophical An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 102 The course will stress basic grammar and structure interests attempts to develop the capacity for independent thinking on all issues Prerequisite 102 or equivalent for reading comprehension

40 41

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR cation The course will examine the structure ,305 Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr The Department requires majors to take nine philosophy courses above the 100 level of these nine courses purpose and function of speech in everyday usage A study of contemporary philosophy from 1900 to three must be selected from the Historical Sequence and two from the sequence of Advanced Courses and in the spheres of politics science and art the present covering the methods and histcay of REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 1 selected 20th century movements 2 17 Elementary Symbolic Logic 3 cr Five courses are required for a minor one from the introductory Courses ( 1 04 to 107) two from the Basic Introduction to the methods of symbolic logic as ap- 322 American Philosophy 3 cr Courses (200 to 21 7) and two from the Historical Sequence and Advanced Courses (300 and 400 levels) plied to the logic of arguments involving compound Puritanism Enlightenment Transcendentalism Prag- statements propositional functions and quantifiers matism with emphasis on key figures in American Introductory Courses 205 Existential Phenomenology 3 cr and relations Philosophy Peirce Dewey James Royce Santayana 104 Introduction to Philosophy 3 cr Examination of the methods and style of thought Whitehead etc A first-hand study of selected philosophical texts from which characterizes existential phenomenology Lec- 218 Special Topics 1-3 cr tures and discussion on texts by major thinkers such 323 Oriental Philosophy 3 cr both traditional and existential perspectives with the 220 Philosophy of Death and Living 3 cr as Being and Time Introduction to Oriental thought through a study of aim of introducing students to the nature of philo- by Heidegger Phenomenology of The course provides an introduction to some of the Perception by Merleau-Ponty and its major ideas Such traditions as Confucianism sophical thinking and to the variety of philosophical Being and Nothingness basic themes and texts both traditional and contem- by Sartre ) Taoism1 Buddhism Hinduism will be discussed issues area methods and theories porary related to the philosophical Study of death 325 Concentrated Philosophical 105 Ethics cr 206 Social Philosophy 3 cr Its main purpose is to ask how human beings can be Readings 3 cr An introduction to ethical theories of past and pre- A systematic examination concerning the critical happy in view of death s certainty therefore it This course is an in-depth study of one or several sent time Contemporary moral issues will be con- theories of modern society Emphasis upon seminal emphasizes the act of living J thinkers including Rousseau Comte Mill Marx philosophers such as Plato Aristotle Aquinas sidered in the light of these theories 223 Philosophy of History 3 cr Durkheim Weber Simmel Mannheim Horkheimer Occam Descartes Kant Wittgenstein Strawson A philosophical examination of the possibility of 106 Introductory Logic 3 cr Habermas Lefeb^ve and Bell etc Heidegger etc varying in subject matter from time meaning in history in the light of the contemporary Analysis of the requirements for valid reasoning to time Logical fallacies types of definitions and important 2 10 Philosophy of Feminism 3 cr crisis of human existence Attention will be given to informal aspects of arguments in ordinary &scourse A philosophical study of the second sex empha- authors such as Augustine Dante Hegel Marx Advanced Courses sizing phenomenology as a method which attempts Nietzsche and Heidegger will be studied in addition to the formal logic of infer- 3 12 Philosophical Anthropology 3 cr to' be free from prejudice includes a discussion of ences involving simple and compound statements 224 Philosophy of Sport 3 cr The course examines several philosophical concep- some contemporary ethical and legal issues concern- A philosophical examination of the nature of sport tions of man under the guiding question What is 107 Medical Ethics 3 cr ing the equality of women Ethical questions that arise in medical care and Particular focus will be upon the ontological ethical man" Man s place in the world his relationship to research will be examined Topics might include ex- 211 Marxism 3 cr and aesthetic status of the phenomenon of sport society the impact of science and the historical con- A study of the political philosophy of Karl Marx as sciousness The course should be of interest to social perimentation on animals and man allocation of 225 Elements of Thomistic Thought . 3 cr one of the major directions in social thought Engels science majors in addition to philosophy majors and scarce medical resources euthanasia the privileged An introduction to the basic concepts and principal Lenin and contemporary Marxism minors relationship of doctor and patient etc ideas of Christian philosophy with an emphasis on 3 cr 108 Business Ethics 3 cr 212 Political Philosophy 3 cr the thought system of St Thomas Aquinas The 313 Philosophy of the Human Sciences This course designed primarily for business majors Fundamental political qu6stions will be explored For ^ourse will cover an introduction to metaphysics The relations of the human sciences with other begins with a discussion of some general ethical example Utopian state freedom justice the origins metaphysical thinking definit,on of knowledge sciences with philosophy and with practical life the issues and in particular the problem of a just distri- of political society war and empire and revolution analogy of being the principles structure and causes use of the mathematics and interpretation and other bution of wealth These discussions are applied to may be considered Possible authors read Plato of being the concept of the transcendent and the issues will be discussed in relation to past and con- concrete current business problems Aristotle Aquinas Macchiavelli Hobbes Locke problem of evil temporary philosophical and scientific thought Rousseau and Hegel Basic Courses Historical Sequence 314 Philosophy of Natural Sciences 3 cr 2 13 Philosophy and American A study of, the philosophical implications of the 200 Introduction to Phenomenology 3 cr 300 Ancient Philosophy 3 cr Political Thought 3 cr methodology and conceptual framework of modern The basic approach to philosophical issues developed A study of the beginning of Philosophy in Greece A and contemporary science Contrast between New- by Huserl the founder of Phenomenology will be study of the philosophy of liberal democracy us- from the Presocratics to Plotmus with readings prin- ing such writings as those of the founding fathers tonian and contemporary physics regarding such explored the types of signs meaning the possibili- cipally taken from Plato and Aristotle their preciecessors and followers Locke Montes- philosophical questions as the nature of matter ty of philosophy as rigorous science etc are 3 cr quieu Paine Jefferson Madison Hamilton Lincoln 301 Medieval Philosophy space-time technique and technology considered Consideration will be given also to contemporary A philosophical study of medieval texts in English 401 402 Thomism 3 cr each 202 Philosophy of Being 3 cr translation selected as representatives of the broad developments in liberal democratic thinking Courses dealing with the texts of St Thomas Aquinas The approaches of philosophers such as Aristotle range of issues approaches and theories which 214 Philosophy of Sex 3 cr The first semester (401) covers his metaphysis and Aquinas Kant Hegel and Heidegger'God world and- characterize the major Christian Jewish and Islamic The course provides an introduction to some of the the second semester (402) deals with his philosophy man Being essence and existence Time and history philosophical thinking of the period basic themes and texts both traditional and contem- of man Neo-scholastic interpretations of the texts Being and the possibility of metaphysics in contem- 3 cr porary i elated to the philosophical study of sex it 302 Early Modern Philosophy of Aquinas (Maritam Gilson and the school of porary thought uses historical analytical and phenomenological Explores the beginning of modern thinking in the 16th Marechal and Rahner) 203 Philosophy of Religion 3 cr methods and gives attention to the sexual origin of century and proceeds to the time of the French 403 Philosophy of God 3 cr Introduction to the nature of religious experience Revolution Course work consists in analysis of our consciousness of values This course introduces students to selected texts and Topics such as religious symbolism belief and several important texts chosen from such philos- 2 15 Psychoanalysis and Philosophy basic themes in types of religious experience such unbelief the existence of evil and free will will be 3 cr ophers as Montaigne Descartes Pascal Hobbes as Babylonian Greek and Judeo-Christian It empha- considered Assigned readings include both tradi- Psychoanalysis has had an impact upon and been Spinoza Leibniz Locke Hume Kant affected by modern philosophy This course will study sizes such questions as What is the Holy-) What is tional and contemporary writers 3 cr the presuppositions and implications of Freud s 304 Later Modern Philosophy the relation between scientific knowledge and - 204 Literature and Philosophy 3 cr thought and that of some other thinkers such as This course examines the period of modern philos- religious knowledge) What are the various arguments Explores philosophical themes as they emerge within Sartre Marcuse Ricoeur ophy initiated by Kant it deals primarily with the about the existence of Gocl7and the immortality of 9th century including Hegel great works of literature Works will be selected from crucial thinkers of the I the soul) Why is there human suffering if God is good 216 Communication and Philosophy 3 cr, such authors as Sophocles Dante Shakespeare Feuerbach Kierkegaard Marx Mill and Nietzsche and all-powerfuP What do the symbols of the end Goethe and Dostoyevski Speech is man s most important means of communi-

42 43

and Lagrange s Equations other topics which may of the world mean-) Attention is given both to tradi- 423 424 425 426 427 428 Modern 211 2 12 General Analytical tional and to contemporary philosophical texts Thinker 3 cr each Physics 4 cr each be included are normal modes rigid bodies two bodies with a central force and waves on a string In depth examination of the work of a single or a This is a calculus based general introduction to the 406 Aesthetics 3 cr basic physical theories and concepts An attempt is Prerequisites 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 An examination of theories of art which explore such group of historically modern authors e g rationalism (Descartes Spinoza Leibmzj empiricism (Locke made to develop in the science or engineering stu- 372 Electromagnetism 4 cr questions as the beautiful creativitv imagination dent the quantitative approach of the physicist to the and the role of art in life Authors such as A r istotle Berkeley Hume) Kant Hegel Nietzsche An intermediate course for the science and engineer- physical universe Some of the topics which may be ing students The following topics will usually be Lessing Kant Hegel Nietzsche Heidegger and 429 430 431 432 433 434 included are vectors Newton s laws of motion the Camus will be read discussed electrostatics energy relations in electro- Contemporary Thinker 3 cr each motion of a particle in space momentum energy Concentration upon a single contemporary philos- static fields dielectrics currents and their interac- 415 416 417 Ancient Thinker 3 cr each rigid body motion fluids gravity wave motion the opher e g Husserl Heidegger Sartre Merleau- tion magnetic properties of matter AC circuits A course devoted to detailed study of a single ancient first and second laws of thermodynamics electricity Ponty Whitehead Wittgenstem Maxwell s equations reflection and refraction of elec- thinker such as Plato or Aristotle and magnetism and optics Co-requisite for 21 1 tromagnetic waves and dipole and plane sheet radia- 435 Senior Seminar 3 cr Mathematics 1 16 -Lecture three hours Laboratory 418 419 420 421 422 Medieval tion Prerequisites 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 two hours - Thinker 3 cr each 402 Optics 3 cr A leading Medieval thinker or thin - kers such as 301 Thermodynamics 3 cr This course introduces the student to the principles Augustine Avicenna Marmonicles Bonaventure will This is an intermediate level course covering the of geometrical and physical optics Topics_may in- be studied fundamental principles of thermodynamics kinetic clude reflection refraction diffraction polarization theory and statistical mechanics The following is a ,matrix techniques in lens system design basic quan- partial list of items generally included temperature DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS tum optics and the laser Prerequisite 2 12 or 202 thermodynamic systems work heat the first and and the consent of the instructor Chournwi Walter S Skinner M S second laws of thermodynamics ideal gases en- The program in the Department of Physics is primarily aimed at providing today s students with a fundamental trophy Maxwells equation the kinetic theory of 405 Acoustics 3 cr background in traditional Physics as well as the interrelationships with other sciences and disciplines The Depart- ideal gas and the basic concept of statistical A course which presents the physical principles ment is also aware that in today s changing world there must be a suitably flexible program which will best mechanics Prerequisites 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 underlying the production and propagation of sound fit the graduate for the challenges faced in the many professions which are based on the science of Physics Examples and explanations are focused principally 306 Applied Electronics Laboratory 2 3 cr There is always the hope that the student will continue professional growth in Physics but it is also realized on musical sound No mathematical preparation This course seeks to combine a treatment of the prin- that there are rnany expanding paths to professional growth The Department program therefore is struc- beyond high school algebra is necessary ciples of modern electronic instrumentation w ith tured to provide the essential background for success in graduate studies in the many current fields which practical laboratory experience Topics which will be 430 Advanced Research 2 cr seek Physics graduates as well as equipping the student to successfully compete for the available positions included are passive and active electronic com- This is a one ycar course in which the student selects in research institutions government agencies or private corporations Department policy calls for individual ponents electronic measuring instruments power a research project develops it and prepares a report attention to student needs supplies amplification feedback and control im- on the results The student is also required to pre- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR pedance matching linear and digital devices Em- sent results of his work at a department seminar or A minimum of 32 semester hours is required for a major These credits must include 21 1 2 12 301 329 330 phasis will be on proper use of instrumentation rather an appropriate scientific meeting if deemed advis- 361 372 402 429 430 473 474(483 484 or 485 may be substituted for 474 with departmental approval) than on advanced principles of design Prerequisite able A research topic is selected from those sug- Extradeportniental Requirements Chemistry 12 1 122 or Biology 1 1 1 1 12 Mathematics 1 15 1 16 2 15 216 308 Permission of instructor gested by members of the Physics Department or Computer Science I I I and two years of a modern language other science faculty mernuers Work is carried out 329 Advanced Laboratory I I cr If a student takes 207 208-Physics and the Modern World and either 201 202-General Physics or 21 1 in close coordination with the selected advisor This course is designed to acquaint the student with 2 12-General Analytical Physics the credits for the 207 208 will not apply to the total number required for although all work must be the students own No the basics of modern electronics to the extent that the degree Credit will not be given for both 20 1 202 and 21 1 2 12 grade is given at the end of the first semester but the student will have a sufficient background to a final grade is assigned at the completion of the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICS MINOR design and use simple electronic circuits in future project in the Spring Semester The minor consists of eight hours in the General Analytical Physics (21 1 2 12) and 12 credits of upper division research A set of experiments is performed and physics on the 300 and above level The department will structure the minor program from the course offer- analyzed by the students Subjects covered are the 473 Atomic Physics 3 cr ings to fit as nearly as possible the needs and desires of the individual student use of research grade electronic instruments trans- This course provides an introduction to special rela- ducers diode and transistor circuits transistor design tivity and quantum theory with applications drawn REQUIREMENTS FOR THE EARTH SCIENCE MINOR parameters printed circuit design layout and con- mainly from modern theories of the atom Topics The minor consists of a preiequisite sequence of 101 and 102 which must be taken as the first courses and struction Prerequisite 2 12 or 202 and consent of usually included are quantum theory of heat radia- 12 credits chosen from 203 204 205 206 303 304 305 307 as available to the curriculum Not all courses instructor tion the uncertainty principle quantum theory of the are taughteach semester and some are on alternate years Earth Science 101 is prerequisite to all courses unless hydrogen atom many-electronatorns atomic spec- waived by the instructor 330 Advanced Laboratory It I cr troscopy Prerequisites 2 12 and consent of A continuation of Advanced Laboratory I which in- instructor 201 202 General Physics 4 cr each Students should take 2 1 1 2 12 Lecture four hours cludes the following basic and advanced operationa Designed to give the student a basic knowledge and Laboratory two hours amplifier circuitry digital integrated circuits Gates 474 Quantum 'Mechanics 3 cr understanding of inechanics properties of matter A basic introduction to the dynamics of quantum 207 208 Physics and the Boolean Algebra I C timer circuitry digital flip-flops heat wave motion sound magnetism electricity phenomena Some of the topics covered are Modern World 3 cr each and counter circuitry A/D & D/A conversion circuitry light and modern physics through the use of modern -Schroedinger Equation oscillators hydrogen atom A course especially for the nonscientist Designed to digital meter design and construction Prerequisite day examples and applications At the completion linear operators Hermitian Matrices observables give the student some basis for understanding the 329 or consent of instructor of this course the student should have attained a conservation theorem spin angular momentum and physics of the twentieth century and the physicist s working knowledge of physics its techniques and 361 Mechanics 4 cr perturbation theory The course will emphasize appli- approach to the study of nature The physics of reasoning such that the knowledge of physics gained An intermediate course in the application of Newton- everyday life is used as a basis and classroom cation to simple systems Prerequisites 2 12 Mathe- may be applied to future work in the sciences or ian Mechanics to simple systems A short introduc- demonstrations are generously employed to help the matics 2 15 other fields of endeavor Prerequisite Mathematics tion to Vector Calculus precedes the main discussion student grasp concepts by showing concrete ex- 483 484 485 486 Special Topics 1 3 cr each 103 104 or the equivalent Students who have com- The topics normally covered are dynamics of a mass amples No mathematics beyond basic high school Designed to allow the Physics major flexibility in pleted Mathematics 1 16 and pre-engineering point systems of particles generalized coordinates algebra required I

45 44

DEPARTMENT OF^ POLITICAL SCIENCE scheduling this course may include the following 104 Historical Geology Laboratory I cr An accompaniment for ES 102 providing an intro- Chairman William E Markus 483 Nuclear Physics 3 cr duction to sedimentation and the use of fossil identi- Political science studies the political ideas institutions behavior values and goals of human collective life Experimental and theoretical aspects of the atomic fication Columnar sections Aerial Geologic maps The department stresses an understanding of political life as a necessary complement to the study of human nucleus are discussed The topics presented may in- and Aerial Photos will be used existence Through an awareness of and appreciation for the similarities and differences among political struc- clude two-nuclear systems radioactivity and modes which tures and political tasks political actors systems of law political ideals and thought and the ways by of decay radiometric dating interaction of radiation 203 Astronomy 3 cr political activity relates to the dimensions of life as a whole the student becomes familiar with the political with matter nuclear structures and reactions and Introduction to the Study of astronomy and the basics as an expression of deeper and more fundamental considerations Students in the Department of Political Science nuclear fission Prerequisite 2 1 2 or 202 and consent of observation Study will include telescopic types are introduced to both the normative and empirical methods of analyzing political life of the instructor and the known universe as identified from present Political science majors are prepared for careers in government and administration teaching private enter- study Course will if possible include arrangements 484 Introductory Solid State Physics 3 cr prise and for further study in graduate and law school programs with Buhl Planetarium and Allegheny Observatory Bulk properties of materials are discussed with both Star types and distances will also be examined the phenomenological and microscopic approaches REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major in political science in addition to 10 1 these credits must Typical topics are the geometric structure of solids 204 Meteorology 3 cr and 405 or 406 waves and diffractions thermal properties the free Elementary Study of meteorology and weather include 208 233 309 student transferring to Duquesne from another College or University may receive a maximurn of 12 transfer electron model band theory ;upercondLIctivity systems in the local area as well as the world pat- A magnetic properties and magnetic resonance Pre- terns Observation and prediction will be practiced credits applied to their major requirement requisites 2 1 2 and consent of instructor when practical Local and U S Weather Bureau REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR services will be used and analyzed when possible General Minor This minor is designed to provide the students with a comprehensive view of the entire discipline 485 Relativistic Mechanics 3 cr and is recommended for those students who may later contemplate graduate study or think that they might This course is an introduction to the Special and 205 Planetary Geology 3 cr eventually like to change from a minor to a major in Political Science it consists of a minimum of 12 credits General Theories of Relativity A list of topics which A systematic study of the geology of other planets 208 233 309 101 the 12 credits encompass the following required courses may be discussed are absolute space Emstemian and satellites in the solar system Methods of study beyond the freshman course Kinematics Emstemian Optics spacetime and four- used to obtain information on these bodies will be and 405 or 406 vectors relativistic particle mechanics Prerequisites e\amined along with the latest available information Concentrated Minor The following minors concentrated in a particular area are also available 235 240 241 242 276 301 323 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 frorn scientific probes I American Government 233 and a minimum of nine credits from among 324 407 and 414 486 Shop Techniques I cr 206 Geophysics 3 cr 2 1 408 4 1 2 413 208 and a minimum of nine credits f rom among 3 15 3 18 3 A basic introduction to machine shop practices An introduction to geophysics and its methods and 2 Comparative Government necessary to experimentalists in all fields Some of uses Study will include the use of geophysics to and 450 3 12 318 320 402 404 409 and 450 the areas covered are shop equipment and its use determine the nature of the earth s interior and 3 International Relations 309 and a minimum of nine credits from among materials soldering and welding techniques mechan- various crust^l processes such as structure moun- Selective Minor The Department of Political Science will also devise a minor from its course offerings to fulfill ical drawing and schematics electronics construction tain building and plate tectonics Prerequisite the particular needs and desires of a student in any major area of concentration Such a minor must be struc- techniques and practical application Physical Geology or major in Phvsics tured in consultation with an assigned Political Science Department faculty advisor and the Department Chairman transfer credits can be applied to the minor requirement 487 Problems in Physics 1-4 cr 303 Oceanography 3 cr A maximum of 6 Special topics and problems in physics and related An introduction to the marine environment including subjects suitable for independent work the geology and ecology Attention is paid to the im- Introduction to Political Science is pre the American system of government with attention portance of dangers to the ecosystem Characteris- 101 488 Advanced Problems in Physics 1 4 cr devoted to the internal dynamics of these institutions tics of oceanic waters and circulation patterns will requisite to all courses Problems of a more sophisticated nature be discussed Summer courses may be combined 241 The American Presidency 3 cr Earth Science with one of several universities offering facilities A study of the role of the President at the center of 101 Introduction to Political Science 3 cr the decision-making process in the American political 101 Physical Geology 3 cr 304 Environmental Earth Science 3 cr An investigation of the most furciamental concepts (Prerequisite to all Earth Science courses system An examination of the problerns of ecology and the involved in the study of,political society cr This introduction to the geological processes and impact of modern living on the systems of the earth 242 The American Congress 3 Comparative Political Systems 3 ct materials will concentrate on the makeup of our which are necessary for plant and animal life The 208 An investigation of the operation of the Congress of systematic multifocused analysis of selected planet and the materials involved Study will also in- individual effects of both natural and man-made A the United States within the American system of clude physical features and the processes of the pollution and their results geologically as well as political systerns government earth as presently understood which have created cr possible cures An advance over 101 102 with an 233 American National Government 3 243 Politics and Society 3 cr those features Geological relation to environment effort to have the student gain a balanced non- The institutional structure and policy-making proc- A study of political culture political socialization is also examined hysterical appreciation of cause effect and seaich esses of national government are examined as reflec- political participation political elites and social for solution 102 Historical Geology 3 cr tions of the assumptions of liberal democracy and structure A study of the earth s history which relates tectonic of the American social and economic systems in ad- 305 Physiography of the United - States 3 cr 276 Voting and Election Behavior 3 cr movements of the crust Mountain building processes dition to the three branches of government political Introduces the student to the various topographic An examination of the determinants of opinions and and life history with their intorrelations will be parties interest groups and elections are considered and physiographic differences in the contiguous political beliefs political participation and voting discussed Evolution of local features will be dis- states as well as Alaska and Hawaii This course is 235 The'Mass Media and Politics 3 cr behavior the significance for democratic government cussed also with the relationship to plate tectonics designed to allow the Student to become familiar with A study of the mass media and its nature role and of findings in these areas 103 Physical Geology Laboratory I cr the terrain resources economics and individual impact on U S politics The emphasis will be on the State and Local Government 3 cr An introduction to the identification of rocks and problems of the various regions of our country An mass media as instruments of political communica- 301 A study of the position of the state and local govern- minerals bv composition and appearance and the in- approach to demonstrate the fact that no general- tion and opinion leadership ments in the Federal Union terpietation of topographic maps The use of maps ization may be made to fit all areas at once but dif- 240 American Political Parties 3 cr to identify the cause of diamage and some effects ferent problems are associated with each resource International Relations 3 cr An intensive study of the roles of interest groups and 309 of water and erosion will be experienced Mapping and each region study of the major factors involved in international political parties in the decision-making processes of A tools will be introduced as will some field equipment

46 47

relations including such concepts as sovereignty na- decision-makers applying the principles concepts DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY tionalism balance of power and international law and instruments of international politics For majors Chairman Rev David L Smith C S Sp Ph D and organization only The undergraduate program of the Department of Psychology is designed 1) to introduce and familiarize students 312 International Law and 405 406 Western Political Thought 3 cr each with the fundamental content issues and interests of various areas of psychology and critically evaluate and Organization 3 cr A study of political ideas as distinct from and yet reformulate these in the context of psycholog^ as a human science 2) to foster intellectual and personal freedom A survey of the historical development and present related to political institutions which constitute our and critical thinking as essential to the humanizing, process 3) to prepare the professionally oriented student role played by international law in the world com- perennial western political heritage 405 considers for advanced study 4) to provide a foundation for careers involving human services To these ends the depart- munity and the formation and operation of such theorists from the classical period to the early I 6th ment offers a wide variety of courses covering psychology conceived as a human science a natural science organizations as the United Nations and its special- Century 406 considers theorists from the later I 6th and within a historical perspective Further study in graduate school prepares students for careers in mental ized agencies Century to the late 19th Century hospitals schools mental health and social welfare agencies business and industry in our rapidly changing 315 Politics of Third World Countries 3 cr 407 American Poljti^al Thought 3 cr society the demand for professionally trained psychologists is increasing A topical study of the politics of the emerging nations An analysis of the Issues which have played a funda- While the department believes that humar, scientific psychology is the most viable and encompassing approach including nationalism political integration political mental role in American Politics from colonial to the study of man it also realizes its responsibility to expose its students to other psychological approaches oarties and the role of the militaty and elite church-state problems to modern liberalism and Hence every major who plans to enter graduate school in psvchology is strongly encouraged to take advan- conservatism tage of the offerings in sister universities through the procedure of cross-registration 318 Nationalism 3 cr A study of the dynamics of nationalism with emphasis 408 Theory of Comparative REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR on the role of nationalism in current world political Government 3 cr The major program consists of 103-Introduction to Psycholog^ plus a minimum of 24 semester hours These problems Includes the development of nationalism An examination of the basic theories and concepts credits must include 220 and 223 Majors desiring to pursue graduate stuay in psychology are strongly ad- in Europe in conLemporary approaches to comparative political vised to take six additional credits through cross-registration at other universities (Learning Theory Experimen- systems tal Perception Memory etc I and Statistics (225 Fundamentals of Statistics offered by the mathematics depart- 320 United States Foreign Policy 3 cr ment may be corsidered part of the mathernatics/science requirement) Finally it is recommencied that majors A study of American foreign policv since the Second 409 Theory of International Relations 3 cr enroll in a hospital or community practicurn for credit and/or do volunteer work in a neighborhood clinic World War with emphasis on the central present A study of various theoretical approaches to an Three credits earned in practicurn count toward the 24 required credits an additional three credits in prac- issues and the domestic sources of foreign policy un&rstanding of international relations including ticurn may be earned above and beyond the required minimum of 24 Information about such opportunities political realism systems analysis decision-making 321 Government and Politics of can oe ootamed from the department academic advisor and equilibrium analysis Eastern Europe 3 cr The psychology department has set up a dual advisement system departmental academic advisor and the An analysis of political developments in the com- 4 12 Government and Politics faculty academic advisor Prospective majors should consult the departmental academic advisor concerning munist regimes of Eastern Europe with special em- of Germany 3 cr the special procedure followed for the declaration of the major phasis on relations between the USSR and Eastern A comparame analysis ofthe contemporary political A minimum of 15 credits in psychology exclusive of practicum must be taken at Duquesne University for Europe in the post-Stalinist era systems of West and East Germany the major

323 Constitutional Law 3 cr 413 Government and Politics REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A detailed examination of Supreme Court cases con- of the USSR 3 cr Requirements for a minor are 103 and 223 and any three of ihe following 225 or 226 280 328 340 352 cerning the nature of American federalism—Congres- An intensive analysis of the origin and evolution of _361 390 400 level courses may be taken for the minor with permission of the department head A minimum sional and Presidential power commerce clause the Soviet political system with particular emphasis of nine credits in psychology must be taken at Duquesne University for the minor state powers Judicial review due orocess clauses upon the developments of the post-Stalinist era COUNSELING SERVICES ' and apportionment Students are introduced to court 414 Public Policy 3 cr Personal counseling se, vices are available to all students at the Center For Training and Research in Phenom- and appeals procectures the reading and briefing of A study of the elements operations and investiga- enological Psychology located at the Chapel end of Centennial walk court decisions and the nature of the court review process tion of the way governmental units decide upon pro- grams and policy objectives 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr 226 Developmental Psychology 11 324 Civil Liberties 3 cr (Prerequisite to all courses) (Adolescence and Maturity) 3 cr 420 Contemporary Political Theory 3 cr A detailed analysis of Supreme Court decisions bear- Introduction to fundamental concepts and methods Development from adolescence through adult A study of central topics in political thought from ing upon Bill of Rights guarantees with specific of psychology examined from both traditional and stages to coping with death Marx to the present time reference to the freedoms of speech press phenomenological perspectives Prerequisite for all 230 Psychology of Community assembly the dimensions of search and seizure right 430 Internship in Practical Politics 3 cr other departmental courses Experience 3 cr of legal counsel equal protection and due process A work and observation experience in government 220 Systematic Psychology 3 cr Experience of community phenorr^ena e g individ- rights voting rights anct the adjudication of the four- and political offices at the city county state and na- For majors only Traditional approaches (behavior- uals versis group priorities intimacy vs privacy teenth amendment aoplication of rights to state tional levels in the Pittsburgh area Permission of listic physiological psychoanalytic) to sensation action department required 280 History of Psychology I , 3 cr perception learning and motivation Required for Overview of figures and issues in the history of 327 Research Methods in 436 Honors Colloquium in majors psychology from precursors to present Political Science Political Science 3 cr 3 cr 223 Introduction to Existential A study of the techniques of scientific mautry into A detailed analysis of a selected topic 328 Psychology of Personality 3 cr Phenomenological Psychology 3 cr political phenomena including research methods Critical examination of major theories of personality 450 Workshop International Studies 3 cr Introduction to a human-science alternative to data collection analysts and interpretation An intensive one-week interdisciplinary summer psychology as a natural science Prerequisite for 356 340 Social Psychology 3 cr 402 Soviet Foreign Policy 3 cr school course This course presents politics foreign and 4 10 required for majors and minors Foundations of social processes attitudes values and An analytical study of the development of Soviet policy culture religion and social problems of Third roles public opinion propaganda and communica- 225 Developmental Psychology I foreign relations since 19 17 with special emphasis World Countries Several outside speakers augment tion personal participation in society (infancy and Childhood) 3 cr upon the post-Stalinist era Duquesne faculty Growth and development of the child with emphasis 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr 404 Simulation in International Politics 3 cr on personality development Examination of theories and data on disordered Students spend the semester simulating an mterna- human existence tional conflict situation They act as foreign policy 49 48

356 Research Psychology Theory 394 Psychology of Language and Social Services/Human Services The principle that is the basis for this program is that classroom learning and Practice 3 cr Expression 3 cr provides the foundation out of which effective social/human services may be built Preparation for professional Review of theory and practice of traditional and Communication as a live embodied relation of per- training and skill development is the emphasis human-science research includes student projects son to world and otheis Emphasis is on phenomeno- Recommended courses 101 103 212 213 214 314 450 451 Prerequisite 220 223 permission of department logical theorists Permission of department head for REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR head for non-majors non-majors A minimum of 24 semester hours not including 101 is required for a major in Sociology these credits must 361 Psychology of Identity 410 Advanced Existential- include 20 1 and 304 in consultation with the undergraduate academic advisor the major rnay select a con- and Fulfillment 3 cr Phenomenological Psychology 3 cr centration in general Sociology Criminal justice Gerontology or Social Services/Hurnan Services The sug- The ways in which identity is lived individually and Detailed investigation of selected works in existential- gested course numbers for these concentrated areas are listed above with the corresponding titles and descrip- collectively Designed to be personally relevant to phenomenological philosophy and psychology tions in the following section the life of the student Open to juniors and seniors Prerequisite 223 Permission of department head REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR only for non-majors A minimum of 12 semester hours not including 101 is required for a minor 450 451 488 and 492 are re- 370 Psychology of Aesthetic Experience 3 cr 432 Gestalt Psychology 3 cr served for majors only Minors may select a concentration in one of four areas above in consultation with Theoretical and empirical explorations of aesthetic Contributions of Gestalt psychology (especially the the department advisor experience works of Kofka Kohler and Goldstein) to traditional and human-science psychology Permission of 313 Sociology of Sexual Behavior 3 cr 390 History of Psychology 11 3 cr Sociology 101 is a prerequisite to all courses department head for non majors intensive study of selected historical figures in except 102, 103 Criminal justice and 103 Social Discussion of sociological studies of sexual behavior dialogue with contemporary themes Reading of 450 Contemporary Issues in Work All 300 and 400 courses are for juniors and 315 Social Development—Infancy primary sources Prerequisite 280 Clinical Psychology 3 cr seniors only to Death 3 cr A human-science examination of the approach' Study of the ' socializing process from the infant state 391 Applied Psychology Practicurn cr sociology methods data and current issues of clinical psychol- to the dying state An applied psychology setting provides oppor un- 101 Survey of Sociology 3 cr ogy Permission of department head foi non-majors ity for working directly with professionals Setti s A broad survey of the social and cultural aspects of 323 Medical Sociology 1 3 cr have included psychiatric hospitals and COMMUnitv 457 independent Studies 3 cr environment Study of the impact of values and related structures centers Majors only permission of Department A tutorial course for an exceptional student who 102 Survey of Anthropology 3 cr on health maintenance pers6nnel and institutions wishes to pursue a particular study with a faculty head Repeatable once Introduction to the field of anthropology both discussion of the social system of health member For majors only usually those intending 392 The Individual and His World 3 cr physical and cultural organizations graduate study advanced coursework completed Examination of individual s relation to society from 325 Family Systems 3 cr Permission of faculty member and department head 201 Sociological Theories 3 cr a developmental and cross-cultural perspective COMDarative study of the family the interaction of required A study of selected European and American the family with other community institutions 393 Principles of Psychoanalytic theorists For sociology majors and minors only 490 Special Topic 1 4 cr Thought 1 3 cr 341 Sociological Measurement 3 cr A visiting professor presents his/her specialty or a 202 Sociology ot Social Problems 3 cr Examination of the times and contributions of Freud Discussion of techniques and problems in sociological regular faculty member presents highly specialized Study of person-structure-change framework appli- and selected other major psychoanalytic theorists measurement studies or an experimental course Repeatable Pre- cable to contemporary social issues Permission of department head for non-majors 488 Field Research 3 cr requisites vary with the instructor Permission of 205 Person and Society 3 cr department head for non-majors Exploration of socialization the person s interaction Sociological research emphasizing the survey tech- with structure and culture small groups and collec- nique DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY tive behavior 492 Selected Readings 1 3 cr Chairman Chester A Jurczak Ph D 2 14 Sociology of the Child and 'For sociology majors only Undergraduate instruction in sociology contributes to the liberal education of students regardless of majors Adolescent 3 cr Criminal justice and to the preprofessional training leading to graduate work in - sociology and social work urban affairs urban Discussion (3f the child and adolescent socialization 103 Introduction to Criminal justice 3 cr planning and criminology Helping students in practical ways to live effectively and to become effective in process in American society An introduction to the criminal justice process includ- practical attacks on social problems is another o0jective of the department ing police courts correctional facilities and communi- Sociology studies all of this formally in courses designed to give students a sense of direction a selective 2 15 Computer Uses in the taste of materials and methods and motivation so that they can devote some of their energies to independent Social Sciences 3 cr ty based corrections observation and experimentation and develop their own concepts about how society functions An introduction into computer related skills with a 213 Delinquency and Society 3 cr focus on data management use of canned pro- A study of the phenomenon theories and causation AREAS OF CONCENTRATION grams and the univac computer system of juvenile delinquency Sociology The orientation of sociology is independent in the sense thatlit is concerned with what men in g,oups cr try to achieve and how successful they are Sociology is oriented around the problem of what men in groups 304 Methods in Sociology 3 302 Evaluative Research in Discussion and application of techniques and actually do how they interact to meet needs where they are Criminal justice , / 3 cr research procedures used in sociological research Recommended courses 10 f 102 201 202 205 214 2 15 304 308 309 3 12 3 13 3 15 323 325 341 Study of techniques for research and evaluation of 488 492 308 Ethnic Groups 3 cr criminal justice programs Criminal justice Founded in a broad-based liberal arts curriculum this program is designed to provide the Comprehensive survey of roles performed and prob- 310 juvenile Law 3 cr student with the opportunity to develop his potential as a professional in many areas of the criminal justice lems faced by ethnic groups A survey of those aspects of the legal system that field including probation parole investigation corrections and research 309 Women in Society 3 cr relate to the identification processing and rehabili- Recommended courses 101 103 213 302 310 335 345 346 364 365 366 467 The role of women in culture and the study of tation of the juvenile offender Gerontology As the size and characteristics of the elderly segment of the population have changed there women s movements fot liberation 335 Criminology 3 cr has been increased interest in the study of the aging process its effects on the individual anci society and 312 Sociology of Sports 3 cr A study of sociological explanations of criminality its meaning for the future The Gerontology program is designed to develop the knowledge and skills required Study of the ristitutions of sports and their relation correlates causation and crimogenic conditions for a student s preparation as a professional in this specialty area to American culture and other institutions Recommended courses 10 1 2 10 3 17 324 327 330 41 1

')0 51

345 Processing Juvenile Offenders 3 cr ment problems and physical social psychological and practice students will have an opportunity to obtain practical experience onstage and backstage in Red Duquesne s twenty-five Study of the movement of juvenile offenders through losses of the elderly Masquers productions and bv participating in on-and-off-the-air work at WDUO (90 5) the criminal justice system—police prosecution thousand watt National Public Radio affiliate courts and corrections 330 Community Resources for the Aged 3 cr Courses in Radio and TV announcing and TV production afford the student the opportunity to work in a Review of public and private community resources fully equipped TV studio 346 Processing Adult Offenders 3 cr retirement communities foster care arrangements Recommended courses 140 141 j90 204 251 263 264 280 351 370 380 385 390 391 400 450 Study of the movement of adult offenders through and othe, arrangements of area agencies on aging the criminal justice systern 460 470 490 411 Aging and Health 3 cr Speech Pa thol ogy /Auchology The profession of Speech Pathology/Audiology is concerned with impairments 364 Police Community Relations 3 cr Discussion of medical aspects of aging diseases of in the processes of communication—speech language and hearing Upon completion of graduate education Discussion of the context of police—community rela- aging and health maintenance a speech pathologist or audiologist may provide clinical services or work in basic and applied research He tions their interaction improvement and change or she may be employed in schools hospitals laboratories community service centers or colleges and Univer- Social Services/Human Services strategies sities Speech pathology and audiology is a rapidly growing field and the demand for trained personnel far 103 Introduction to Social Work 3 cr exceeds the Supply 365 Critical Issues in Law Survey of the history and areas of social work- Enforcement (Police) 3 cr This area of concentration a' Duquesne is a pre-professional program designed to prepare the student for casework group work and community organization graduate study in speech pathology and audiology The student concentrating in Speech Pathology/Audiology Analysis of police in a free society ethnic tension public and private programs police discretion civil disobedience police conduct may be eligible to tegister for Speech 322 422 with a 3 00 OPA in his/her major completion of all required and integrity 2112 The Helping Process 3 cr courses and the permission of the department chairman Discussion of the social process of helping others Required courses 120 140 204 220 221 320 321 420 426 366 Crime, Prevention 3 cr ranging from the consideration of the professional Co-requirements Psychologv 225 352 Study of contemporary crime prevention prograrns the population a person serves and the dynamics of Advised Mathematics 225 involving criminal justice agencies citizens and com- the interaction The perspective is person-social Prospective Speech Pathology majors should declare the major befo,e they begin their junior year munity politics 213 Intervention Skills 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 467 Correctional Casework and Discussion of social work skills practice in fteid A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major in Speech Communication and Theatre Majors will Counseling 3 cr evaluated be required to enroll in three of the following courses 10 1 102 1 40 190 204 Speech Pathology/Audiology Study of the counseling styles and individualized concentrates will be required to enroll in Speech 120 140 204 220 models for offender classification and group and 214 Group Work and Community A maximum of 12 transfer credits in speech can be applied to the major requirements process models of counseling Organization 3 cr Examination of group processes and community REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Gerontology organization strategies utilized in social work The minor consists of 18 credits six credits in required introductory courses and 1 2 additional credits There 2 10 Sociology of Aging 3 cr are four em'phases that the student may follow 314 Social Work Methods 3 Discussion of medical aspects of aging diseases of cr I Social Conitnuni(ation 10 1 1 02 plus 12 credits in any of the following 204 206 208 302 304 31 1 402 4 1 1 aging and health maintenance Study of case study study-diagnosis-therapy proc- ess interviewing counseling and program planning 2 TheatrelMcdia 140 190 plus 12 creclits'm any of the following 141 2 51 263 264 280 3 51 3 70 380 317 Aged and Social Service 3 cr Prerequisite Social Services 103 For sociology ma- 385 300 391 451 460 470 490 Study of problems associated with the elderly and jors and minors only 3 Speech PathologylAudiology 120 220 plus 12 additional credits Courses 320 426 are required the remain- the social services developed to assist them 450 Field Work 1 3-6 cr ing six credits mav be taken in any of the following 221 420 425 324 Social Aspects of Death Internship in a social work agency criminal justice 4 Gekeral Speech Comnitinication and Theatre 1 90 and either 10 1 or 1 02 with 12 additional credits apportioned and Dying 3 cr or gerontology setting Majors only in the following manner six credits in any of the following 204 206 208 302 304 31 1 402 plus six credits A study of American values behavior custom and in any of these 1 40 2 51 263 264 280 3 51 370 380 385 390 39 1 451 460 490 451 Field Work other institutional practices related to dying and 11 3-6 cr Internship in a social work agency criminal justice Suggested act.vities for majors and minors in Speech Communication and Theatre include the Red Masquer death with special attention to the older Americans or gerontology setting Majors only Dramatic Organization WDUO Radio and Television the Debate Team the Duke (student newspaper) and 327 Counseling of the Elderly 3 cr Umted Nations Organization Suggested courses for fulfilling Communication Area requirements for non-Speech A study of helping techniques in relation to retire- majors 101 102 140 190

400 independent Study (All areas 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE of concentration) 1-3 cr Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- Chairman Eva C Robotti M A The student will work on a selected project under personal communication Primary consideration will The program provides training essential to the several areas of speech communication The department offers the supervision and guidance of a faculty member be given face-to-face human interaction in a varietv both its majors and interested students from other fields the opportunity to choose courses from a particular Prerequisite Permission of the instructor and Depart- of situations area of concentration or the whole range of the discipline ment Chairperson May be taken twice 206 Discussion and Group Process 3 cr AREAS OF CONCENTRATION Social Communication Develops those communicative skills essenti^l for functioning effectively in the small-group situation Social Communication This focuses on the theories and techniques of human communication on both the 101 Process of Communication 1 3 cr personal and societal levels The student or social communication examines the concepts and procedures which Examines how man a being who must believe com- 208 Nonverbal Communication 3 cr govern men s interactions as individuals and as parts of the mass He also learns the practical arts of critical municates his beliefs and how he utilizes certain kinds Nonverbal messages are those messages transm,t- analysis and persuasive communication of beliefs which have proven fundamental through ted without the aid of language or in conjunction with This training is excellent preparation for careers in law government administration personnel public the ages to assist or exploit his fellow man language They carry much information about the emotional state of the sender Some components of relations industrial communications advertising sales social work and all fields which involve human 102 Techniques of Oral Communication 3 cr nonverbal communication to be covered are body symbolic interaction Develops those communicative skills necessary to Recommended courses 10 1 1 02 204 206 208 302 304 31 1 402 41 1 4 12 critically analvze verbal discourse and to perform ef- movement physical attributes physical alterations Theatre/Media The Theatre/Media concentration combines Aesthetic Communication skills theatre history fectively in pub[ c speaking situations which confront dress space time touch objects the eyes and the human voice andtheatre performance skills with media theory and skills this concentration prepaies tne student for the the educated person fields of applied communication theatre radio television and public relations Along with classroom theory 52 53

302 Organizational Communication 3 cr 220 Introduction to Problems Theatre/Media 370 Oral Communication of Literature 3 cr Stresses the acquisition and application of skills that in Speech 3 cr 3 An approach to literature in terms of its oral tradi- will bring success in an organizational setting Pre- A survey of various speech disorders their causes 140 Phonetics cr An approach to the English language based upon the tions with special emphasis on techniques prepara- requisite 204 or 206 recognition and possible therapy fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech sounds tory to the act of oral presentation 304 Persuasion 3 cr 221 Anatomy and Physiology 3 cr as systematized by the International Phonetic 380 Acting 11 Styles 3 cr A study and application of principles and practices This course will study the basic neurological skeletal Association An advanced course dealing with the principles and that influence people s beliefs and actions Prerequi- and muscular structures involved in the speech and 141 Voice and Diction for the Media techniques of various acting styles with major con^, site Either 10 1 or 1 02 or permission of the instructor hearing process Prerequisite 220 or permission of 3 cr Designed to meet the needs of those who will be re- centration on the oral communication of a dramatic" 311 Process of Communication 11 3 cr the instructor quired to use voice and diction as professional tools role Prerequisite 280 or permission of the instructor Develops more completely and philosophically the 320 Clinical Techniques in in the training and pursuit of media careers i e 385 Stage Directing 1 3 cr rhetorical' perspective established in Process of Speech Pathology 3 cr Radio/Television Theatre and Medical Media Not Studies principles theories and practices involved Communication I bv applying that particular per- This course will focus upon the clinical management limited to Media Majors in the staging of a play for performance emphasiz- spective to contemporary systems of belief Prerequi- of speech and hearing problems Past and current 190 Introduction to Theatre Arts 3 cr ing problems of staging and interpretation confront- site 101 or permission of the instructor iecom- therapeutic approaches and techniques will be pre- survey of theatre as an art form involving the selec- ing the director Prerequisite 190 mended 304 sented in relation to disorders of speech and hear- A tive integration of a number of skills and disciplines 390 Development of the Theatre 1 3 cr 402 Argumentation and Debate 3 cr ing Different organizational procedures and prac- to bring about the aesthetic of the theatrical moment A study of the origin and development of theatre and A course in applying the principles and methods of tices will also be included Prerequisite 220 or Beginning with lectures on the roles of the director drama from pre-Grecian civilizations to the seven- critical deliberation to a significant contemporary permission of the instructor actor designer and various craftsmen the course teenth century investigated in light of the particular social issue Emphasis will be on advocating defend- 322 Speech Pathology/Audiology will work up to a sampling of the various modes and world view which it expresses ing and refuting a proposition of policy Prerequisite Externship 3 cr forms of drama in terms of exigencies or production 102 or permission of the instructor Provides- opportunities for observation of various 391 Development of the Theatre 11 3 cr 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr A study of the development of theatre and drama 41 1 Communication and imagination 3 cr aspects of clinical work Directed readings and field Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- from the seventeenth century to the early twentieth Examines how the triumph of beliefs dominated by trips are included For Speech Pathology/Audiology personal communication Primary cons^deration will century investigated in light of the particular world imagination over beliefs dominated by science has concentration majors only Written permission of be given face-to-face human interaction in a variety view which it expresses changed our understanding of communication department chairman required open to juniors of situations arid/or seniors 451 Producing and Directing the 412 Speech Practicum 1-3 cr 251 Radio Announcing 3 cr Television Drama 3 cr An internship in communication industry or appro- 420 Speech Problems of the Application of the principles of good speech to the The essentials of developing dramatic productions priate organizational setting Prerequisite Permission Exceptional Child 3 cr announcing of news sports weather and commer- for television scripted commercials serious and of department chairman required This course will investigatethe speech and language cials and to the art of interviewing development speech problems and speech comic performances acted and taped Prerequisite remediation of the mentally retarded brain injured 263 Stagecraft 3 cr 190 plus permission of the instructor Speech Pathology/Audiology aphasic learning disabled and cerebral palsied child Stagecraft is a detailed examination and application 460 Theatre Practicurn 1-3 cr 120 Development of Language 3 cr The role of other professionals in addition to that of the methods and materials in the area of set con- Students involved in the production of plays may Focus will be on the acquisition of sound meaning of the speech pathologist ir^i speech remediation will struction scene painting and property construction receive credit for practical on and off stage work at and grammar systems from infancy through child- be explored Prerequisite 220 or permission of the to increase the awareness of accepted building various off-campus sites included is theatre manage- hood with emphasis on the comparative analysis of instructor design and safety practices in technical theatre ment Prerequisite Permission of instructor and theories of commun-cation development Physical- Prerequisite 190 or permission of the instructor 422 Speech Pathology/Audiology department chairman is required neurological psychological and social bases of lan- Clinical Practicurn 264 Scene Design guage will be discussed Socio-linguistic di fferences 3 cr 3 cr 470 Advanced Oral Communication Provides an opportunity for active participation with Scene Design is a study of the preparation and will be discussed with reference to Black language of Literature 3 cr professionals in their work in varied settings Tor and regional variations presentation of set design The study will include A continuation of 370 with special emphasis on Speech Pathology/Audiology concentration majors rendering techniques scale models drafting tech- techniques for the oral presentation of specific 121 Sign Language (Manual only Written permission of department chairman niques 'designing within a budget the use of lighting literary genres Prerequisite 370 Communication) 2 cr required and designing for different types of performance Sign language systems used by and with the deaf and spaces 490 American Theatre and Drama 3 cr 425 Aural Rehabilitation 3 cr hearing impaired will be presented in an overall Survey of the major American theatrical movements The human communication systems are presented 280 Acting 1 3 introductory methods course Participants will be cr and dramatic literature from the Colonial period to including acoustic and visual components Com- A study of the basic principles theories and tech- able to demonstrate ability to fingerspell and use the present with emphasis on the twentieth century munication pioblems of the hearing impaired are niques of acting including various problems con- basic signs in simple phrases and sentences Aspects Playwrights designers and,theatrical companies are discussed with regard to amplification residual hear- fronted by the actor in the crea^ion and interpreta- of current trends in Deaf Awareness will be included studied as reflections of American culture ing visual perception and manual communication tion of a role 140 Phonetics 3 cr Programs of rehabilitation for individuals with mild 351 Television Announcing 3 cr An approach to the English language based upon the to profound hearing impairments are reviewed Continuation of Radio Announcing but with the fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech sounds Prerequisite 220 221 or permission of instructor added skills necessary to T V Prerequisite 251 as systematized by the international Phonetic 426 Hearing and Audiology Association I 3 cr This course will consider the nature of sound the 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr process of hearing and hearing impartment The dif- DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- ferent types causes and the measurement of hear- Chairman Rev Francis X Mahnowski C S Sp Ph D personal communication Primary consideration will ing impairment will be discussed Exposure to Duquesne s Department of Theology affirms that the academic study of religious experience is essential to be given face-to-face human interactions in a vari- audiometric testing will also be available Prerequi- a complete education The Department fulfills its role in theological studies by the pursuit of the following aims ety of situations site 220 22 1 or permission of the instructor I) it emphasizes Catholic Theology in dialogue with other Christian traditions non-Chi istian traditions and Judaism as the key element in Duquesne s commitment to Catholic education on the university level 2) it

54 55 , acknowledges the fact of the universal search for religious meaning and experience and seeks not only to 235 History of Christian Worship 3 cr on the Apostolic Fathers the Apologists Origen offer the possibility of a study of the varying approaches to religious witnesses in history but also to place The meaning of ritual and worship in Christianity an Athanasius the Cappaclocian Fathers Tertullian and Catholic Theology in communion with that quest 3) it,aspires to a fruitful encounter with other university analysis of the major steps in the development of the Augustine as they interpret Christian revelation and disciplines since the department is convinced that theology s concerns are related to all vital human issues Eucharist esp in the western tradition the impact lay ground for the systematic development of Accordingly the Department has organized its courses into three divisions Biblical Studies Christian Studies of the Reformation on the meaning and form of Chris- Catholic theology and Selected Religious Studies tian worship a discussion of some symbols and devo- tions in Roman and Protestant Christianity 451 War and Peace in Christian REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Perspective 3 cr The major program consists of a minimum of 27 credits beyond the 100 level These must include 201 2 13 260 Origins of Protestantism 3 cr An analysis of Christian teaching of the moral per- 214 220 250 498 the remaining credits will be chosen in consultation with the student s advisor An introduction to the thought of the principal missibility of using violence and participation in war reformers Luther Calvin Zwingli Wesley a study from biblical times to the present including an eval- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR of speculative and practical forces operative iri the A minor consists of four courses beyond the 100 level The department has also prepared suggested sequences uation of the varieties of pacifism of non-violent fifteenth-sixteenth centuries which gave rise to the resistence and of just war theories % which may be helpful to a student wishing to concentrate in a certain area of theology e g Biblical Studies reforming movement the formulation of Protestant Roman Catholic Theology World Religions Religion and Culture Christianity in History etc These sequences orthodoxy 470 Christian Mysticism 3 cr are available in the department upon request A study of the manifold Christian experience of 27 1 Eastern Christian Theology 3 cr mysticism i e experiential contact with God as seen COURSE INFORMATION A study of the main theological developments in the in famous exemplars of mystical experience e g The numbering of the course indicates the level of approach Eastern Church from the Patristic age on through the Jesus Christ Paul Ignatius of Antioch Augustine John 100 These courses are of the basic survey type wherein emphasis is on breadth rather than on depth medieval times until the modern days as they shape Ruysbroeck Catherine of Siena Theresa of Avila and serve as background for other courses 1 its distinctive spirit and mentality and as they are John of the Cross Venerable Liberman 200-300 These courses treat of subject matter in a specific area of theology and in greater depth than in interpreted in the Eastern Churches ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY the 100 category - 274 Church History 1 3 cr 400 Selected topics are dealt with at a more advanced level independent research is required A religious and historical exploratior of the growth 106 Rational Foundations of the of Christianity from the first century up to the Refor- Catholic Faith 3 cr BIBLICAL STUDIES study of the 4 gospels with ample usage of recent mation discussion of those issues within the Church An investigation of the reasonableness of the Catholic 114 Interpreting the Bible 3 cr scholarship and the e\ternal forces which brought about major Faith beginning with an inquiry,into the existence A presentation of tools necessary to understand the Testament 3 cr conflict and development of God and the possibility of His intervention in 413 Theology of the Old human affairs study of the Gospels as reliable Old and New Testament as ancient literary works Examination of the Theology of the various books 275 Church History 11 3 cr documents of Christ s claim to be God His life affording a unified view of historical events as well or blocks of writing in the Old Testament an attempt Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant develop- as the prominent religious experiences reflected in to draw together and present the major themes works and especially His resurrection of His found- ment from 1500 to the present day special emphasis ing of Church and its identity today these events emphasis on practical interpretation motifs and concepts of the Old Testament a study on the crises revolutions and reforms that were cen- of biblical passages of the relationship between the Old Testament and tral to this development 201 Introduction to Theology and 213 Introduction to the Old Testament 3 cr the New Testament Prerequisite 1 14 or 2 13 Theological Method 3 cr 345 Women in Christianity 3 cr An inquiry into and an analysis of the resources of A presentation of the Old Testament writings in their Theology of the New Testament 3 cr 4 14 Survey of the Old and New Testament views of theology faith revelation inspiration and Church dynamic context of culture politic-, and geography A presentation of the major theological traditions of women and a history of the status of women in the teaching a presentation of the various approaches as well as an introduction to their literary modes the New Testament emphasizing the diversity of Roman Catholic and major Protestant traditions with theologies and themes including practical ap- Christian beliefs and practices as well as the underly- to theological study and the schools of theological emphasis on the contemporary role and spirituality thought in Christianity proaches to interpreting key passages of the Old ing principles of the early Christian experience an of women in Christianity Testament explanation of advanced techniques of biblical inter- 202 Catholicism 3 cr 346 Dying Death in Culture 214 Introduction to the New Testament 3 cr pretation with opportunity for the student to prac- An explanation of the major beliefs and practices of tice such techniques Prerequisite 1 14 or 214 and Theology 3 cr Roman Catholicism including the nature and work A presentation of the books of the New Testa ment A study of the proces's of dying as a physical psycho- including their literary makeup historical origins and of the God-Man as well as the role of Mary study 490 Field Experience in Biblical logical and spiritual happening in human life the of the nature of the Church and its authority con- testimony and theological content practical ap- Archaeology 6 cr nature of grief in its hurnan and cultural expression proaches in interpreting key passages of the New sideration of the norms of morality the Command- Six weeks of supervised participation in an archaeo- in patient and family the theological meaning of ments the sacraments and the spirit of Catholicism Testament logical excavation in the Ancient Near East experi- death and mourning- ence in stratigraphic digging pottery identification 220 The Mystery of Christ 3 cr 313 Archaeology and the Bible 3 cr 351 Sexuality Sex and Morality 3 cr An illumination through archaeology of the historical scientific analysisof finds and recording methods A study of the person and meaning of Christ in offered every two or three years approval of par- An analysis of the nature of sex and sexuality historical and contemporary perspective a discus- setting the cultural background and the events according to the sources and developments of Chris- described in the Bible a general introduction to the ticipants by core staff required sion of the new bond between God and humanity tian thought the integration of these concepts into and the new era in the spirituality of humanity in- techniques of archaeological investigation and a a contemporary moral and ethical system study of the principal archaeological sites in Palestine augurated by the incarnation and the Passion-Death- CHRISTIAN STUDIES IN GENERAL 352 Value of Human Life and Resurrection event 3 15 The Wisdom Literature in Israel 3 cr Current Ethical Problems 3 cr An exploration of the wise sayings and stories of 140 Christian Understanding of the 230 The Church 3 cr Human Person 3 cr A discussion of the fundamental moral principle's A study of the Christian community of believers in Israelite culture and how they offer guidance today involved in making any of the life decisions the in ethical and social questions An investigation into the question of What does it its origins some of its major historical and dogmatic mean to be human" according to Judaeo-Christian problem of the definition of life a survev of the varied emphases and its contemporary understanding of 3 16 The Apostle Paul 3 cr teaching a discussion of the relationship of the moral approaches to the issues of war and peace itself the Church as a mystery as Mystical Body as An exposition of Pauline Literature emphasizing the human person to self others the world and the capital punishment abortion birth control eutha- People of God as sacrament person of Paul and his impact on the early Church Divine as the basis for humanness a study of the nasia genetic engineering and the new embryology 242 Contemporary Theological Issues 3 cr 32 1 Jesus in the Gospels 3 cr issues involved in these four relationships e g 370 Early Christian Thought 3 cr An examination of theological developments in an A portrait of the person of Jesus Christ based on a freedom grace contemplation A study of the early Christian thinkers with emphasis era of renewal reevaluation and cooperation e g 57 56 human person s relationship to self others and to 483 Religions of Asia 3 cr belief and unbelief Christian and secular humanism 498 Seminar in Theology 3 cr God An analysis of significant religious groups in Asia such the future with reference to hope heaven hell A critical analysis of selected topics in theology or as Hindus Buddhists Muslims Confucians Paoists 373 Varieties of Religions in America 3 cr afterlife and resurrection sin in a secular age suf- of selected works by outstanding theologians open and Zen Buddhist a study of the origin development An examination of the religions and denominations fering and evil only to juniors and seniors with a major or minor in beliefs practices and interrelationships among the theology in America with an emphasis on some uniquely 250 Moral Perspectives in Human religious and Asian culture American religious phenomena e g religious liber- Development 3 cr ty civil religion revivalism etc 492 Independent Study in Theology 1 3 cr SELECTED RELIGIOUS STUDIES A Catholic perspective of the basic issues involved A critical analysis by an individual student of selected 381 Islam 3 cr in the formulation of moral values within the develop- 180 Religious Experience 3 cr topics in the areas of biblical studies Christian An analysis of Islam as a religious political and ing person and of the sources upon which moral ,An examination of the dimensions of mankind s studies Roman Catholic theology or selected cultural entity Mohammed and the Arabian setting systems are based a discussion of the absolute vs religious experience e g mystical ritual mythical religious studies or of some outstanding authors and ethical and scriptural an analysis of the likeness and history beliefs practices and divisions within Islam the relative traditional morality vs the new moral- their works under the direction of a faculty member ity an application of these principles to modern differences of how the Divine is sensed and re- the Koran and Hadiths the contemporary Muslim problems sponded to in varied geographical cultural and world chronological contexts 256 God and His Meaning 3 cr A theological understanding of the problem of God 240 The Religious Experience of a consideration of the responses of various religions Black Americans 3 cr and philosophies to this problem the origins and An examination of the dimensions of the religious development of the theology of God in the Judaeo- experience of Black Americans e g ' its history its Christian tradition with special focus on Catholic relationship to African origins to slavery to racism development to Christianity and to Christian denominations an analysis of special elements in that experience e g 301 Marriage 3 cr Black Churches preaching music and the American A personally-oriented and practical treatment of the Way of Life marital union as seen in its Chrisitan theological psychological and sexual aspects a discussion of 245 Religion and Culture 3 cr Christian marriage as a bond of love as a sacrament An examination of how religion influences the cultural and as a way of human fulfillment experience of work leisure art love 331 The Church in the Modern World 3 cr 280 World Religions 3 cr An analysis of the Church s role in human develop- A survey of the history beliefs practices and con- ment today and in offering solutions to present prob- temporary influence of the major religions of the lems of humanity in light of Vatican 11 s PastoralCon- world Hinduism Buddhism Confucianism Taoism stitution on the Church in the Modern World and Maoism Shintoism African traditions Judaism Chris- other related documents tianity and Islam a discussion of a basic method- ology for understanding religions 335 Theology of the Sacraments 3 cr A practical treatment of the seven sacraments in rela- 283 284 Jewish Thought and tion to their significance for the Christians daily Religion 3 cr each spiritual growth and fulfillment consideration of A survey of the history beliefs practices and con- human needs for ritual and symbol discussion of re- temporary influence of the major religions of Bible cent revisions and developments in sacramental and the Talmud (Fall semester) and in medieval and theology modern Jewish thinkers (Spring semester) an analysis of the forces and events which helped to share this 442 Theological Anthropology 3 cr development 283 is not a prerequisite for 284 A study of humanity in its unique dignity as image of God and as responsible for the development of 242 Religion and Social Issues 3 cr the universe human experience of sin and aliena- A study of the influence of religious convictions in tion and of liberation of divine grace given through confronting major social issues of today s world e g union with the Risen Christ population growth famine ecology liberation and revolution truth as a social issue wealth taxation 475 Theology and Catechesis 3 cr and stewardship An examination of the principal theological and peda- gogical themes of modern religious education and 343 Religious Impact of of the place of catechesis in the ministry of the Secular Thinkers 3 cr Church a presentation of the historical background A study of the effect that modern secular thinkers of the contemporary catechetical renewal (e g Marcuse McCluhan Hefner Toffler Kohlberg Skinner) have had on the religious consciousness and 491 Experience in the Teaching behavior of the present age a discussion of certain of Religion 6 cr areas of culture most affected by this secular impact One semester of supervised experience in teaching religion in a high school environment in conjunction 372 Religious Themes in Literature with a cooperating high school teacher and Univer- and Film 3 cr sity Department coordinator This course is open only An exploration of religious experience and religious to majors in Theology upon approval of the Chair- concepts as expressed in significant worlds in film person of the Department and literature including themes concerning the—

58 59

the agency involved The Center calls upon profes- Phi Chi Theta is a national professional commerce School of Business sionally trained practitioners from the local com- sorority I munity as well as full-time faculty to instruct in these Anieri(an Marketing Association the student chapter and Administration programs affords membership to students whose major in- terests include salesmanship marketing advertising Center for Economic Education transportation or foreign trade A selected group The Center is charged with the responsibility of in- HISTORY of seniors is permitted under faculty supervision to itiating and promoting economic education in the The School of Business and Administration was 3 An understanding of the personal and profes- participate in the meetings of the Sales Executives society at large More specifically it develops and established in 19 13 as the Scho6l of Accounts and sional value of effective communications and a Club of Pittsburgh and the senior chapter of the coordinates economic education within the Western Finance The rapid growth of the School necessitated cultivation of their capacities for speaking and writing A M A Pennsylvania and Tri-State area where the primary a constant broadening of the curriculum until it clearly and concisely 1 Delta Sigina Pi a national professional business thrust of the Center focuses on upgrading economic by Theta Rho chapter, covered all business subjects of fundamental impor- 4 An awareness of the important role of quan- fraternity is represented literacy and teaching competency in the school tance In 1931 it was designated the School of titative measurements in today s business and who systems of the area Business Administration and with this change have become skilled in the interpretation of definitely became a professional school of business mathematical accounting and statistical data Center for International Management administration in 1971 the name was changed to The objective of the Center is to develop a better 5 Sufficient knowledge in a professional area so DIVISIONS AND PROGRAMS the present designation to indicate broader prepara- understanding of the American involvement in inter- that they can assume positions of responsibility with tion for activity in organizations of all types national affairs and business and in management The School of Business and Administration is com- a background of learning-method and learning- abroad through teaching and research it is achieved prised of three Divisions Quantitative Science PHILOSOPHY AND OB)ECTIVES impulse that will enable them to progress rapidly - by an interdisciplinary approach Behavioral Science and Economic Science In accord with the educational philosophy and ob- DEGREE The areas of current research focus are Students entering the School of Business and Ad- jectives of the University the School of Business and ministration are expected to inform their advisors The School of Business and Administration grants the I Trade expansion between the USA and Eastern Administration aims to assist students in their about their career objectives and their academic clegree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administra- Europe development of the natural and supernatural virtues areas of concentration and to consult with them tion This degree may be awarded to those who 2 Management in foreign nations The general aim is to provide through the media of when choosing junior and senior courses indicated satisfy the entrance requirements and complete suc- instruction and related collegiate activity the facilita- 3 Problems in international business in any of the three Divisions Their proposed cur- cessfully the School s degree program tion of purposeful character' intellectual accomplish- 4 International economic development with a riculum choices must of course include the Univer- ment emotional and social maturity and professional BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND stress on interaction among developed countries and sity requirements and Business and Administration efficiency COMMUNITY SERVICES on the relationship of developed and less developed Core requirements as indicated in the illustrations The School of Business and Administration has the set forth in this catalog Consistent with their stated Activity complementing direct instruction takes place countries professional responsibility of developing in students career objectives and with the concurrence of their in five ancillary units grouped Linder the Bureau of 5 International political and legal issues such knowledge of business principles procedures advisors students except those whose area of con- Research and Community Services All function to The Center has no teaching program of its own and problems as will enable them to become self- centration is Accounting are free to select any junior provide students and faculty with an opportunity for most of its staff are faculty members from various sustaining members of the community aware of their and senior courses from the School of Business and professional development as well as to provide ser- schools and departments of the University or visiting social and public responsibilities and dedicated to Administration curriculum to complete the required vices to the University and the community at large foreign professors the enrichment of the resources for worthy living hours for graduation Regulations for certification in It seeks to produce graduates who upon entering Bureau of Research Center for Management Development Accounting make the program very rigid this is dealt their chosen careers will be effectively prepared to The Research Bureau carries out an independent The Division conducts management training pro- with in the paragraphs following the Sample discharge their obligations to God their COn'll research program and cooperates with divisions of grams for industry ranging from the foreman level Program ty and themselves as intellectual and moral beings the School in facilitating the research of individual up through executive personnel touching every Students concentrations should be based upon The School attains this objective by guiding students faculty members phase of management to make the individual a bet- career objectives and constitute as broaj and flexi- through a cultural core program a business core pro- Through the University Press the Bureau issues -ter rounded person in meeting the current demands ble an educational process at the undergraduate level gram an elective area of advanced business subjects monographs and other publications From time to of business as is possible Career advice should be sought from chosen on the basis of professional interests co- time contract research is undertaken for business Also administered are non-credit programs which many and varied sources in the University including curricular- and extra-curricular activities and community and governmental agencies insofar as consist of courses in business and administration or faculty and Career Planning & Placement staff established personnel services this may fall within its academic aims of discovery ,special areas these cciurses are offered for the con- Students registering for 300-400 level courses are As a, division of the University the School of and dissemination of knowledge tinuing education of adults in the community presumed to have passed freshman and sophmore Business and Administration is obviously dedicated The Bureau is a member of the'Assoociation for required courses and have junior standing to promoting those University aims and objectives University Business and Economic Research and Elective courses are not necessarily offered each contained in the general statement maintains an interchange of publications with similar STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS year The professional objective of the School of Business organizations in other universities throughout the These organizations limited to students in the School FOUR YEAR SAMPLE PROGRAM and Administration is to produce graduates who have country of Business and Administration exist for the promo- Freshman Year acquired and developed Center for Administration of tion of the scholarly and professional interests of Fall Smw5ter Spraig Samcsier Credil, I An appreciation of the importance of initiative Legal Systems members Courses Credit, Coarse< and who consequently are willing to assume respon- The Center serves as the'focal point for research ac- -The Zeta Chapter of Beta Comilla Signia national 101 English Comp 3 102 English Comp 3 sibility work efficiently and harmoniously with others tivity in the administration of law it is also the coor- honorary fraternity for accredited schools of the 109 College Algebra 3 1 1 1 Calculus 3 and adjust to changing circumstances dinating agency for education and training programs American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business 141 Economic Geo 3 142 Economic De,el 3 2 A respect for logical thinking and who strive of a non-credit nature for persons currently is established at Duquesne University Membership General electi,e 3 19-1 Computer Science 3 energetically therefore to develop the capacities for employed within the legal system Such programs in this honorary fraternity is limited to juniors in the General elective 3 *Ceneral electt^e 3 are tailored to meet the needs of specific groups and analytical reasoning through the vigorous and orderly highest five per cent of their class and to seniors in 15 15 application of ethical and technical principles to pro- agencies The objectives content time and length the highest 10 per cent of their class blem solving of all programs are cooperatively determined with The Beta Alpha Phi Fraternity is the honorary scholar- ship society of the school Course may be taken in either semester 60 61

Sophomore Year Senior Year pose of rendering an opinion are studied and ment information processing systems and the Fait Seo,,stc, Sp,mg Serrieslor Fail Semester Sprina Setiosler evaluated Emphasis is placed on theory and transformation of information systems to meet Coarse, Credits Courses Credits Courses Credits Courses Credits philosophy of auditing however case problems are specific types of informational requirements Topics 21 1 Intro Accounting 3 2 12 Intro Accounting 3 Business elective 3 Business elecme 3 used to demonstrate the application of the principles include data base concepts file storage considera- 221 Prin of Economics 3 222 Prin of Economics 3 Business elective 3 Business elective 3 studied Prerequisites 312 tions development methodology design implemen- 281 Probabifit^ & Stat 3 282 Probability & Stat 3 Business elective 3 Business elective 3 tation and management considerations of business 25 1 Legal Process 3 General elective 3 General elective 3 General elective 3 412 Introductory Income data systems The course presumes a familiarity with T^eology or gen I elec 3 General elective 3 General elective 3 Capstone course 3 Tax Accounting 3 cr basic computer programming and accounting 21 1 This course is a study of basic tax and procedure af- 15 15 15 15 2 1 2 fecting primarily individuals and to a lesser extent *E>ecutive Action Simulation or Executive Policy junior Year partnerships and corporations Principal topics 419 Seminar in Accounting 3 cr

Fait S,niester Sprurg Serne

331 Business Finance 3 cr decisions and compromises of the financial manager DIVISION OF OUANTITATIVE SCIENCE The aim of this course is to combine the study of in- as he faces choices between risk and return Reading ACCOUNTING CURRICULUM ternal and external sources of funds with the tools material case material and a research project are CPA Requirements of financial management in order to maximize the tools to be used Prerequisite 331 Students who desire to become certified public accountants in Pennsylvania and who have been graduated wealth of the business entity Primary attention is 334 Risk Management 3 cr from a four-year program in a college approved by the State Board of Education may sit for tfie CPA examina- given to private business entities While many of the A study of the broad spectrum of risk exposures in tions The degree program of the University is so approved tools and instruments used in the demonstrations are business enterprise with special attention to the Graduates may sit for the CPA examination in other states among which are New Jersey and New York those of large business concerns entities of all sizes need for identifying these in terms of nature and are covered Special attention is given to the magnitude Emphasis is on techniques available to 211 2 12 Introductory Accounting 3 cr each data in the formulation of policies consideration of decision-making process as applied to the finance aid the decision-maker in making decisions under An introduction to the language of accounting basic various aspects of Federal State and local taxes and function of business Secondary emphasis is given constraints of uncertainty Methods of alleviation accounting concepts and brief exposure to recording their effect - on managerial decisions Prerequisites to the securities markets financial projections avoidance and insurance are studied Attention is financial information An extensive study is made of 21 1 212 organizational form mergers and Consolidation and given not only to the traditional forms of insurable accounting information for management decisions reorganization Prerequisites Accounting 21 1 2 12 3 14 Advanced Accounting 3 cr hazards but also to implicit risks such as those of or the equivalent 311 312 intermediate Accounting 3 cr each This course applies fundamental theory to a number loss in market value of assets capital budgeting deci- This course is primarily concerned with an investiga- of important activities in business Activities studied 332 Money and Banking 3 cr sions new product financing techniques mergers tion and analysis of the accounting problems and are partnerships special sales procedures con- To develop knowledge about the role of financial in- and other areas where risk is present in the decision practices of the corporation with detailed study of solidations and fiduciaries Prerequisites 31 1 stitutions in our society as they perform their func- Prerequisite 331 the component elements of the balance sheet and 315 Cost Accounting 3 cr tion of either the creation of the medium of exchange 336 Security Analysis 3cr income statement Basic topics are accepted and Basic cost accounting procedures are discussed from or of taking existing funds from sources of excess to An Intensive study of the analytic techniques ap- alternative methods in the accounting cycle finan- the following view points cost principle cost deter- sources of supply Further to develop an understand- plicable to the selection of the various techniques cial statements their form content and use account- mination- cost control cost analysis Topics treated ing of the construction of the portfolios of the inStitLl- securities of private as well as public entities Con- ing problems of the corporation detailed analysis include cost terminology plgnning and control tech- tions in order to understand why each employs their sideration is given to the markets in which these of the balance sheet accounts determination of net niques and development and application of available funds as they do knowledge about interest securities are traded and the types of information income Statement of source and uses of working overhead rates Cost behavior patterns are studied rate movements and their effects on business and that are useful and necessary to the decision-making capital Prerequisites 2 1 1 2 1 2 in conjunction with development and application of the development of financial instruments used within process of the investor as the attempt is mde to 3 13 Managerial Accounting 3 cr overhead rates Standard costing job order costing the business society Also through the media of a measure the value of a particular security Several A study of the technique involved in the gathering process costing joint products and by-product research paper the student has the opportunity to models are examined in seeking their ap- recording and interpretation of accounting and costing are treated in detail Methods of judging develop a major area in detail Emphasis is primari- propriateness in establishing the relative worth of a statistical data used in the solution of internal prob- managerial efficiency inventory control and manage- ly on the role money and banking take in relation- securjtv The merits of both the fundamental and lems of management Some of the topics covered ment control systems are also stressed Prerequisites ship to business entities technical approach to security analysis are con- are construction analysis and interpretation of 21 1 212 333 Financial Management 3 cr sidered for their contribution to the analysis of a reports establishment of operating and financial security Prerequisite 331 41 1 Auditing 3 cr The course is designed to provide a theoretical or standards measurement of managerial performance Standards and procedures employed by auditors in conceptual framework that a financial manager can 337 Investment Analysis 3 cr use of budgets in managerial control use of cost data the examination of financial statements for the pur- use to reach decisions Material is presented with the it is the aim of this course to present material that and interpretation of cost reports use of quantitative purpose of involving the student in the fundamental will be useful to the student in developing an

62 63

Introduction to Decision Sciences 3 cr ment debugging testing of programs file proces- understanding of the various types of investments upon their functions as instruments of estate crea 381 The application of the scientific method of problem sing and report generation using COBOL which may be available for a portifolio investment tion and administration Uses of insurance in connec solving to business problems The course includes Discussion of the various risks that a portfolio be sub- tion with partners and kev men and ir^ connection 383 File Processing and Management various models and the methods of applying them ject to and further the importance of the vaijous risks with bank loans are explored Attention also is given This course deals with the processing and manage- to bus,ness situations The models covered include to the various types of portfolio holders is under- to accident and health coverages group plans pen ment of files in terms of cost capacity and respon- linear programming simulation queuing and inven- taken The basic elements of portfolio theory are sions and regulation of the industry Prerequisite siveness included are discussions of data structures tory optimization The use of library computer pro- presented Various quantitative and descriptive ap- 33 1 file accessing mechanisms sorting merging updating grams will be emphasized Prerequisites 281 282 proaches that are used in portfolio development are and managing sequential and non-sequential files 435 Property and Liability Insurance 3 cr investigated Techniques for measuring the effec- 382 Data Processing with COBOL BASIC COBOL and FORTRAN languages are A study of business and personal applications of tiveness of the portfolio are illustrated Prerequisites The development of data processing data manage- required casualty fire and liability coverages in the form of 331 336 or special permission of the instructor both insurance and bonding including the fields of without 336 workmen s compensation landlords and tenants DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 432 Credit Management 3 cr liabilities burglary robbery and theft automobile PROGRAM GUIDE This course will be taught in such a manner so as to credit and title insurance fire and relateci lines fideli The present combination of required courses and free electives gives the student a solid fourdation in business give to the student a thorough understanding of the ty and surety bonding and relevant aspects of in and at the same time allows him to follow his inclination in a special field of endeavor At the same time function of credit management in order that the stu- land and ocean marine Prerequisite 331 the greater the freedorn of choice the greater the need for helping the student in selecting coutses in a mean- dent be afforded a maximum oportunity to grasp 437 Fundamentals of Real Estate 3 cr ,ngful way such information as presented in the literature and A study of the proolerns involved in financing residen- students should be aware that they can use this freedom either in the classroom cases problems and field ex- tial commercial and industrial real estate from the I To broaden their cultural background by expanding in many different fields of knowledge or perience may be assigned Through these vehicles points of view of both owner and lender Methods 2 To establish with the help of their advisor a background of specialized knowledge in the field in which the student will have the opportunity to integrate the of financing covered include use of individual and they have their strongest interest knowledge gained from text material and other finan- business equity loans secured by mortgages land cial sources with that of other disciplines to arrive Several Study Programs—combining a concentration in Business (24 credits) with a judicious choice'of elec- contracts sale-and-lease-back arrangements and atalogical sound credit decision Prerequisite 331 tives from the College (27 credits)—are given as illustrations of the flexibility and the depth possible under cooperatives syndicates and real-estate trusts At- the present program Presently Study Programs are offered in 433 Financial Markets 3 cr tention is given to procedures for originating ser- Industrial Relations International Business An extensive and intensive study of the markets in vicing and foreclosing loans and mortgage ar- Law Administration Marketing Management which the financing of needs takes place Study is rangements by principals agents and mortgage Production Public Administration made of the markets for borrowing and lending of bankers Case problems either in class or the field Transportation and Traffic Environment and Ecology capital both short-term and long-term Financial in- type are used to illustrate the techniques employed stitutional structures are given emphasis as they act in determining the feasibility of a location Special The listing of these Study Programs is only indicative not inclusive others may be structured and the sug- and interact when serving as sources or in- attention is given to an intensive research project in gested areas can be modified according to the occupational objectives and preferences of the student termediaries and users of funds Research by the stu- some area of interest to the student as related to dent is required to afford the student the opportunity real estate Attention is also given to the re- INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS CURRICULUM analyzing economic issues particularly the evolution to concentrate on an intensive effort upon an in- of business institutions within a historical context quirements necessary to sit for the Pennsylvania Real 141 Physical and Economic Geography 3 cr dividual topic Prerequisite 331 Estate Sales License Prerequisite 331 This course examines the present and potential pro- 441 International Business 3 cr 434 Life Insurance 3 cr 439 Seminar in Finance 3 cr ducts of the world s major geographic regions The A study of the techniques of international trade Em- A study is made of the risks of death and longevity Concentration upon selected contemporary topics course concerns itself essentially with man s utiliza- phasis is given to the contract overseas equipment as they occur in personal and business situations' presented by distinguished visiting professors of tion of natural resources in earning a living Atten- customs procedure in this country and abroad Analyses are made of various forms of life-insurance finance or resident faculty Offered on occasion and tion is given to the geographical foundations and marine insurance packing for overseas trade finan- and annuity contracts and their uses with emphasis open only to senior students operations of ma,or industries including agriculture cing exports and import shipments foreign exchange manufacturing extractive activities and transporta- and carriage of goods by air Prerequisites Mktg ,QUANTITATIVE METHODS CURRICULUM tion Principal domestic and world trade movements 371 Econ 221 222 are analyzed Students in the undergraduate School of Business and Administration complete a basic sequence in Ouan- 442 International Economics 3 cr titative Methods This sequence is concerned with the application of mathematics statistics and electronic 142 Economic Development of Europe This course is an introduction to international trade data processing to the analysis of business and economic problems The objective of the program is to in- and America 3 cr theory and the principles of international monetary crease the students knowledge and understanding of the uses of mathematics statistics and computers as A survey of the evolution of Western economic in- economics as well as foreign trade policies Topics aids in decision-making The basic sequence is comprised of these courses 18 1 28 1 282 and 38 1 Prior to stitut,ons and business practices The origin of to be discussed include the classical and neo-classical entry into the sequence Mathematics 109 and/or I I I in the College may be required of those students failing capitalism the Commercial and industrial Revolu- theory of comparative advantage foreign exchange to satisfy entry requirements with respect to competence in basic algebra and calculus tions the rise of the bourgeoisie and the spread of markets and balance of payments adjustment in addition to the basic sequence a number of electives are offered for students wishing to include quan- capital.sm are examined A study is also made of the mechanisms analysis of the consequences of trade titative management science techniques in their areas of concentration institutional development and productive growth of regulation and international liquidity problems 181 Introduction to Computers 3 cr 28 , 1 282 Probability and Statistics 3 cr each the United States economy Emphasis is placed on Prerequisites 221 222 An introduction to the basic concepts of computer This sequence includes the basic ideas of descriptive programming in algebraic and representational statistics inductive statistics and probability Among languages The course introduces the algorithmic ap- the topics covered are frequency distributions LAW ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM proach to problem-solving and continues through the measures of central tendencv measures of disper- This Curriculum is designed to prepare professionals to aid in the solutions of one of society s most critical development of flowcharts and programs using the sion sets and set operations elementary probabili problems that of the administration of legal systems Future executives in court management correctional Fortran language Brief treatment is also given to other ty theory probability distributions sampling distribu institutions and control systems (law enforcement) receive a broad interdisciplinary educational experience business related languages Prerequisite tions statistical estimation testing of hypotheses with the basic core coursework in the School of Business and Administration Mathematics 109 in the College or equivalent time series analysis simple linear regression and cor Other coursework may be appropriate to fit a students career objective Counselors and school officers relation Prerequisites 18 1 and Mathematics I I I in should be consulted the College or equivalent

a

64 65

PRE-LEGAL CURRICULUM 462 Public Administration 3 cr on the functional areas of management Prerequisite The curriculum of the School of Busmes,; and Administration meets the requirements for registration for general This course introduces the student to the content of 361 purposes of the State Board of Law Examiners in Pennsylvania and of the State Education Department of public management and to the work of the public 491 Executive Action Simulation 3 cr New York manager at federal state and local government A course incorporating the Games Theory Approach Coursework in the various areas of the School of Business and Administration provides good preparation levels it also compares and contrasts public and The teaching techniques of Case Method and Role for the professional study of law private rn^anagement and links management theory Playing are combined in a simulated business en- and practice Lecture-discussions and participative vironment in which the students make the'decisions 251 Legal Process 3 cr Code with reference to the nature and legality of methods are employed Prerequisite 361 affecting the conduct of a business Participants are An introductory course exploring the nature of law sales of goods the formality of sale contract transfer 463 Collective Bargaining 3 cr divided into teams with key corporate duties being its sources its relation to society and government of title to goods warranties nature and kinds of com- Study of the relation of federal and state legislation assigned and several teams compete against each relation of the judicial to the executive legislative func- mercial paper requisites and meaning of negotiability to collective bargaining analysis of substantive issues other in an attempt to operate the firm ontheop- tions law as an instrument of social change and con- method-, of transfer Prerequisite 251 timurn profitable basis Prerequisites Seniorstanding trol understanding of the legal rights and duties of and administrative aspects of collective agreements 355 Law of Business Organizations 3 cr Open only to students in the School of persons Acquaintance with areas of legal concern specific provisions including adjustment of and 361 Consideration of the nature creation and dissolution Business and Administration to the administrator such as labor environmental grievances conciliation mediation and arbitration of the proprietorship various types of partnerships controls products liability anti-trust concerns such collective bargaining and public policy Prerequisite 492 Executive Policy 3 cr other unincorporated organizations and the corpora- as pricing and mergers 361 Integrates concepts and skills from all functional areas tion Duties rights remedies and liabilities of owners 464 Administrative Organization 3 cr of business and administration in decision making 353 Contracts 3 cr and managers are studied Prerequisites 251 under conditions of uncertainty Makes use of case Study of the law pertaining to the formation of con- A course presenting organizational concepts as they 453 Administration of Legal Systems 3 cr histories and other information to allow students tracts the legal requisites of an enforceable agree- relate to the operation of an enterprise Line staff Study of the legal system and the procedures by and functional relationships are thoroughly analysis and problem solving with the organization ment the transfer of contractual rights and duties which legal rights and duties are effectuated and en- developed Both formal and informal relationships as a whole Prerequisites Senior standing and 36 1 the discharge of contracts the relationship between forced current problems and issues related to the are considered as they are developed and exist principal and agent Prerequisite 251 493 Independent Scholarly Study 3 cr system in the attainment of its objectives ad- within a firm Authority responsibility delegation Student must initiate an original research project in 354 Commercial Transactions 3 cr ministrative problems in the legal system Prereq- centralization and decentralization of control and a field of business of his choice The project is then Study of the provisions of the Uniform Commercial uisite 25 1 other related organizational problems are con- scrutinized by a Committee of three Faculty I sidered Prerequisite 361 members if the project is approved the Dean will MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 466 Wage and Salary Administration 3 cr choose a faculty member as director of the project In accord with the objectives of the University and of the School the Management Curriculum aims are An advanced course involving treatment of the ma- The project must be completed within an academic I To acquaint students with managerial concepts and practices in both profit and non-profit organiazations jor wage administration problems Coverage will in- semester Prerequisite Student must qualify as a 2 To offer an oportunity for some degree of specialization to those students who are interested in a study clude such related and diverse facets of compensa- University Scholar program in management I tion as analysis of the contemporary concepts of 494 Field Study 3 cr wage and salary administration such as cost of liv- Organized group study under specific programs 361 Principles of Management 3 cr are considered An intelmediate course to be used ing and merit rating appraisal of various payment beyond the classroom Participants will be required This course represents an initial introduction to the as a basis for furt^er specialized treatment of approaches such as incentive programs and profit to utilize analytical and decision making abilities in essential principles of management centered around management areas in the advanced courses Pre- sharing structuring a wage program analysis of the projects in an action setting under faculty supervision the concept of management being a basic process requisites 361 and 281 282 final effects such technically oriented practices have Prerequisite Approval of the instructor which is distinct and applicable to all enterprises 364 Personnel Management 3 cr Planning organizing actuating and controlling com- A course presenting techniques of manpower MARKETING CURRICULUM prise the fundamental functions of management management Involves study of recruiting and screen- in accord with the objectives of the University and of the School the Marketing Curriculum aims are making up the management process These functions ing techniques training programs merit rating wage I To develop an understanding and appreciation of distribution in our economy constitute the framework around which this course payment plans safety disc,plinary programming etc is built Emphasis is given to planning which is rapidly 2 To explore the many basic activities involved in the marketing concept and in matching products to markets Current practice is presented in the form of case growing in managerial importance Decision making 3 To provide an area of specilized study for those students who wish to pursue the marketing phase of business material Prerequisite 361 managetial creativity and the art of management are thoroughly developed 365 Industrial Relations 3 cr 371 Principles of Marketing 3 cr functionaries Theories of marketing are subjected A course 11^evelopecl to present to the 'student The emphasis throughout this course is on problem to the test of practical examples so that the student 362 Behavioral-Science 3 cr historical knowledge of the labor movement current solving and decision-making in marketing The basis may develop a more realistic grasp of the principles This course is an introduction to the scientific study status and importance in industry and the legal status for the course is a systematic analysis of customer involved and the value of the practitioners of behavior it incorporates concepts from the of labor governing the actions of management in a behavior and the development of marketing policies judgments Current marketing developments are disciplines of anthropology psychology sociology myriad of ways Presents the role of labor manage- and programs Marketing strategy and designing a studied Prerequisite 371 economics law and political science as well as from ment and government in collective bargaining and marketing mix are stressed to give the student an the newer fields of organization theory game theory 373 Sales Administration 3 cr current industrial relations policies and practices Pre- insight into these areas and the reduction of risks and decision theory This interdisciplinary approach An introduction to the fundamentals of salesmanship requisites 36 1 is emphasized through the use of quantitative and to behavior provides an integrative framework for and the problems confronted by the sales manager qualitative market research techniques transfer to any organizational setting Prerequisite 461 Human Relations in Administration 3 cr Topics include such areas as Production planning 361 An advanced course treating of the human aspect 372 Marketing Problems 3 cr pricing packaging qualitative and quantitative as it is encountered in the industrial organization In- This course employs the case method illustrative of market analysis and specific sales management func- 363 Production Management 3 cr volves an analysis of behavioristic patterns of in-- typical ^marketing problems such as merchandising tions of selection training equipping compensating A follow up course to Principles of Management m divicluals as individuals and as members of work advertising selection of channels of distribution and supervism^ and controlling salesmen Prerequisite which all important phases of management are groups Deals with motivation goals needs frustra- development of new products These problems are 3,71 developed Topics such as purchasing inventory con- tions etc as they relate to the industrial situation analyzed as they affect different middlemen in the trol motion and time study plant layout pricing etc 471 Marketing Research 3 cr Prerequisites Senior standing and 361 marketing structure including manufactures are covered Other related organizational pro blems This course examines the means and methods wholesalers jobbers brokers agents and similar 67 66

Century economic theory Emphasis is placed 426 Monetary Theory and Policy 3 cr business management uses to get the necessary in- 321 National Income Analysis 3 ^r primarily upon the writings of Marshall Schumpter This course presents the chief theoretical contribu- formation for decision making involving what to pro- A conceptual analysis of national income theory its and Keynes- applying their theories to the problems tions on money The policy implications of these duce how much to produce and how to distribute tools its basic principles and its social and economic of contemporary economic policy Special emphasis theories past and present will be emphasized Con- goods that are produced The various types of significance The course treats the macroeconomic is given to economic growth and development and centration will center upon policy proposals and con- marketing research—consumer research motiva- method of economic analysis It is concerned with troversy in the monetary field since World War 11 tional research market analysis sales analysis and explaining the development and nature of national the essentials of welfare economics in today s society The theories and contributions of Hicks Keynes sales forecasting product research and advertising income aggregates The basic principles of national prerequisites 221 222 Friedman and Tobin among others are reviewed research—are studied in some detail 'Prerequisite income theory are developed and explained in order cr 423 Business Cycles and Forecasting 3 The role of interest rate is reviewed along with wage- 371 to place into focus the operations of the American This course is designed to study the process of price controversies international gold flows and the economy and the many problems relating to it economic change Analyses of Seasonal Cyclical and 472 Transportation 3 cr relationships between fiscal and monetary policies Prerequisites 221 222 Secular movements will be undertaken Theoretical A comprehensive analysis of the historical evolution Prerequisites 221 222 and empirical aspects will be covered Forecasting operation and economic development of the 322 Price and Production Economics 3 cr 427 Theory of Economic Development 3 cr railroads motor carriers water Carriers and air car- An intensive study of the theory of demand pro- techniques will also be studied Prerequisites 221 The course is designed to acquaint students with the riers of the United States The Interstate Commerce duction and distribution In addition 222 recent area of economic development The subject matter Act with its amendments and the public regulation developments in the theory of imperfect competi- 424 Business and Public Policy 3 cr of this course conveniently divides itself into five state and federal of the various carriers will be em- tion and oligopoly are carefully examined Prereq- study of the regulatory techniques used by govern- A major categories the nature of development and phasized Prerequisites 371 221 222 uisites 221 222 ment to influence and modify business behavior This problems of measurement theories of development course also includes an analysis of market structure 473 Traffic Management 3 cr 323 Public Finance 3 cr factors and forces affecting economic growth dif- conduct and performance considerations pertaining This course deals with the organization and function- A study of the organization and management of ferent approaches to a higher standard of living and ing of traffic departments of industrial concerns government revenues and expenditures with em- to the firm and the industry Emphasis is given the problems of domestic and international stability Ap- Topics treated are organization of shipping depart- phasis on American practices and policies at the anti-trust laws and special regulatory problems proach to this course encompasses detailed study ments car records for the control of private car lines various levels of government Benefit-cost and cost- Prerequisites 22 1 222 as well as a strong emphasis on theoretical and claims routing service and rating departments effectiveness analysis with their implications for pro- 425 Current Economic Issues 3 cr critical analysis Prerequisites 221 222 regulations governing packing shipping and sales gram and capital budgeting receive heavy considera- seminar-like discussion of the state of the nation s A 429 Seminar in Economics 3 cr shippers relations with carriers freight and express tion The economic consequences of various tax economy and its current problems on the basis of The purpose of the seminar is to provide a vehicle tariffs delays in transit receipt and delivery of prop- structures and alternative social choice mechanisims critical examination of professional journal articles for the advanced student to investigate separate sub- erty Intensive work in the rate structures of the are studied Prerequisite 321 or 322 official and private sources and economic reports by ject areas in the field of Economic Theory The in- United States will be an important item Prerequisites (such as the Presidents Council of Economic Ad- 324 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr tention is to provide a sound basis for further study 22 1 222 A comparative study of capitalism socialism com- visers) The purpose of the course is to begin at the graduate level Seminar procedure will stress munism and other economic systems with emphasis developing in the graduating senior the ability to written and oral reports Prerequisites 32 1 322 and DIVISION OF ECONOMIC SCIENCE on analysis rather than mere description of the coordinate and apply the analytical knowledge he permission of the instructor ECONOMIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM economics of various countries Prerequisites 221 has acquir&d during his undergraduate study of 222 economics and related fields of social science and business administration Prerequisites 221 222 121 Elements of Economics 3 cr 420 Labor Economics 3 cr Economics 121 is an introductory course in eco- Analysis of the principles for wage and employment nomics intended to afford an understanding of how determination in contemporary American economy our economic system works of the forces which af- under non-union conditions as well as under collec- fect the level composition and distribution of the tive bargaining The institutional development output of the economy and of the issues behind cur- underlying labor supply and demand is studied with rent economic problems The course content will direct emphasis on its impact on employment and define concepts provide background materials and production on the general wage-level and on wage develop economic ideas necessary to an understan- differentials on the distribution of national income' ding of the policy issues constantly before a com- and on general social welfare The course also in- plex dynamic economy Not counted toward a cludes a comparative study of problems in labor degree in the School of Business and Administration economics in American and other democratic coun- 221 Principles of Economics 1 3 cr tries Prerequisites 221 222 The first course in economics for the student who 421 History of Economic Thought 3 cr plans to major or minor in economics The course Shows the development of economic thought from seeks to acquaint the student with concepts and the the Age of Mercantilism to 1890 Major emphasis is logical basis to economic reasoning Emphasis is placed upon the writings of Mun Petty Ouesnay placed on understanding the behavior of households Smith Ricardo Malthus Marx levons and the and firms under competitive and imperfectly com- Austrian School It offers a study of the fundamental petitive market conditions concepts of the writers and the influence of institu- 222 Principles of Economics 11 3 cr tional conditions upon their philosophy Major em- This course is primarily concerned with aggregative phasis is placed upon value and distribution theory economic relationships The theory of the determina- as it developed Prerequisites 221 222 tion of national income is developed and attention 422 Modern Economic Theory 3 cr is given to the construction of national income ac- A brief review of classical tradition emphasizing counts Attention is given to monetary and fiscal Smith Ricardo and Mill and Marxian socialism show- poh^:y and their implications Prerequisite 221 ing their influence upon the evolution of Twentieth

68 69

Credits *301 Child Development 4 School of Education Required Courses 42 *307 Curriculum and Methods for Early Child- English Area 12 hood Education with Practicurn 4 HISTORY English Composition 6 *308 Curriculum and Methods for Day Prior to 1929 teacher preparation courses were of- teach classes in the schools of Pennsylvania for a English Elective 3 Care with Practicurn 4 fered through a department of the College of Liberal period of six years Communication Area (Speech 3 10 Curriculum and Methods for Journalism English) 3 Special Programs 4 Arts and Sciences in that year the newly-organized 2 Admission to graduate programs in education School of Education granted its first degrees in pro- Any Combination of Mathematics/ 331 Teaching Elementary Social Studies 3 The last 30 credits for the degree must be earned grams of secondary education The following pro- Science/Foreign Language 12 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 at Duquesne University The minimum number of grams have since been approved for certification by Social Science 1 2 *402 Language Development and credits for graduation is 120 the Department of Education of the Commonwealth (Anthropology Economics Geography History Reading 4 of Pennsylvania music education in 1930 graduate DEGREE Political Science Sociology and Psychology) *450 Early Childhood Education education 1936 elementary education 1937 guid- Philosophy/Theology 6 Teaching Seminar 2 The School of Education offers programs leading to ance 1952 school administration 1952 library Catholics-minimum of 3 Theology credits *451 Associate Teaching Early the Bachelor of Science in Education degree All pro- science 1956 special education 1964 readingspe- Childhood Education 10 grams are approved by the Pennsylvania Depart- COMPETENCY CORE CURRICULUM cialist and reading supervisor 1969 schoolpsychol- ment of Education for the Instructional I (Provisional) The Competency Core Curriculum consists of 27 *Required courses taken at Carlow College ogy 1969 early childhood education 1975 school Certificate credits beginning with Introduction to Education in supervision 1976 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION the freshman year Developmental Foundations I If CURRICULUM The following 39 credits (semester hours) in Profes- in the sophomore year and concluding with Cur- SELECTION AND ADMISSION sional Preparation and 12 in electives combined with General Education The School of Education requires riculum and instruction 1 11 in the junior year The Candidates who express a desire to become teachers the 42 credits specified in General Education and 2 7 completion of the established general education Competency Core Curriculum focuses on the are admitted to the School of Education through the in the Competency Core Curriculum comprise this which includes courses in the humanities social philosophical psychological and pedagogical foun- University Office of Admissions (apply to Director of curriculum sciences natural and behavioral sciences and for dations needed by entry-level teachers extensive in- Admissions Duquesne University Pittsburgh Pa Credits Catholic students theology volvement in field experiences beginning with the 15282) The curriculum for the first two years is Professional Preparation Professional Education The basic professional educa- freshman year and an on-going process of individual ^Jevoted to the broad ]earnings in general and basic (All Courses Required) 39 tion program introduces the student to the teaching advisement and counseling regarding teaching and professional education and beginning course work 273 274 Art Music and Physical Educa- profession through thorough study of the principles career decisions in a major discipline or area of concentration tion for the Classroom Teacher 6 and practices of education and the learning process The Competency Core Curriculum is predicated on The School of Education includes and maintains in 325 Teaching Reading in the Specialized courses provide preparation in teaching four domains 1) Becoming a person 2) Becoming its enrollment only those students who give definite Primary School 3 techniques and methods required for specific fields a student of education 3) Becoming an educational indications of teacher potential Students are 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate of concentration—elementary secondary special theorist and 4) Becoming a practitioner The Com- therefore expected to demonstrate developing per- and Middle Schools 3 (mentally and/or physically handicapped) or early petency Core Curriculum as the title implies is a sonal and professional characteristics attitudes and 330 Teaching Elementary Language childhood education competency based program that is developmental- 1 competencies which will recommend them as wor- Arts and Reading 3 ly designed to prepare education students to be thy candidates for the teaching profession Evalua- Professional Laboratory Experiences The School has 331 Teaching Elementary Social entry-level teachers in elementary secondary and tion and approval by the faculty is based on the stu- developed broad and diversified professional Studies 3 special education dent s development of laboratory experiences designed to provide oppor- 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 Credits I A well-balanced personality as evidenced tunities for observing and working with children and 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 Courses (Required in all programs)* 27 through personal appearance health and vitality youth these include 484 Children s Literature 3 101 Introduction to Education 3 emotional maturity verbal fluency self-confidence I Programs in neighborhood and community *491 Student Teaching 12 2 15 2 16 Developmental Foundations of cooperation judgement and tact adaptability and centers hospitals recreational and youth organiza- Education 1 4 *No student may register for additional course work resourcefulness cultural appreciation and social tions and summer camps 217 218 Developmental Foundations of during the student teaching semester without relationships 2 Planned observation in public and private school Education 11 4 permission 2 Profc_-ssional attitudes and competencies as classrooms *315 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 Electives 12 evidenced through interest in teaching preparation 3 Group observation in schools and institutions *3 17 318 Curriculum and Instruction If 8 in subject matter and in teaching methods and tech- dedicated primarily to the care of exceptional MUSIC EDUCATION *In EarlyChildhood Education 315 316and 317 318 niques participation in laboratory experiences in- children General and professional course work and profes- are not required sional education courses required for this program cluding observation and student teaching and the 4 Teacher-aide or tutorial service in public and are outlined in the School of Music section Page 7 5 demonstration of necessary abilities and skills private schools EARLY (fHILDHOOD EDUCATION This is a cooperative program approved by the 5 Student teaching in a public or private school PROGRAMS Pennsylvania Department of Education with Carlow SECONDARY EDUCATION for an entire semester or year The School of Education has program approval from College Some of the professional courses are offered In addition to the 42 credits (semester hours) in the Pennsylvania Department of Education for the All of these experiences are completed under pro- only on the Carlow campus General Education and 2 7 in the Competency Core preparation of Elementary Secondary and Special fessional supervision from the University and from These 48 credits (semester hours) in addition to Curriculum a student must complete the following (teaching the mentally and/or physically handicap- the public or private school or off-campus agency 42 specified under General Education I I credits in 51 credits 18 in Professional Preparation three in ped) Education teachers Also in consortium with the Competency Core Curriculum and 19 credits in Electives and a minimum of 30 in an arts or sciences Carlow College students can become certified in Far- electives are required for the degree Area to satisfy requirements for the degree and ly Childhood Education Credits certification The programs in accord with the philosophy and COURSE REQUIREMENTS Professional Preparation (Required courses) 48 Credits objectives of the School of Education offer students GENERAL EDUCATION *201 Orientation to Early Childhood Professional Preparation 4 (All Courses Required) 18 opportunity to qualify for The following courses in the arts and sciences are Education Art Music and Physical Education 497 Reading in the Secondary School 3 I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to an integral part of each program 272 273 for the Classroom Teacher 6 Specific Methods Course 3

12 70 71

2 15 Teaching Grammar and Credits Composition OR Professional PIreparation periods the class meets in other words a student evaluation and related theories in an experiential 3 16 Teaching Secondary Mathematics (All Courses Required) 48 May miss three hours of class time in a three-credit learning environment and Science OR 209 Foundations of Special Education 3 course 203 204 205 206 207 318 Teaching Secondary Foreign 273 274 Art Music and Physical Education STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Field Experience I cr each Languages OR for the Classroom Teacher 6 Classroom and other school experience as an aide The School of Education includes in its program op- 3 19 Teaching Secondary Social Studies 276 Methods in Special Education 1 3 or observer Enrollment with consent of the Direc- portunities for participation in student organizations *491 Student Teaching 12 325 Teaching Reading in the tor of Student Teaching or a School of Education related to professional education preparation * No student may register for additional course work Pricary School 3 faculty advisor one credit each semester for a max- Students are encouraged to take an active part in during the student teaching semester without 330 Teaching Elementary Language imum of five semesters these professional organizations for such interest is permission Arts and Reading 3 interpreted as reflecting social and educational 215 216 Developmental Foundations Electives 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 3 development The organizations are of Education 1 4 cr Arts or Sciences Area (Minimum for 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 Duquesne University Chapter of the Council for Excep- See description for 217 218 certification) 30 386 Teaching the Mildly Handicapped 3 387 Teaching the Severely tional Children state and national student organizations 217 218 Developmental Foundations Certification Area Course Concentration Supporting Courses Handicapped 3 in Special Education of Education 11 4 cr Biology Biology Mathematics 388 Vocational Education for the Kappa Delta Epsilon national education sorority Developmental Foundations I and 11 examine and chemistry and Handicapped 3 Kappa Phi Kappa national education fraternity provide for demonstration of various generic com- physics 477 Methods in Special Education'll 3 petencies in the areas of physical cognitive affec- Chemistry Chemistry Mathematics and *491 Student Teaching—Special HONOR AWARDS tive and social development of the individual from physics Education 12 These awards presented at the annual Honors Day birth until late adolescence The components ex- Communication Electives 3 Convocation are open to undergraduates in the amine the effects that values classroom interactions English Emphasis English Journalism Speech School of Education approaches to various teaching and learning styles journalism * No student may register for additional course work recognition of individual differences and various cur- Emphasis journalism Speech English during the student teaching semester without Faculty Award for Genera-1 Excellence in Early Childhood riculum designs including I E P s and multi-cultural Speech Emphasis Speech English journalism permission Education approaches have on the physical cognitive affec- General Science Minimum of eight Faculty Award for General Excellence in Elementary Education TEACHER CERTIFICATION tive and social development of all students and the credits in biology Faculty Award for General Excellence in Secondary Education These components provide for the chemistry and Through completion of degree and certification pro- teacher Faculty Award for General Excellence in Special Education demonstration of competency in the understanding physics and addi gram requirements a student will be eligible for the the analysis and the managing of these effects Con- tional courses to appropriate Pennsylvania Instructional I (Provisional) Kappa Delta Epsilon National Professional Education Sorori- current with these components is a field placement total a minimum of Certificate This certificate is valid for six years of ty Award for outstanding member of Alpha Kappa that requires case studies directed observations 18 semester hours teaching During that time to convert the certificate Chapter data collection and teacher aide experience in one field of to the Instructional 11 (Permanent) form the holder Kappa Delta Epsilon National Professional Education Sorori- science must complete 24 semester hours of post- ty Presidents Award 301 Foundations of Education 3 cr Latin Latin Greek history baccalaureate study and three years of successful Kappa Phi Kappa National Professional Education Fraterni- introduction to the study of the philosophical social teaching in public or private schools in Pennsylvania Mathematics Mathematics Computer science ty Award for outstanding member of Beta Phi Chapter and historical foundations of education and the rela- All programs are approved by the- Pennsylvania tionships between the school and-other institutions general analytical Lawrence A Roche Memorial Award to a junior student Department of Education Certification in Penn- physics for general excellence in the School of Education of society Modem Languages French German Philosophy sylvania enables a student to meet certification re- Philip C Niehaus Memorial Award for outstanding achieve- 315 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 cr or Spanish linguistics quirements in various other states Application for ment in the School of Education See description for 317 318 Physics Physics Chemistry math- the certificate must be made during the semester in ematics computer which the student expects to be graduated Council for Exceptional Children Award for outstanding 317 318 Curriculum and lnstruction^ 11 8 cr science biology work in the organization Curriculum and instruction I and 11 focus on the DUAL CERTIFICATION S6cial Studies Economics geog- Philosophy COURSE DESCRIPTIONS presentation analysis and demonstration of those raphy history pol- Through advisement a student may complete re- generic competencies that directly apply to the quirements in two certification areas such as elemen- itical science psy- EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND design and implementation of effective teaching- tary/early childhood elementary/secondary elemen- chology sociology PSYCHOLOGY learning practices in the classroom The components anthropology tary/special education Such programs require some specifically address such topics and techniques as 101 Introduction to Education 3 cr additional coursework beyond the 120 semester I educational taxonomies instructional objectives An overview of professional education programs and hours for a degree After completing all other re- planning the lesson classroom management learn- careers introduces students to the competency- quirements students may register with appropriate ing centers materials utilization evaluation of learn- based format of undergraduate curriculums and gives advisement for a nme- and a six-credit student- ing and grading These components also include a SPECIAL EDUCATION (MENTALLY AND/OR ther^ opportunities to meet faculty and staff in teaching course Student teaching in both areas is concurrent field placement that continues the PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED) informal information-giving and counseling offered during the students final semester directed observations and data collection initiated This program is designed to prepare students for relationships in the Developmental Foundations components and teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped CLASS ATTENDANCE 201 Child Development 3cr introduces the student to the evaluation of the pupils including brain injured emotionally and social- The School of Education faculty has determined that Behavior and personality characteristics of children - teach i ng-learni ng situations observed and to the self- ly disturbed learning disabled the following policy will be in effect for the School from birth to adolescence as they relate to school evaluation process of his/her own development in These 48 credits (semester hours) in Professional of Education and will be adhered to by all professors and home situations the four domains of the Competency Core Cur- Preparation and three in Electives in addition to the who teach undergraduate courses It is presumed riculum The field placement for these final com- 42 credits in General Education and the 27 in the 202 Educational Psy^hology 3 cr that each student in a professional course will nor- ponents includes teaching experience in an actual Competency Core Curriculum are required for the Examines affective and cognitive development plan- mally attend every session The maximum number classroom degree of cuts permitted is equated in credit hours not in ning and teaching techniques measurement and 72 73

340 Self- Development for the and during the pre-school years (ages 3 and 4) The sibilities in a pre-school primary setting application exploratory and systematic instructional styles Classroom 3 cr role of the family as primary socializing agent is of theory and planning previously studied develop- games as an instructional strategy Focuses on a philosophical-psychological approach stressed ment of the students own teaching style under to self-development using classroom activities to pro- 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 cr 307 Curriculum and Methods for Early guidance of a cooperating teacher and college super- mote personal awareness in the teacher and student Study of theories techniques practices and content Childhood Education with Practicum 4 cr visors Verification of student competency will be of the science area Accent is on discovery and in- 351 Adolescent Development 3 cr Study of curriculum methodology and implementa- determined jointly by both the cooperating teacher quiry instructional styles organizing for learning Examines the developmental processes tion in the nursery kindergarten and primary set- and the college supervisor No other credits may be psychological physical and social which affect stu- tings Students will participate in planning and enact- taken while the student is involved in 450 and 451 484 Children's Literature 3 cr dent and student-teacher behavior and relationships ing activities for language development art music without special permission of the Director of Early A general survey of books and other printed in the classroom play social studies science and reading/mathematics Childhood Education materials for children criteria for the evaluation and readiness for children 3-8 years of age A weekly analysis of children s books types of books available 410 Interpersonal Classroom practicurn placement in an Early Childhood setting ELEMENTARY EDUCATION considered in terms of interest needs and abilities Management for Teachers 3 cr is an integral part of this course Prerequisite 201 273 274 Art, Music, and Physical Education' of children Focuses on four major concerns for maximizing learn- (Fal semester only) for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each ing and minimizing conflict the four areas are the 490 491 Student Teaching— An introduction to the basic principles and concepts teacher s personal awareness of feelings and emo- 308 Curriculum and methods for Elementary 9-12 cr of teaching visual arts physical education health and tions interpersonal societal and educational values Day Care With Practicurn 4 cr Student teaching in an approved elementary school music to children of elementary school age including understanding of group dynamics and knowledge Examination of curriculum design and implementa- under the direct supervision of a cooperating teacher exceptional children of managing classroom situations tion of day care programs serving children from Prerequisites Senior status good academic standing birth-8 years of age Topics covered include com- 325 Teaching Reading in the completion of required professional courses and 480 Independent Study 1-2 cr prehensive curriculum planning parent communica- Primary School 3 cr recommendation of faculty With permission of an instructor and approval of the tion and involvement environmental design staff- Major emphasis is on the pre-school readiness and Dean seniors may pursue in-depth study of a sub- 493 Student Teaching —Elementary 6 cr ing patterns and current research on the impact of primary grades Content deals with language ex- ject area or engage in individual projects related to Student teaching in elementary education for day care on young children and their families A periential cognitive and perceptual development in their professional goals students in the secondary or special education pro- weekly practicurn placement in a day care setting is young children and their relationship to the begin- gram who wish to complete requirements in two cer- 481 Learning Resources 3 cr an integral part of this course Prerequisite 201 ning reading program In addition consideration will tification areas Registration is concurrent with Ed Identification location utilization and creation of (Spring semester only) be given to the basic reading skills which comprise 490-Seco'ndary or Ed 490-Special Education learning materials adaptation of print and non-print -the first three years of a developmental reading pro- 3 10 Curriculum and Methods for materials to meet curricular needs developing gram techniques of individualiz,ng instruction Special Programs 4 cr SECONDARY EDUCATION materials for individualized classroom instruction evaluating and reporting pupil progress Examination of the historical development and cur- 215 Teaching Grammar and 485 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 cr rent status of early childhood programs designed to 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate Composition 3 cr Reading difficulties on elementary and secondary provide compensatory remedial therapeutic or ear- and Middle Schools 3 cr Deals with various approaches to teaching grammar school levels discussion of classroom and clinical pro- ly intervention experience to young children Cur- Focuses on the transitional period in a developmental language and composition also provides oppor- cedures in solving reading problems diagnostic and riculum design and implementation for such pro- reading program in which reading becomes a too] tunities for students to develop and use different corrective techniques and materials for the grams will be examined along with the specific to be used in each content area in addition to con- techniques in mini-teaching situations classroom teacher reading improvement programs responsibilites of the teacher handling the tinuing reading skills in the developmental reading 316 Teaching Secondary Mathematics special unit on reading problems of the mentally mamstreamed young child A weekly practicurn program specialized reading and study skills and Science 3 cr retarded placement in a setting serving special needs children necessary for students to function in social studies Designed to acquaint the student with methods and under 8 years of age is an integral part of this1course science language arts mathematics and other con- 499 School Law and the Pupil 2 cr materials for teaching specific models research and Prerequisite 201 (Fall semester only ) tent areas will be presented Techniques of deter- School law as it affects the child—census admission field-based activities are expected mining readability of materials individualizing instruc- practices vaccination compulsory attendance the 402 Language Development and Reading 4 cr tion evaluating and reporting pupil progress are also 318 Teaching Secondary Foreign neglected dependent and delinquent child work Emphasis is given to a well-planned oral expression studied Languages 3 cr periods graduation requirements special school ser- program as a base for successful development of Explores a variety of approaches for teaching foreign vices and other regulations pertaining to the health language skills including reading Current status of 330 Teaching Elementary Language languages grammar structure verbal exercises and and welfare of the child reading curricula appropriate to the primary level Arts and Reading 3 cr literature germane to the specific language to be will be examined in a variety of settings A one-credit Presents psychological principles and historical EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION taught will be discussed field placement in a primary classroom accompanies perspectives in the language arts the foundation on 201 Orientation to Early Childhood the course which a good language arts program should be built 319 Teaching Secondary Social Education 4 cr Four skills—listening speaking reading writing—as Studies 3 cr 450 Early Childhood Education Examinatiomof the history of early childhood educa- acquired by the child combined with knowledge of This is a competency-based experience for social Teachmg Seminar 2 cr tion and child development culminating in an over- the evaluative process teaching methods and studies/history majors that develops evaluation skills Provides classroom discussion of various student view of theoretical issues influencing field practice materials provide a realistic approach to teaching knowledge of curriculums media and technological teaching experiences as well as analysis of the goals today Development of student s observational skills language arts and reading experience experiences and methods expands planning and program designs and curricula of the various early completion of on-site observations in selected ap- questioning skills childhood programs in which student teaching is com- propriate settings and study of the roles of the Ear- 331 Teaching Elementary Social pleted Pertinent topics related to ongoing profes- Studies 490, 491 Student Teaching— ly Childhood Educator (Fall semester only) 3 cr sional development will be included Provides a combination of theoretical and practical Secondary 9-12 cr 30,1 Child Development 4 cr models which furnish multi-level approaches to Studeni teaching in an approved public secondary 451 Associate Teaching Early Focuses upon the substantive developmental growth problem-solving materials activities and resources school under the direct supervision of a cooperating Childhood Education 10 cr in the child from conception through the fourth year inherent in a good social studies program teacher Prerequisites Senior status good academic Student teaching experience is considered to be one of life Specific emphasis is given to normative standing completion of required professional of the most important single elements of the Early 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 cr ^physical intellectual social and emotional fa^ulties courses and recommendation of faculty Childhood Program It involves teaching respon- Theories techniques practices and content pertain- ,developing during infancy (ages 0 through 2 years) 51 ing to mathematics are presented Emphasis is on

74 75

493 Student Teaching— 386 Teaching the Mildly Secondary 6 cr Handicapped 3 cr School of Music Student teaching in secondary education for students Evaluation integration and implementation of in the elementary or special education program who theoretically based methodologies curricula instruc- wish to complete requirements in two certification tional techniques and evaluation procedures for HISTORY ADMISSION areas Registration is concurrent with Ed students who have been labeled brain injured learn- Duquesne University recognizing that it was most Students who are interested in applying for admis- 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Special Education ing disabled mentally retarded physically handicap- fortunately situated to offer outstanding oppor- sion to the School of Music should request an ap- ped socially and emotionally disturbed Prereq- 497 Reading in Secondary Schools 3 cr tunities for professional preparation in music in 1926 plication from the Office of Admissions Duquesne uisites 209 276 A survey course in the teaching of reading ap- established a School of Music with a four-year course University Pittsburgh Pennsylvania,15282 After ap- propriate for secondary education majors Major em- 387 Teaching the Severely of study leading to the Bachelor of Music degree The plications have been processed candidates will phasis is on methods of teaching reading the Handicapped 3 cr music education program was approved by the Penn- receive a notice requesting that they contact the Of- materials for evaluating pupil growth in reading and Evaluation and integration of the various theories sylvania Department of Education in 1930 In 1959 fice of the School of Music to arrange an appoint- reading in the content subjects methodologies curricula instructional techniques the School became an associate member of the Na- ment for an audition and a theory entrance examina- and evaluation procedures for severely handicapped tional Association of Schools of Music and in 1966 tion Specific instructions concerning the audition will SPECIAL EDUCATION persons labeled brain injured learning disabled was elected to full membership On April 29 1967 then be mailed to the applicant A tape recording These courses are designed to prepare students for mentally retarded physically handicapped socially a new air-conditioned music building was dedicated will be accepted for those living more than 150 miles teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped and emotionally disturbed Prerequisites 20Q 276 Van Cliburn was awarded an honorary Doctor of from the University However in the event the re- pupils including brain injured emotionally and social- or permission of instructor Music degree on this occasion cording is not satisfactory a personal audition,may ly disturbed learning disabled be required All applicants will be notified of the 388 Vocational Education for the PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES status of their carclidacy as soon as possible 209 Foundations of Special Handicapped 3 cr The administration and faculty of the School of Music Students planning to major in Music are urged to Education 3 cr Overview of pre-vocational career and occupational believe that the development of the artistic personali- begin study of piano and theory prior to entrance Survey of the educational physical psychological education programs to be used for exceptional per- ty is entirely compatible with the objectives of and social characteristics of the various types of ex- sons Students will be given information and ex- scholars in ail fields It is felt that the best place to ADVISEMENT ceptional persons and methods for meeting their periences enabling them to design and implement educate music'students to take their place in society At initial enrollment every student is assigned a facul- needs includes field trips to schools and agencies instructional programs appropriate to the vocational is in a situation where they have an opportunity to ty advisor who provides assistance with academic serving exceptional persons needs of mentally and physcially handicapped pupils share their academic courses in classes with students matters especially during pre-registration periods Prerequisites 209 2 76 or permission,of instructor 211, 212 213 214 Field from other schools of the University The great ad- Guidance in professional objectives will also be pro- Experience 2 cr each 477 Methods in Special ,vantage of a solid musical preparation and the op- vided by faculty committees established for that Classroom and other experiences in educational Education 11 3 cr portunity to participate in nationally recognized purpose social welfare and vocational settings as an observer Development and implementation of an individual- organizations and in perfornances of professional SPECIAL FEES and participant Enrollment with consent of Direc- ized student teaching readiness plan that emphasizes caliber are available to all students tor of Student Teaching and School of Education the management of problem behaviors and develop- The faculty of musical scholars and artists with Student Teaching $ 25 faculty advisor Students may choose 21 1 (Elemen- ment of instructional environments includes super- whom Duquesne students work believes that fine Instruction in voice or instrument as tary) or 2 12 (Secondary) which involve the mildly vised field experience independent study and in- talents are best encouraged and developed in an at- a minor each semester 75 handicapped 2 13 which is with the severely han- dividual learning conferences Prerequisites 209 mosphere that is friendly while at the same time com- Instruction in voice or instrument as - dicapped or 2 14 which is with pre-vocational/voca- 276 386 mitted to the development of excellence The facul- a major each semester 150 tional pupils ty selected with care includes the names of concert Piano Class Fee each semester 10 490 491 Student Teaching— - and opera soloists members of the Casals Festival Instrumental rental each semester 50 272 273 Art, Music and Physical'Education Special Education 9 12 cr Orchestra the Pittsburgh Symphony nationally instrument for class use 10 for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each A full semester of supervised classroom experience known composers authors arrangers conductors Organ practice (major or minor) An introduction to the basic principles and concepts in a carefully selected school for ri^ientally and/or clinicians and music educators The Pittsburgh Sym- each semester 20 of teaching visual arts physical education health and physically handicapped pupils Prerequisites senior phony Pittsburgh Opera chamber music and con- Music School fee 25 music to children of elementary school age including status good academic standing completion of re- WDUO (the Duquesne University radio exceptional children quired professional courses and recommendation cert series station) and the high level of interest on the part of DEGREES 276 Methods in Special of faculty other radio and television stations in the arts serve The School offers programs leading to two Education 1 3 cr 493 Student Teaching— as unusual stimuli to the eager music student undergraduate degrees Bachelor of Music and Introduction to management techniques utilized in Special Education 6 cr The Symphony Band in its many performances on Bachelor of Science in Music Education The Bachelor programs for exceptional persons Information cover- Student teaching in special education for students and off campus presents a wide variety of standard of Music degree may be earned with a major in ing educational assessment procedures designing in the elementary, or secondary education program and contemporary repertoire piano organ voice orchestral instruments jazz and and implementing individual educational programs who wish to complete requirements in two certifica- The Symphony Orchestra offers fine opportunities in sacred music with a major in organ or voice The and methods for individualizing instruction will be in- tion areas Registration is concurrent with Ed for students interested in orchestral literature programs are intended for students interested cluded Prerequisite 209 or equivalent 490-Elementary or Ed 490 Secondary Education Association with teachers who are members of the primarily in performance careers in concert televi- Pittsburgh Symphony is an exceptional advantage sion radio symphony orchestra opera or teaching The school also maintains various vocal and in- in colleges and private studios and for those in- strumental ensembles that are receiving national terested in pursuing careers as church musicians recognition for the excellence of their performances Two Music Education programs are offered one The objectives of the School of Music are to in general music and the other in music therapy the educate teachers and performers of music who former is designed to meet certification requirements should possess a sensitive and intelligent musician- for teaching in elementary and secondary schools ship and who will be equipped by reason of their while the latter leads to certification as a registered general and professional education to accept posi- music therapist in order to receive the Music tions in fields of performance education or therapy Therapy Degree or its equivalency for certification

76 77

(by NAMT) all Music Therapy students are required George Barrere Memorial Scholarship The Pittsburgh Flute Junior Year to take a prescribed number and sequence of courses Club offers a scholarship in flute in memory of George Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 in Music Therapy and give evidence of competen- Barrere founder of the first flute club in the United Mus 351 352 History and Literat6re of Music 2 2 cy in the field as determined by the Music Therapy States This $300 scholarship is awarded to a Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Department All programs begun at the freshman or sophomore flute major Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 undergraduate level may be continued at the 141 Chamber Music or 2 2 Polish Arts League Scholarship is made annually by the Mus 141 (2) graduate level Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to an outstanding Mus 343 344 Piano Accompanying (2) 3 (3) performer in the School of Music Preference will be Elective Math or Science Elective EQUIPMENT given to a student of Polish ancestry Other students Physics Acoustics 3 The School of Music has 73 pianos including 56 will not be excluded from consideration General Academic Elective 3 3 Steinways All practice rooms have Steinway Louis Rocereto Memorial Scholarship is given to an uprights There are two Moeller and one Fischer Senior Year practice organs a three manual Moeller organ and outstanding junior studying a woodwind instrument Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 General Ac^demic or Theology Elective 3 13) an electronic organ More than 300 orchestral and TEACHER CERTIFICATION band instruments are available for instrument classes Art 101 Understanding Art j3) 3 The undergraduate music education program has including an EMS Sound Synthesizer Listening and Mus 313 314 Piano Pedagogy 2 2 been approved by the Pennsylvania Department of recording equipment are of professional quality Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Education for the issuance of the instructional I (Pro- Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS visional) Certificate Application for the certificate Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 Chapters of the national music organizations Phi Mu must be made in the semester in which the student Mus 379 380 Conducting I I plans to graduate Alpha Smfoma and Mu Phi Epsilon contribute substan- Mus Music Elective 2 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 tially to the students professional and social develop- RECITAL ATTENDANCE ment The Music Educators National Conference has an ac- All students are required to attend a minimum of 30 tive student chapter which sponsors professional pro- MAJOR IN ORGAN recitals and concerts sponsored by the School of grams and attends and participates in the state Freshman Year Credits Music per year (minimum of 120 by graduation I regional and national activites of the association Courses Fall Spring 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 There are active student chapters of the American OTHER ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS Mus Guild of Orgamsts and the National Association for Music Mus I I 1 1 12 Applied Music Minor I I All students are required in addition to attend pro- Therapy Student Council is the organization which is Mus 31 132 Theory 2 2 fessional events other than concerts pertinent to their designed to represent the total student body of the Mus 3 3 134 Solfeggio 2 2 specific areas of study School of Music In addition it provides an excellent Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I vehicle of communication among students faculty THEOLOGY REQUIREMENT Mus 121 1 22 Eurhythmics 2 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 and administration One three-credit course in theology is required of HONOR AWARDS every Roman Catholic student Sophomore Year Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 The Dean s Award is presented to a senior music Stu- PROGRAMS Mus 21 1 212 Applied Music Minor I I dent for general excellence Students interests are served and their abilities fur- Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 The Seibert Medal is presented to a senior for ex- thered through their selection from among nine dif- Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 1 2 2 cellence in violin or piano upon recommendation of ferent programs four in applied music two in music Mus 143 1 43 Ensemble I I departmental committee education two in sacred music and one in jazz I His 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 General Academic Electives 3 3 CONSERVATORY Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 MAJOR IN PIANO junior Year Freshman Year Credits Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Courses Fall Spring Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus I I 1 1 12 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 478 Choral Conducting and Methods I I Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Elective Math or Science Elective 3 (3) Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Physics Acoustics 3 I I Sophomore Year Mus Applied Music Minor (Voice) Mus 202 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 2 MUS Senior Year 21 1 2 1 2 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 23 1 232 Theory 2 2 General Academic or Theology Elective (3) 3 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Art 101 Understanding Art 3 (3) Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 43 1 432 Improvisation 2 2 His 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 451 452 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music or 2 2 Mus Elective 1 2 Mus 243 244 Piano Accompanying 12) (2) Mus 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 (2) Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 79 78 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 4 13 Organ Pedagogy 2 (2) Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Hist 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 25 1 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 MAJOR IN VOICE Freshman Year Credits junior Year Courses Fall Spring Mus 303 304 Applie, d Music Major 3 3 Mus 103 104 -Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus I I 1 1 12 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 1133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Physics Acoustics 3 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 General Academic Electives 3 3 Lang 1 15 1 16 Italian for Singers 3 3 Senior Year Sophomore Year Mus - 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 438 439 Composition 2 2 Mus 21 1 2 12 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 General Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Lang 1 15 1 16 French for Singers 3 3 Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 340 Orchestration 2 (2) Mus 25 1 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 junior Year Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 MAJOR IN JAZZ PERFORMANCE Mus 31 1 3 12 Applied Music Minor I I Freshman Year Credits Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Courses Fall Spring Lang 1 15 1 16 German for Singers 3 3 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 349 350 Vocal Repertoire I I Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 His 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 118 119 Applied Music Minor (jazz) I I I Senior Year Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 403 404 Apolied Music Major 3 3 Mus 151 152 Evolution of jazz Styles 2 2 Theatre 280 Acting 3 (3) Mus 143 143 Ensemble Physics Acoustics 3 Sophomore Year Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 General Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Mus 449 450 Vocal Repertoire I I Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus Music Electives 2 (2) Mus 218 219 Applied Music Minor (jazz) I I Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus 226 227 jazz Improvisation 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Hist 113 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 junior Year MAJOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT/CLASSICAL GUITAR Mus 303 304 Applied M sic Major 3 3 Freshman Year Credits Mus 430 Jazz Arrangingu 2 Courses Fall Spring Mus 440 Advanced jazz Arranging 2 Mus 103 104 Applied Music 3 3 Mus, 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus, 131 132 Theory 2 2 General 'Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 327 jazz Pedagogy & Directing I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Physics Acoustics 3 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 General Academic Elective 3 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music I I Mus 335 Counterpoint' 2 Sophomore Year Senior Year Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 426 427 jazz Improvisation 2 2 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 81 80

2 2 General Academic Elective 3 (3) Mus 133 134 Solfegglo 2 2 Mus 453 454 jazz Composition 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 1 Mus ^55 Music & Mass Media 1 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Theo 2 13 2 14 old and New Testament Art 101 Understanding Art 3 Sophomore Year General Academic Elective or Theology 3 Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) SACRED MUSIC—MAJOR IN ORGAN 2 2 'Mus 231 232 Theory Freshman Year Credits 2 2 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio Courses - Fall Spring 1 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 2 2 3 3 Hist 1 13 114 Western Civilization Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor 1 1 3 3 Lang 193 194 Italian for Singers Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 junior Year Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 2 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 311 312 Applied Music Minor jOrgan) Theo 213 214 old and New Testament 3 3 Mus 209 Children s Choirs 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Sophomore Year Mus Mus 143 143 Ensemble Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 311 312 Applied Music (Voice) 1 1 Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Hist 113 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Senior Year Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 2 2 411 412 Applied Music (Organ) I junior Year Mus Mus 407 408 Service Playing Mus 303 304 Applied Mu sic Major 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble Mus 411 Applied Music Minor (Voice) 1 Mus 421 Gregorian Chant 2 Mus 209 Children s Choirs 1 2 Mus 420 Hymnody Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 General - Academic Elective 3 (3) Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 Mus 464 Church Music Administration 2 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 1 Mus 478 479 Choral Conducting & Methods 1 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 451 452 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 2 Mus 400 Recital General Science or Math Elective 3 Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 Physics Acoustics 3 Mus Music Elective Theology Liturgics 3 (3) General Elective (3) 3 MUSIC EDUCATION Credits Senior Year Freshman Year Fall Spring Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 2 2 Courses 3 3 Mus 431 432 Organ Improvisation 2 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 2 2 Mus 45 1 452 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 133 134 Solfeggio and Ear Training 1 1 Mus 478 479 Choral Conducting and Methods 1 1 Mus 181 182 Woodwind Class or Mus 421 Gregorian Chant 2 183 184 Woodwind Class for the Instr Major 2 2 Mus 420 Hymnody 2 Mus 101 102 Applied Music Major 1 1 Mus 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 Mus 1 11 1 12 Applied Music Minor 2 2 Mus 464 Church Music Administration 2 Mus 121 1 22 Eurhythmics 1 1 Mus Music Elective 1 (1) Mus 143 143 Ensemble 0 0 Art 101 Understanding Art 3 Mus 189 190 Field Observation 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 General Academic Elective Sophomore Year 2 SACRED MUSIC—MAJOR IN VOICE Mus 23 1 232 Theory 2 2 Freshman Year Credits Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 Courses Fall Spring Mus 185 186 Voice Class Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 2 13 2 14 Piano Class or Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor (Piano) 1 1 4 21 1 21 5 Applied Music Minor & Piano Class* Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 82 83 Hist 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 201 202 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 108 Music in Therapy 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 201 202 Applied Music Major 2 2 General Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 213 214 Piano Class I I Mus 289 290 Field Observation 0 0 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2- 2 *for keyboard majors only junior Year junior Year Ed 309 Foundations in Special Education 3 Psy 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 (3) Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Edu 301 Foundations of Education or* (3) 3 Mus 315 Piano Improvisation for Therapy or I Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 instrumental Class Methods of your choice Mus 381 382 String Class I I Ed 202 Educational Psychology 3 Mus 281 282 Brass Class or 1 1 Ed 002 Drug Abuse I 283 284 Brass Class for Instr Majors I I Mus 308 influence of Music on Behavior 2 'Mus 340 Orchestration or 2 (2) Mus **301 302 Applied Music 2 2 Mus 440 Jazz Arranging (2) Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn I I Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Physics Acoustics 3 Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 385 Choral Techniques or I Mus 374 Music for the Exceptional Child 3 Mus 387 Marching Band Techniques or (1) Mus 185 186 Voice Class I I Mus 327 jazz Pedagogy & Directing (1) Senior Year Mus 301 302 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 379 Conducting I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Gen Academic Elective 3 Mus 389 390 Field Observation 0 0 Psychology - Elective 3 *OR 351 Education Psychology 201 Child Development or 202 Adolescent, Development ' Psych 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 Senior Year Credits Bio 207 Anatomy and Physiology 3 Professional Residen(e* Mus 307 Psychological Foundations of Musical Behavior (2) 2 Courses Semester Semester Mus 309 Directed Study—Music Therapy (2) Mus 383 Elementary Methods 2 Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicum I I Mus 384 Secondary Methods 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 481 Percussion Class I Mus 401 402 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 490 Student Teaching 6 Mus 310 Recreational Instruments I General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I General Academic or Theological Elective 3 Elective Academic or Theology 3 (3) Art 101 Understanding Art 3 'includes performance classes required by individual departments String majors are required to participate General 492 Creative Personality or 3 in chamber music and string orchestra General Academic Elective (3) 'Piano Majors select another instrument or voice for their Applied Music Minor Mus 401 402 Applied Music Major 2 2 'For Orchestra] Instrument Voice and Guitar Majors only Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 .1 'For Piano and Organ Majors only *The residence semester may be taken in either the fall or spring of the senior year 'Electives in psychology will be selected following consultation with advisor See footnotes following Music Therapy Curriculum **In accordance with the recommendations made by the School s faculty the National Association for Music Therapy and taking into consideration performance needs of music therapists the applied music requirements MUSIC EDUCATION—MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY for therapy majors are altered in this manner Upon satisfactory completion of the first two years as an ap- Freshman Year Credits plied major on the instrument of the individual s choice determined by audition and juries with the appropriate Courses Fall Spring faculty the student may study one or several instruments for the remaining two years This will enable the Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 student to develop a degree of versatility which can be of considerable use in the practice of music therapy Mus 131 132 Music Theory 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Mus 101 102 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor I I APPLIED MUSIC Mus 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 101 102 201 202, 301 302, 401 402 The candidate for the Bachelor of music degree Mus 124 Music Therapy Practicurn I Applied Music Major for the Bachelor of must give a recital during the senior year The recital Soc 101 Survey of Sociology 3 Science in Music Education 2 cr each will be presented to a faculty committee for approval Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 The study of voice piano organ string wind or per- at least one month prior to the date of the Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I cussion instruments throughout all semesters performance Sophomore Year 103 104 203 204 303 304 403,404 111 112 211,212 218 219 311 312 Mus 231 232 Music Theory 2 2 Applied Music Major for 411 412 Applied Music Minor for all Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 the Bachelor of Music 2 'or 3 cr Bachelor Degrees 'I cr each H, ist 113 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Private study of voice piano organ string wind or All students must choose an applied music minor Psych 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 percussion instruments throughout all semesters upon entrance Those students who do not elect Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn I I Credits are distributed according to departmental piano as a major must study it as a secondary curricula instrument

84 85

Students not majoring in piano must satisfy the Clarinet 303 304 3 cr each Bk 11) intensive chord-melody playing including ar- following piano requirements before graduation (a) 103 104 3 cr each Continue scale study Taffanel-Gaubert Progressive rangements done by the student beginning single- construct and play with facility major and minor Scales and arpeggios in various articulations Studies Barrere The Flutists Formulae Anderson note improvisation standard guitar repertoire scales and cadences in all keys (b) read simple four- Lange^us Scale Studies Rose Forty Studies Etudes Op 30 Altes-Barrere 26 Selected Studies Berklee Method Book 1 part music (c) play a simple Clementi Sonatina and Moyse Etudes et Exercises Techniques Torchio- Cavallim Thirty Caprices Weber Fantasy Le Fevre 303 304 3 cr each excerpts from Schumann s Album for the Young Wummer Orchestral Studies Bach sonatas and arias Fantasie Caprice I B Albert 24 Varied Etudes H Continue rhythm playing studies chord-melody play- or their equivalent A student majoring in piano or - from the religious works Arrieu Sonatine Telemann Klose Part I] ing and single-note improvisation studies Berklee organ will select an applied music minor with the Suite in a minor M Moyse Golden Age Solos by method Book III chord-soloing and development of guidance of his advisor Students who fail to meet 203 204 3 cr each Hue Enesco Griffes Gaubert and Varese repertoire including solos by George M Smith Ed- the minimum requirements in the time allotted for Scales and arpeggios continued Rose Twenty 3 cr each die Lang Dick McDonough Carl Kress Johnny Smith, their particular degree must continue study until the Studies after Rode Jeanjean Twenty-five Etudes 403 404 Taffanel-Gaubert Scales the half note equals MM Tony Mottola George Van Eps Single-string studies requirements have been fulfilled Weber Concertos Mozart Ouintet for Clarinet and Strings Weber First Concerto representative con- 120 scales in thirds sixths octaves and tenths Bach inventions Kreutzer violin studies Paganini 118 119 218 219 Applied Music temporary solos orchestra] studies Moyse De la Sononte Mechanism and Chromatics violin studies Minor—jazz I cr each Anderson Etudes Artistiques Op 15 including the 403 404 3 cr each For non-piano majors jazz piano techniques including 303 304 3 cr each memorization of certain selected studies Anderson intensive single-note improvisation and improvisa- comping harmonic continuity through common Oubradous S^ales and Daily Drills Milde Concert Jeanjean Etudes Modernes Orchestral Cip 63 tional lines REH Publications for single-note study chord progressions using triads and 7th chords 21 9 Studies selected passages from the Bach Cantatas A minor for unaccompanied Studies Bach Sonata in (Diorio Carlson Mock Kato Hutchinson Joe Pass may include more advanced comping harmonic con- Mozart Concerto Beethoven Ouintet Weber 2nd by Hindemith Remecke Concerto by flute sonatas jazz Solos and Jazz Classics) Charlie Christian Studies tinuity through standard and jazz songs and harmonic Concerto Brahms Sonatas French Contemporary representative contemporary lbert works by Howard Roberts Method and Materials Wes Mont- extensions of 9ths I Iths and 13ths solos representative contemporary solos orchestra[ composers studies gomery s Octave-Style Playing understanding fu- 400 Recital 2 cr Guitar—Classical sion music chord-melody arranging from traditional 403, 404 3 cr each 103 104 3 cr each and contemporary literature record, transcription Transfer of Applied Music Credit Transfer 'credit Jeanjean Sixteen Modern Studies Perrier Vingt- Evaluation of student s abilities and basic corrections both already existing and ones done by the student in the undergrduate Applied Music program can be deux Etudes Modernes Spohr Concertos Debussy if necessary Scales major and minor up to four (Coryell Pass Barnes Burrell Roberts DeMeola granted only after the student s proficiency has been Premier Rhapsoclie Weber Grand Duo Concertante sharps and flats Carcassi Method selected studies Benson and others I evaluated by a faculty panel in the student s area of representative contemporary solos and sonatas specialization from Carcassi Twenty-Five Etudes Op 60 Harp Double Bass Renaissance dances works by Carulli Aguado Sor .Changing Assigned Applied Music Teacher 103 104 3 cr each 103 104 3 cr each Changes in assigned teachers can become effective 203 204 3 cr each Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard Scales and intervals in all keys Simandl Thirty only at the beginning of a new semester and cannot All Scales major and minor two and three octaves orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 3 18 Book 11 Etudes Selected pieces Orchestra] studies be accomplished while a semester is in progress The Henze Method Sor Concert Etudes one suite and Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandlany Aria in Classic student must discuss the feasibility of a proposed 203 204 3 cr each selected pieces from the Renaissance and Baroque Style Tournier Images (Suite 1) Saint-Saens change with the appropriate chairman Hrabe Eight-six Etudes 'Short pieces by Koussevit- works by Luis Milan Tarrega Ponce and Villa-Lobos Fantasie I sky and Bottesim Orchestral studies 303 304 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each BAtHELOR OF MUSIC 303, 304 3 cr each Continuation of techmical studies of the first two Technical studies Bochsa Etudes opus 62 Standard Bassoon Nanny Etudes cle Kreutzer et cle Fiorillo concertos years lute music transcribed for guitar Dowland orchestra cadenzas Pieces of grade difficulty of 171 Bassoon Reed-Making No Credit by Koussevitsky Dittersdory and Bottesini Or- Bach Sor Concert Etudes and Sonatas chamber Tournier Feerie Rousseau Variations Pastorales A course designed to encourage one s own reed- chestral studies ensemble works by Boccherini Schubert Scheidler Grandjany Fantasie on a Theme of Haydn making includes the various aspects of shaping soak- lbert Paganim 403 404 3 cr each 303, 304 3 cr each ing and trimming the cane Nanny Dix Etudes Caprices Storch Twenty Concert 403, 404 3 cr each Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes 103 104 3 cr each Etudes concertos by Koussevitsky and Dragonetti Bach suite a sonata or suite by a 20th-century com- opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith Scales and arpeggios in all keys Kovar scales five Orchestral studies poser concerto by Vivaldi Giuliani Carulli or by a Sonata Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel In- note studies and interval studies selected studies and 20th-century composer troduction and Allegro Weissenborn and Milde solos by A^eissenborn Foret Guitar—jazz 403 404 3 cr each and Mouquet 103 104 3 cr each Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Faure Flute 203 204 3 cr each Evaluation of student s abilities basic technique and Impromptu C P E Bach Sonata Salzedo Scintilla- Continue scales and arpeggios Kovar technical 103, 104 3 cr each reading abilities including reading knowledge through tion Debussy Danses Sacre et Profane studies Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills Milde Analysis of students playing and basic corrections V11 positions all major scales in all positions Berklee Concert Studies Handel Sonata in C minor solos if necessary Taffanel-Gaubert scales scales in thirds Method Book I and Melodic Rhythm Studies Book - Horn by Bozza and Vidal trills Selected studies by M Moyse and Andersen by William G Leavitt basic chord theory basic posi- Etudes Op 33 and 37 Boehm Etudes Op 37 tion folk chords and alterations all barre chords and 103 104 3 cr each 303, 304 3 cr each Kuhiau Duets Sonatas of the Baroque Period Solos a working knowledge of basic jazz chord forms Scales and arpeggios in all keys review of fundamen- Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills Milde Concert by Doppler Chammade Mozart Moyse Kuhlau beginning study of chord-melody solo playing and tals of tone production Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Studies Orefici Bravura Studies selected passages Nouvelles Gallay Thirty Studies review of muting 203 204 3 cr each single-note techniques standard guitar solos from the Bach Canatas Mozart Concerto in B flat and trill technic Dubois Cavatme Franz Strauss Taffanel-Gaubert Scales scales in thirds and sixths Beethoven Ouintet representative contemporary 203, 204 3 cr each Concerto solos orchestra studies chromatic scales arpeggios and trills Anderson Continue single-note technique chord studies all ma- EtudesOp 21 Boehm Caprices Op 26 Moyse De jor and minor scales continue chord-melody play- 203 204 3 cr each 3 cr each 403 404 la Sonorite Selected duets by Kuhlau Koechlin etc ing Joe Pass Guitar Style improvised Chord Solos Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Kopprasch Gambaro Etudes for Bassoon Bozza Fifteen Daily concertos by Haydn and Mozart sonatas by LeClair and Single Note Improvised Solos Books intensive Studies Strauss Seventeen Concert Studies Studies Sonatas by Hindemith and Samt-Saens or- I S Bach and Vivaldi L Moyse French Music for rhythm jazz chord studies (may use Bucky Pizzarelh s Chabrier Larghetto Mozart concertos orchestra] chestra] and chamber music studies Bozza Concer- Flute A Touch of Glass or Ronny Lee s jazz Guitar Method studies tino the contra bassoon 87 86 temporary repertoire All major and minor scales La Fosse Sight Reading Studies Rochut Melodious 3 cr each Preludes and Fugues Trio Sonatas Orgelbuchlem 303 304 dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Studies Vol 11 Blume Studies Vol 11 Kopprasch Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Kopprasch Great 18 chorales Works by contemporary American Studies Vol I study of tenor ^Ief Guilmant Morceau Studies Gallay Twelve Caprices Beethoven sonata composers 303 304 3 cr each Symphonique Ropartz' Andante and Allegro or- Mozart Concert Rondo orchestra] studies Organ Class III Continuation of pedal scales hymn Bach French Suites Partitas Well-Tempered Clavier chestral and band studies playing accompaniments transposition figured bass Beethoven sonatas of the difficulty of Op 10 No 403 404 3 cr each clef reading in open score conducting from the 3 Chopin Scherzi Ballacles and Etudes Schumann 303, 304 3 cr each Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Studies by console Fantasiestucke Papillons Debussy Preludes Gaetke Daily Lip and Tongue Exercises Gaetke Kopprasch and Gallay R Strauss Concerto Saint- selected Contemporary repertoire Continue scales Scales and Arpeggios Rochut Melodious Studies Saens Morceau cle concert Schumann Adagio and 403 404 2 3 cr each and dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Vol III Blume Studies Vol -111 Kopprasch Studies Allegro Dukas Villanelle orchestral studies Franck Chorales Messiaen Nativite Lizst Dupre plus major and minor arpeggios Vol 11 Blazhevich Clef Studies Bach Cello Suites Durufle Langlais Vierne and Widor Symphonies Oboe transcribed for Trombone Blazhevich Concert Alain Tournemire and selected works by contem- 313 Piano Pedagogy 1 2 cr Duets Sanders Sonata Galliard Six Sonatas or- 103 104 3 cr each porary composers Bach Passacaglia and Fugue ex- Students will become acquainted with the techniques chestral and band studies Review of basic technique Barret Studies Andraud tended Preludes and Fugues Clavierubang Part III and materials for teaching piano at the elementary Vade Mecum scales and arpeggios in all keys selections Recital -1 level For piano majors junior standing is required 403, 404 - 3 cr each Telemann Sonata in A minor solos by Schumann Gaetke Lip Flexibility La Fosse Complete Method 431 432 Organ Improvisation 2 cr each 314 Piano Pedagogy 11 2 cr Handel and Bach for Trombone Blazhevich 26 Sequences in Bass A practical application of the basic tools of improvisa- A continuation of 3 13 concentrating on the tech- cr each Tenor and Alto Clefs Rimsky-Korsakoff Concert 203 204 3 tion including harmonization of melodies at the organ niques and materials for teaching piano at the in- Continue scales and arpeggios including scales in Hindemith Sonata Grondahl Concerto Blazhevich and the use of two and three voice counterpoint in termediate and advanced levels Concerto No 2 orchestral studies study of bass thirds and measured trills Barret Grand Etudes and varying styles short ABA form's and chorale preludes Duets Andraud Vade Mecum Bleuzet selected 243 244 343 344 Piano Accompanying], cr each trombone with emphasis on their liturgical application This course is designed for the undergraduate with studies from Technique of the Oboe Handel sonatas Trumpet Marcello Concerto 413 Organ Pedagogy 2 cr each the purpose of affording the student instruction in 104 3 cr each Students learn through demonstration the the art of piano accompanying 103, Schlossberg Daily Drills Arban Complete Method 303 304 3 cr each philosophies methods and materials of teaching Continue scales and arpeggios Bleuzet selected 403 404 3 cr each for Trumpet Sachse One Hundred Etudes Brandt both beginning'and advanced students junior stand- Bach English Suites Partitas Toccatas Well- Orchestral Studies 011one Solo Trompette studies forrange and endurance orchestral studies ,ing is required D de Cimarosa Concerto Paris Conservatory solos Tempered Clavier Beethoven sonatas from middle Videl Concertino representative contemporary compositions Percussion and late periods more extensive compositions from d 203, 204 3 cr each 103 104 3 cr each the Romantic Period Ravel Jeu eau Debussy 403 404 3 cr each Schlossberg Daily Drills Sachse One Hundred Fundamental snare drum technique and its applica- Estampes at least on work selected from the stand- Blauzet Technique of the Oboe scales in all articula- Etudes Brandt Orchestral Studies Bousquet Studies tion to musical notation exercises in rhythm phras- ard concerto literature contemporary literature Con- tions scales in groups of five and seven scales by Enesco Concerto Sowerby Sonata ing control Elements of tympani technique their ap- tinue scales and arpeggios interval arpeggios and broken arpeggios orchestral plication to classical literature tuning Rudimentary 303 304 3 cr each studies including the works of I S Bach sonatas by Saxophone xylophone cechnique scales arpeggios forms Pietzsch Studies Bousquet Studies Brandt Or- Telemann and Hindemith solos by Busser Jolivet 103 104 3 cr each chestral Studies Hindemith Sonata for Trumpet Rivier Mozart Concerto Symphonie Concertante and 203, 204 3 cr each Mule Scales and Arpeggios Small 2 7 Melodious and Perischetti The Hollow Men Intrada by Honegger Ouartet Concerto by Goosens contemporary solos Advanced snare drum studies repertoire Three and Rhythmic Exercises Labanchi-lasilli 33 Concert four tympani exercises orchestral literature In- Etudes Vol I Concertino by Mulihaud 403, 404 3 cr each Organ Sauvuer Techniques Paudert Sixty-two Exercises termediate xylophone studies transcriptions for solo 203 204 3 cr each 103, 104 2-3 cr each Advanced Studies by Clarke Liersering and others 303, 304 3 cr each Mule Scales and Arpeggios Vol 11 Lamotte 18 Review of basic organ technique Selected works Concertos by Haydn Giannini Bohtnstedt Peeters Tympani study through romantic and contemporary Studies for Saxophone Salviani-lasilli Exercises in from the early English Italian German and French Sonata Orchestral Studies schools Bach Orgelbuchlein selected preludes and literature Advanced xylophone exercises transcrip- All the Practical Keys Guiflon Sontaine Glazounov Tuba fugues Vierne 24 Pieces Langlais Dupre Franck tions Laim American instrumental techniques use Concerto Organ Class I Pedal Scales in all major keys pedals of special accessories in late 19th and 20th century 303,304 3 cr each 103, 104 3 cr each alone Hymn playing transposition modulations to literature Repertoire in all instruments Mule Scales and Arpeggios Vol III Left 2 4 Etudes Scales and arpeggios in all keys review of tone pro- duction Rochut Melodious Studies Vol I Blume closely related keys Introduction to figured bass and 403 404 3 cr each Capella 20 Grand Etudes Bozza 12 Etudes Bozza Studies Vol I selected solos harmonization of simple melodies Examination of representative solo material for all Concertino lbert Concertino 203 204 2-3 cr each percussion instruments preparation of solo for 403 404 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each Selected works by Brahms Menclelssohn Schurnann recital Rascher Top Tones and Four Octave Studies Mule Scales and arpeggios in all keys with various articula- Hindemith Joseph Willcox Jenkins Six Pieces Dupre 53 Studies Lyon Thirty-two Studies Moritz Concer- tions Rochut Melodious Studies Vol 11 Blume Antiphons Messiaen Le Banquet Celeste or Ascen- Piano to Contemporary solos orchestra studies Studies Vol 11 selected solos orchestral and band sion Suite mvts I or 4 Langlais Franck Schroeder 103, 104 3 cr each studies Trombone and Baritone Horn or Pepping Vierne Pieces de Fantaisie Bach Bach Three-Part Inventions Haydn and Mozart 303, 304 3 cr each 103,104 3 cr each Orgelbuchlem Schubler Chorales Concerti Preludes selected sonatas Beethoven Op 10 and Op 14 Rochut Melodious Studies Vol III Blume Studies Scales and arpeggios in all keys Studies by Cimera and Fugues Trio Sonatas Chopin waltzes mazurkas nocturnes selections from Vol III Blazhevich Seventy Etudes Eby Bass Stacey Lip Studies Arban Complete Methods for Organ Class 11 Continuation of pedal scales hands modern repertoire Major scales in different rhythms Studies selected solos orchestral studies and feet Hymn playing Modulation transposition and tempt and diminished arpeggios Trombone Blume Studies Vol I Rochut Melodious cr each counterpoint and figured bass Continued harmoniza- Studies Vol I La Fosse Sight Reading Studies 403 404 3 203, 204 3 cr each Grigoriev Tuba Studies Bernard Etudes and Exer- tion of melodies Score and clef reading 203 204 3 cr each Scarlatti selected sonatas Bach Well-Tempered cises for Tuba transcriptions of horn and violoncello Scales and arpeggios in all keys Stacey Lip Flex- 303 304 2-3 cr each Clavier Beethoven Op 22 Op 31 Chopin preludes literature solos by Cimera Barat Schroen orchestral ibility Arban Complete Method for,,Trombone in- Selected works by D Aquin deGrigny Handel impromptus and nocturnes Brahms Intermezzi literature Mozart Sweelinck Franck Langlais Messiaen Bach Rhapsodies selections from Impressionistic and Con- tensive study of tonguing (single double and triple)

89 88 201 202 2 cr each from Carcassi Twenty-Five Etudes Op 60 certos by Davidoff Dohnanyi Lalo Boellmann Sym- Viola Continue scales and arpeggios in various articulations Renaissance dances works by Carulli Aguado Sor phonic Variations six solo sonatas of Bach Or- 103 104 3 cr each continue Klose Method Rose 32 Studies for Clarinet chestral Studies Contemporary works 201 202 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in three octaves selected scales Voxman Duets selected solos All scales major and minor two and three octaves in thirds sixths and octaves Flesch Scale Studies 403 404 3 cr each 301 302 2 cr each Henze Method Sor Concert Etudes One suite and Sevcik Studies (Lifschey) Campagnoli Forty-one Etudes by Servais Piatti and Popper Concertos by Langenus Scale Studies continue Rose 32 Studies selected pieces from the Renaissance and Baroque Caprices Fuchs Twelve Caprices Enesco Concert Haydn Boccherini Elgar Barber Schubert Arpeg- Klose 20 Characteristic Studies Weber Fantasy and works by Luis Milan Tarrega Ponce and Villa-Lobos Piece gione Sonata Contemporary solos and sonatas or- Rondo orchestral and band studies chestral studies and chamber music literature 301 302 2 cr each 203 204 3 cr each 401 402 2 cr each Continuation of technical studies of the first two All major and minor scales and arpeggios scales in Voice Continue Langenus Scale Studies Rose 42 Studies years lute music transcribed for guitar Dowland octaves thirds sixths and tenths Selected studies 103 104 2 3 cr each Bach Sor Concert Etudes and Sonatas chamber from Rode Caprices Hermann Six Concert Studies Poiatchak 12 Itudes for Clarinet Mozart Concerto Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student Jeanlean contemporary solos or- ensemble works by Boccherini Schubert Scheidler Op 18 Concertos by C P E Bach and Hoffmeister in A solos by Literature from all periods to fit the needs of the chestral studies Ibert Paganim Vaughan-Williams Suite Sonata by Milhaud parts student from orchestral and chamber music literature Double Bass 401, 402 2 cr each 203 204 2 3 cr each Bach suite a sonata or suite by a 20th-century com- 303 304 3 cr each 101 102 2 cr each Continuation of technical exercises More challeng- poser concerto by Vivaldi Giuliani Carulh or by a Continue scales and arpeggios Selections from Rode All positions up to thumb position scales and inter- ing repertoire from all periods 20th-century composer Caprices and Gavinies Twenty-four Matinees vals in all keys Simandl New Method for the Double Sonatas by Brahms and Creston Viola parts from 303 304 2-3 cr each Bass Guitar-jazz Continuation of technical exercises Opera and orchestral and chamber music literature 201 202 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr each oratorio repertoire emphasized in addition to more Scales continued including thumb positions Simandl Evaluation of student s abilities basic technique and 403 404 3 cr each advanced concert repertoire and including contem- Method continued selected pieces reading abilities including reading knowledge through Selected Studies from Paganim Caprices Reger porary theater repertoire V11 positions all major scales in all positions Berklee Three Suites Bach unaccompanied violin or 301 302 2 cr each 2-3 cr each Method Book I and Melodic Rhythm Studies Book violoncello works transcribed for viola Bloch Suite 403 404 Scales and intervals continued Simandl Method com- Continuation of technical exercises All students by William G Leavitt basic chord theory basic posi- for Viola concertos by Bartok Walton Porter pleted Simandl Thirty Etudes selected pieces should have at least one complete oratorio and one tion folk chords and alterations all barre chords and violoncello sonatas by Marcello and others or- Violin complete opera role ready for performance before a working knowledge of basic jazz chord forms chestral studies 103 104 3 cr each graduation The students repertoire should contain beginning study of chord-melody solo playing and Scales and arpeggios in three octaves scales in representative songs in Italian French German and 401 402 2 cr each single-note techniques standard guitar solos thirds sixths octaves tenths harmonics Fiorillo or English including significant examples of contem- Simandl Thirty Etudes selected studies from Hrable 201, 202 2 cr each Kreutzer concertos by Bach Mozart Vieuxtemps porary vocal literature The students senior recital Eight^y-six Etudes pieces by Koussevitsky and others Continue single-note technique chord studies all ma- Wieniawski Bruch Lalo short pieces from the should include eyamples from all of these orchestral studies jor and minor scales continue chord-melody play- romantic period 349 350 449 450 ing Joe Pass Guitar Style improvised Chord Solos 203 204 3 cr each Vocal Repertoire 2 cr each Flute and Single Note improvised Solos Books intensive Continued study of repertoire listed above Kreutzer Study and performance of vocal solo and ensemble 101 102 2 cr each rhythm jazz chord studies (may use Bucky Pizzarelli s or Rode literature Four semesters encompass Italian Ger- Kohler Etudes Book I Terschak Studies Drouet 2 5 A Touch of Glass or Ronny Lee s jazz Guitar Method man French and English music with concentration Celebrated Etudes NI Moyse selected etudes scales Bk 11) intensive chord-melody playing including ar-, 303 304 3 cr each and arpeggios in all keys selected solos Sonatas by Scales and arpeggios continued Rode or Gavinies on one category each semester rangements done by the student beginning single- Marcello Handel Blavet and Telemann Bach Solo Sonatas and Partitias any of the major note improvisation standard guitar repertoire Berklee Method Book 1 sonatas and concertos (Beethoven Brahms MUSIC EDUCATION 201, 202 2 cr each Mendelssohn Bartok Siberhus Tschaikovsky) Bassoon Continue scales and arpeggios Drouet 25 Cele- 301, 302 2 cr each brated Etudes Anderson Etudes Op 37 selected Continue rhythm playing studies chord-melody play- 403 404 3 cr each 101 102 2 cr each All scales and arpeggios Weisenborn solos from l9th century composers Sonatas of Scales and arpeggios continued Dont Op 35 or Op 8 Vol I ing and single-note improvisation studies Berklee Baroque composers Paganini Caprices continue solo Bach and study of Milde Studies Galliard 6 Sonatas for Bassoon Method Book III Chord-soloing and development of repertoire including solos by George M Smith Ed- major concertos and sonatas 201 202 2 cr each 301, 302 2 cr each die Lang Dick McDonough Carl Kress Johnny Smith Continue scales and arpeggios with various articula- Anderson Etudes Op 33 and Op 21 Berbiquier Violoncello Tony Mottola George Van Eps Single-string studies tions Weissenborn Op 8 Vol 11 continue Milde Studies Taffanel-Gaubert Daily Studies all scales 103 104 3 cr each Bach inventions Kreutzer violin studies Paganini Studies Kovar Studies Weinberger Sonatme and arpeggios in various articulations pieces by violin studies Scales and arpeggios in three octaves with varied Anderson Widor Quantz Handel sonatas bowings Duport Studies Franchomme Twelve 301 302 2 cr each 401 402 2 cr each Milde Studies in all Keys Jancourt Grand Method 401 402 2 cr each Caprices Sonatas of Veracini Locatelli and Intensive single-note improvisation and improvisa- Boccherini Book 11 Kavor Studies solos by Marcello and Cools Anderson Etudes Op 30 Taffanel-Gaubert Scales tional lines REH Publications for single-note study orchestral studies scales in thirds and in sixths chromatic scales arpeg- 203 204 3 cr each gios^ and trills sonatas by Handel Telemann and (Diorio Carlson Mock Kato Hutchinson Joe Pass 401 402 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in four octaves with varied bow- Blavet representative contemporary pieces and Jazz Solos and jazz Classics) Charlie Christian Studies Selected studies from Milde Concert Studies Vol I ings scales in thirds sixths and octaves chromatic Paris conservatory solos Howard Roberts Method and Materials Wes Mont- scales and seventh chords Franchomme Twelve Telemann Sonata orchestral studies gomery s Octave-Style Playing understanding fu- ,Guitar-Classical sion music chord-melody arranging from traditional Caprices Dupont Etudes Concertos by Romberg Clarinet Popper and Saint-Saens sonatas by Boccherim and 101 102 2 cr each and contemporary literature record transcription 1 01 102 2 cr each Haydn Orchestral studies Contemporary works Evaluation of student s abilities and basic corrections both already existing and ones done by the student scales and arpeggios Klose Celebrated Method for 1 if necessary Scales major and minor up to four (Coryell Pass Barnes Burrell Roberts DeMeola 303 304 ' 3 cr each Clarinet Part 11 Baerman Method Book 11 selected sharps and flats Carcassi Method selected studies Benson and others I Continue scales Etudes by Servais and Piatti Con- solos 91 90 settings conducting the percussion ensemble Review 201 202 2 cr each Harp 401 402 2 cr each of teaching methods in basic techniques the role of All scales and arpeggios continue drills and Arban 101 102 2 cr each Barret Etudes selected etudes by Ferling continue the percussion clinician Problems in writing and scor- Method for Trombone selected studies from Cimera Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard scales and arpeggios solos by Bach and Handel con- ing for percussion discussion of available materials 170 Etudes Study of single double and triple tongu- orchestra parts Bbchsa Etudes opus 3 18 Book I I temporary solos and sources for solo performances ing Pryor solos and other selected materials band Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjany Aria in Classic Organ and orchestral studies style Tournier Images (Suite 1) Samt-Saens piano 101 102 2 cr each j0I 302 2 cr each Fantasie 101 102 2 cr each Gleason Method of Organ Playing Stanley Volun- Bach two part inventions short preludes and fugues Continue technical exercises Stacey Lip Flexibility 201, 202 2 cr each taries Franck I Organist Vierne 24 Pieces Dupre easier sonatas of Haydn and Mozart Beethoven Rochut Melodious Etudes Book 1-11 Blume Studies Technical studies Bochsa Etudes opus 62 Standard Chorale Preludes Selected works from the early Rondo in C easier nocturnes and mazurkas of Book I La Fosse Sight Reading Studies study of orchestra cadenzas Pieces grade of difficulty of Italian German and French schools Bach Chopin Major scales M M quarter note equals 96 tenor clef Croce-Spinelli Solo de Concours Alary Tournier Feerie Rousseau Variations Pastorales Orgelbuchlein selections 8 short Preludes and diminished seventh arpeggios M M quarter note Contest Pieces More] Piece in F minor Grandjany Fantaste on a Theme of Haydn Fugues and selected preludes and fugues Organ equals 88 All scales and arpeggios in triplet and 401 402 2 cr each, Class I pedal scales in all major keys pedals alone 301, 302 2 cr each quadruplet rhythms Continue technical exercises Stacey Lip Flexibility Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes hymn playing introduction to figured bass and har- Kopprasch Book 1-11 Rochut Melodious Etudes Book monization of simple melodies 201 202 2 cr each Opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith Bach, ' two and three part inventions sonatas of ][I Blazhevich Clef Studies study of bass trombone Sonata Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel In- 201 202 2 cr each Haydn and Mozart easier sonatas of Beethoven noc- Guilmant Morceau Symphonique Cimera Valse troduction and Allegro Selected works by Brahms Mendelssohn Joseph turnes and waltzes of Chopin Schumann Op 15 Petite Ropartz Andante and Allegro 401 402 2 cr each Wilcox Jenkins Six Pieces Dupre Antiphons Scales Major and Minor M M quarter note equals Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Faure Messiaen Le Banquet Celeste of Ascension Suite 104 Dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Trumpet Impromptu C P E Bach Sonata Salzedo Scintilla- mvts I or 4 Langlais Franck selected works by con- M M quarter note equals 96 1 101 102 2 cr each temporary composers Bach Orgelbuchlem Schubler All scales and arpeggios Schlossberg Daily Drills tion Debussy Danses Sacre et Profane 301, 302 2 cr each Chorales selected preludes and figures Organ Class 'Arban Complete Method for Trumpet selected short Horn Bach selected preludes and fugues from Well- 11 pedal scales hands and feet in all major and minor pieces 101 102 2 cr each keys hymn playing modulations transposition score Tempered Clavier Beethoven Op 10 and Op 14 Fundamentals of tone productions scales and arpeg- reading continued harmonizations of melodies sonatas Chopin Preludes and Nocturnes selections 201 202 2 cr each gios in various articulations chromatic scales abili- from Impressionistic and Contemporary repertoire All major and minor scales and arpeggios 301 302 2 cr each ty to read in at least two clefs Mozart Concerto No Continuation of major and minor scales dominant Schlossberg Daily Drills Arban Complete Method Selected works by D Aquin Clerambault Sweelinck 3 selected melodic material and diminished seventh and major arpeggios for Trumpet Kreutzer Ten Studies Concerto by Franck Langlais Messiaen Bach preludes and Grofe selected solos band and orchestral studies 201 202 2 cr each fugues trio sonatas Orgelbuchlein Great 18 401 402 2 cr each Extend range of all scales and arpeggios diminished Chorales works by contemporary composers Organ Bach French Suites selected preludes and fugues 301 302 2 cr each seventh chords muting and preparatory trill studies Class III Continuation of pedal scales hymn playing Beethoven Op 2 No 2 and 3 Op 28 Op 31 Continue scales and arpeggios in various articulations ability to read in three or four clefs Alphonse Deux score reading transposition figured bass counter- Preludes and Impromptus of Chopin Brahms in- Schlossberg Daily Drills Concone Fifty Lessons Cent Etud&s Novelles Book 11 selected solos or- point accompaniments of anthems and canticles termezzi selections from Contemporary repertoire Brandt Etudes for Trumpet Bernstein Rondo for chestra] studies Continue sca]6-s dominant and diminished seventh Lifey Two Pieces for Trumpet by Karzev 401 402 2 cr each and major and minor arpeggios 301 302 2 cr each Selected works by Franck Langlais Tournemire 401, 402 1 2 cr each Continue scales arpeggios and other drills Alphonse Vierne Alain and other contemporary composers Saxophone Continue Schlossberg and Concone Laurent Etudes Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Book Ifl selected Bach preludes and fugues partitas Clavierubung 101,102 2 cr each Practiques Book I and 11 Hering 32 Etudes Clarke studies from Kopprasch 60 Studies Book I R Strauss Part III selections Organ Class IV pedal scales free All major and minor scales and arpeggios Univer- solos Moquet Legencle Heroique Balay Petite Piece 6ricerto orchestra] studies hymn accompaniments anthem accompaniments sal Method for Saxophone or equivalent material Concertante and conducting from the console Bassi-lasilli Concert Etudes selected solos 401 402 2 cr each Tuba Continue scales arpeggios and technical drills Kop- Percussion 201 202 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr each prasch 60 Studies Gallay 30 Studt&s solos by 101 102 2 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios with various articula- Mozart Godard Corelli representative contem- tions Bassi-lasilli Concert Etudes selected solos All scales and arpeggios Arban Method for Trom- Rudimentary snare drum technique analysis of ex- bone and Baritone selected solo material porary solos orchestral studies isting methods Elementary tympani technique uses 301 302 2 cr each Oboe of tympani in classical literature tuning Mule Scales and Arpeggios Gatti-lasilh 35 Melo- 201 202 2 cr each dious Technical Exercises pieces by Faure and All scales and arpeggios with various articulations 101 102 2 cr each 201 202 2 cr each continue Arban Bell Foundations of Tuba and Review of previous work by student and corrective Intermediate snare drum stu dies elementary Jeanjean Sousaphone Playing selected solos exercises as necessary scales and arpeggios Bar- xylophone technique Intermediate tympani studies 401, 402 2 cr each ret Exercises in Articulation and Progressive orchestral literature Beethoven to Wagner Perform- Mule Scales and Arpeggios Gatti-lasilli 35 301 302 2 cr each Melodies selected solos reed making ance techniques of most commonly used equipment Melodious Technical Exercises Labanchi-lasilli 33 Continue scales and arpeggios chromatic scales Bell Concert Etudes Premier Solo cle concours by Pares Foundations of Tuba and Sousaphone Playing 201 202 2 cr each 301 302 2 cr each Vandercook Etudes Rochut Melodious Etudes Book Scales and arpeggios in all keys continue Barret Use of tympani and percussion in late 19th and 20th Mortiz Sonata for Saxophone representative con-' temporary solos I Blume Stuches,Book I Tyrrell Advanced Studies selected studies from Bleuzet Technique of the Oboe century literature Orchestral studies in all in- for the BB-flat Tuba selected solos band and or- Vol I solos by Handel and Schumann reed making struments Examination of percussion ensemble Trombone and Baritone Horn chestra studies materials group instruction methods Selection and 101 102 2 cr each 301 302 2 cr each 401 402 2 cr each care of instruments for professional and school use Studies and exercises in tone production and flex- Barret Progressive Exercises Bleuzet Technique of Rochut Melodious Etudes Book I[ Blume Studies Extension of mallet study ibility by Shiner Arban Method for Trombone ma- the Oboe Vol 11 continue scales and arpeggios in Book 11 Blazhevich Etudes for The BB flat Bass band jor and minor scales through two octaves selected various articulations Handel sonatas orchestral 401 402 2 cr each and orchestra studies studies contemporary solos reed making Deployment of instruments in band and orchestra solos M

92 93

Violin Voice EURHYTHMICS 215 Piano Class for Piano Majors in 101 Music Education i cr 102 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 cr each Piano majors in Music Education study the develop- Scales and arpeggios in three octaves scales in Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student Fundamentals of rhythmic movement Study of pulse ment of functional keyboard skills in sight reading thirds sixths octaves (Flesch) Dont Schradieck Literature from all periods to fit the vocal needs of meter rhythm and duration the expressivequalities transposition accompaniments Required of all Piano Mazas or Kreutzer Baroque period concertos and the student of music such as tempo dynamics and phrasing Majors Two hours a week sonatas concertos Bach and Mozart realized and expressed through^bodily movement 201 202 2 cr Two hours a week 281 Brass Class I I cr 201 202 2 cr each Continuation of technical exercises More challeng- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Scales and arpeggios continued Fiorillo or Kreutzer ing repertoire from all periods concertos of Bach DeBeriot Mozart Rode and MUSIC EDUCATION and teaching the trumpet Study of literature which 301 302 Viotti 2 cr 189 190 289 290 389 390 Music is appropriate for beginning class instruction For Continuation of technical exercises Opera and voice piano and organ majors in the music educa- Field Observation 0 cr 301 302 2 cr each oratorio repertoire included when vocally suitable Music education majors are required to complete six tion program Offered in the fall semester Two hours Scales and arpeggios continued Kreutzer or Rode in addition to concert repertoire field observations per year The observations are not a week short pieces of the Romantic period standard con- credit bearing but are preparation for student certos and sonatas 401, 402 2 cr 282 Brass Class 11 1 cr Continuation of technical exercises More advanced teaching Each student must register for field obser- Performance technique on trumpet continued 401 402 2 cr each opera oratorio and concert repertoire and contem- vation every semester (except senior year) in order Teaching technique of French horn trombone Scales and arpeggios continued Rode or Gavinies porary theater literature to fulfill the pre-requisite for,student teaching baritone and tuba For voice piano and organ ma- short pieces of the Romantic period Bach Solo Par- Woodwind Class I I cr jors in the music education program Prerequisite titas standard concertos and sonatas 181 CONDUCTING Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Music 281 Offered in the spring semester Two hours Viola 379, 380 Conducting I if I cr each and teaching the clarinet Study of literature which a week 101 102 2 cr each This course provides a study of the fundamentals of is appropriate for beginning class instruction For 283 Brass Class I I cr Scales and arpeggios in three octaves Sevcik Studies conducting as a performing skill teaching technique voice piano and organ majors in the music educa- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing (Lifschey) Hermann Technical Studies Telemann and as an interpretive art Use of the baton choral tion program Offered in the'fall semester Two hours and teaching the trumpet Study of literature which Concerto in G Klengel Album of Classical Pieces and instrumental rehearsal techniques and score a week is appropriate for beginning class instruction For reading Two hours a week woodwind brass string and percussion majors in 201 202 2'cr each 182 Woodwind Class 11 1 cr the music education program Offered in the fall and Continue scales and Sevcik Studies selected studies 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing I cr Performance technique on clarinet continued spring semester Two hours a week from Kreutzer 42 Etudes Stamitz Concerto in D Methods and materials pertinent to rehearsing and Teaching technique of oboe bassoon and saxophone conducting jazz ensembles studio orchestras and Bruch Romance covered For voice piano and organ majors in the 284 Brass Class 11 1 cr theater orchestras with an emphasis on conducting music education program Prerequisite Music 181 Fundamental principles and techniques of playing 301 302 2 cr each as a performing skill as well as an interpretive art offered in spring semester Two hours a week and teaching French horn trombone baritone and Continue scales and arpeggios scales in thirds sixths tuba Study of construction fingering and evalua- and octaves Palachko 20 Etudes Fiorillo selected 183 Woodwind Class I I cr ENSEMBLE studies from 36 Etudes Bach Three viola de gam- ,,,Fundamental principles and techniques of playing tion of class methods and materials For woodwind Required for all students as laboratory work during ba sonatas adapted for viola and teaching the clarinet Study of literature which brass string and percussion majors in the music each semester of full-time enrollment Non-music ma- is appropriate for beginning class instruction For education program Music 283 is not a prerequisite 401 402 2 cr each jors are invited to register for ensemble with permis- woodwind brass string and percussion majors in for this course offered in the fall and spring Scales and arpeggios continued selected studies sion of instructor the music education program Offered in the fall and semesters Two hours a week from Campagnoli 41 Caprices Concerto in B minor 143 Ensemble spring semesters Two hours a week cr by Handel-Casadesus Hindemith Music of Mourn- 0 1 cr each 381 String Class I I Voice Piano and Organ Majors will participate in ing selected contemporary solos viola parts from 184 Woodwind Class H I cr Each student selects one of the string instruments orchestral and chamber music literature a choral ensemble for each semester of enrollment Fundamental principles and techniques of playing and studies it throughout the semester in order to Instrumental Majors will participate in Band or Or- and teaching the saxophone oboe flute and bas- attain greater technical proficiency Two hours a Violoncello chestra for each semester of enrollment soon Study of mechanism and evaluation of class week 101, 102 2 cr each Instrumentalists are encouraged to take advantage methods and materials Students are expected to 382 String Class 11 1 cr Scales and arpeggios in three octaves Franchomme of oppurtunities to participate in choir keyboard or develop a reasonable performing skill on each instru- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing 12 Studies sonatas by Handel Corelli Concertos voice majors are likewise encouraged to gain ex- by ment For woodwind brass string and percussion and teaching the violin viola cello and bass Bow- Goltermann and Romberg perience in one of the instrumental ensembles majors in the music education program Music 183 ing positions vibrato and an examination of class 201 202 2 cr each 147 148 Small Ensemble 0-1 cr each is not a prerequisite for this course Offered in the methods and materials are presented Two hours a Scales and arpeggios continued Duport Etudes The Small or Minor Ensembles include Brass Ensem- fall and spring semesters Two hours a week week Caleotti Sonata No 2 Marais Suite Romberg Con- ble Guitar Ensemble jazz Ensemble Percussion 185 186 Voice Class I cr each 383 Elementary Methods 2,cr certo in D minor Ensemble String Orchestra Tamburitza Ensemble Fundamentals of voice production including place- Principles practices and materials for the general and Woodwind Ensemble 301 302 2 cr each ment breathing breath control study of vowels and program in the elementary grades A program of stu- Scales and arpeggios continued Duport Etudes 116 Opera Workshop 0-1 cr each consonants posture elementary song materials in- dent presentations and discussion periods will be re- Grutzmacher Etudes sonatas by Grazioli Sammar- A performing class in which students learn standard terval and scale drill sight singing Proper stage quired Two hours a week Prerequisite 214 or 21 5 tim Goltermann Concerto No 1 and other opera repertory in English and the original presence for recitals and concerts and comportment Piano Class languages There is one major production each in the classroom will be emphasized 401 402 2 cr each 384 Secondary Methods 2 cr semester plus several outside performances Scales and arpeggios as before but including thirds 213 214 Piano Class I cr each Principles practices and materials for the general sixths and octaves Duport Studies selected studies 141 Chamber Music 1-2 cr each The development of functional keyboard skills in sight music program in the secondary schools including from Franchomme 12 Caprices Concerto No 2 Study and performance of all types of chamber music reading transposition harmonization of melodies voice classification the organization of ensemble ac- Romberg" Sonatas by Nardim and Sammartini or- for the various instrumental combinations and improvisation of accompaniments Required of tivites concerts assembly, programs and the rela- chestral studies all Music Education students with the exception of tionship of the school to the community Two hours piano majors Two hours a week Prerequisites Piano a week I I I 11 2 or Advanced Standing Examination 94 95 385 Choral Methods I cr 152 Evolution of jazz Styles 11 2 cr This course deals with all aspects of choral singing A study and analysis of recorded improvised solos 440 Advanced jazz Arranging 2 cr 308 Influence of Music on Behavior 2 cr and their application to school music programs Em- by major jazz artists from 1940 to the present Advanced arranging techniques for the jazz and Reviews different treatment theories and their phasis is placed on the development of performance studio ensembles relationship to music therapy Emphasizes the effects 455 Music and Mass Media cr ensembles rehearsal techniques special choral prob- 138 139 Composition 2 cr each of music on behavior and total health Develops a lems planning musical productions and practical The use of music in television and films industrial The study of writing of musical composition in the philosophy of music therapy with a background in shows stage shows etc and the composer/per- work in choral conducting and arranging includes smaller forms holistic health principles practices materials and an overview of former rights under U S copyright law as well as agreements and relations between producers direc- 238, 239 Composition 2 cr each 309 Directed Study in Music Therapy 2 cr current teaching strategies and curriculum trends as Study topics from areas of music therapy psychology tors performers writers and booking agents These courses are offered in order to provide gifted applied to the total music program of the secondary of music brain research and other expressive school Offered Spring Semester only involved young composers an opportunity to receive guidance in the development of advanced compositional therapies are reviewed and discussed 387 Marching Band Techniques I cr techniques Permission of the chairman of the Theory MUSIC THEORY 3 101 Recreational Instruments I cr Principles practices and materials for the marching Department is required Stresses a typical and functional uses of guitar and band including its role in the total music program The Theory Department recognizes the individual dif- covers other musical instruments and devices for organization and maintenance planning and ex- ferences of students and provides an opportunity for 226 jazz Improvisation 1 2 cr Beginning study and practice of melodic improvisa- recreational purposes ecuting of the field show basic maneuvers and them to advance according to their abilities No Specific text used Each student required to have rehearsal procedures tion conventional forms and chord progressions 131 132 Theory I 2 cr each employing idiomatic jazz and articulations major- a guitar and harmonica 481 Percussion Class Techniques cr / Fundamental principles and techniques of playing This course is designed to acquaint the student with minor and modal scales 3 15 Piano Improvisation for and teaching the percussion instruments of the band the materials of musical composition using diatonic 227 Jazz Improvisation 11 2 cr Music Therapy I cr and orchestra with special emphasis on the keyboard harmony Opportunities for the student to do A continuation of 226 with an introduction to altered Development of functional keyboard skills in im- instruments Two hours a week creative work are provided Three hours a week scales and chords provisation on rhythm and dissonant chords as an aid in non-verbal communication with the handicap- 490 Student Teaching 6 cr 133 134 Musicianship 2 cr each 426 jazz Improvisation 111 2 cr ped client Practice teaching in approved elementary and sec- The goals of the course are to develop good intona- A continuation of 227 with an emphasis on ondary schools under the guidance of a critic teacher tion and the ability to sight sing the ability to iden- chromatically altered scales chords and extended 1 24 Music Therapy Practicum I cr each and the college supervisor Note Before a student tify and notate melodies rhythm chords and com- forms Each practicurn is a field placement in a clinical set- will be permitted to begin Student Teaching all field plete compositions and to develop inner hearing and ting for a minimum of one hour per week for 12-15 memory The devices used are soffeggio (singing 427 Jazz Improvisation IV 2 cr weeks per semester Students are placed with music observations and methods classes including in- Extension and continuation of 426 with an emphasis strumental classes piano woodwinds brass strings unison and ensemble music prepared and on sight) therapists who practice in a variety of clinical settings drills on intervals and broken chords unison and two- on the practical application of advanced techniques or with staff who can provide a structured therapeutic and voice must be satisfactorily completed Percus- to standard and jazz literature sion elementary and secondary methods must be part rhythm exercises keyboard work and clef program Attendance at four monthly seminars per taken in the same semester as student teaching reading and systematically graded dictation The 453 jazz Composition 1 2 cr semester is required Students will receive complete instructions together course uses the moveable Do system based on the A study of advanced compositional techniques as ap- with lists of materials when they enroll in the Music Kodaly method Two hours a week plied to contemporary jazz styles Analysis of jazz SACRED MUSIC Education program Practical techniques to aid compositions from 1940 to the present 209 Children s Choirs I cr 231 232 Theory 2 cr each Materials and techniques used in dealing with students in fulfilling the requirements will be explored 454 Jazz Composition 11 2 cr in various methods classes A continuation of 13 2 introducing chromatic harmony children s choirs and the basic principles of contrapuntal writing A'continuation of 453 with emphasis on individual Creative opportunities continued Three hours a style development 431 432 Improvisation 2 cr each MUSIC HISTORY LITERATURE AND ART week A practical application of the basic tools of improvisa- 251 252, 351 352 History and tion including harmonization of melodies at the Literature of Music 2 cr each 233, 234 Musicianship 2 cr each organ two and three part counterpoint short ABA An historical survey of the ideas and cultural A continuation of 134 Two hours a week MUSIC THERAPY forms and chorale preludes with emphasis on their achievements of Western man in the context of the' 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 cr liturgical application political and sociological developments to which the 335 Counterpoint 2 cr An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced in a 478 479 Choral Conducting art of music is bound The survey embraces four The course is devoted to a study of the polyphonic variety of rehabilitation settings Observations fol- technique of the sixteenth century lowed by informal group discussions Basic theory and Methods I cr each semesters which are arranged chronologically These 1 Development of conducting technique The study courses seek to provide a broad historical frame of 336 Counterpoint about the validity of music'as therapy the relation- 2 cr ship of theory to practice intensive class participa- rehearsal and class performance of choral works in reference within which the relationship of music to A course study concerned with the harmonic con- various styles the development of man s thought can be clearly trapuntal technique of the period of J S Bach tion will be required to prove qualification for fur- seen along with a survey and analysis of represent- ther in-depth study of the profession 464 Church Music Administration 2 cr 340 Orchestration ative literature 2 cr 108 Music in Therapy 3 cr Seminar in practical aspects of church music A study of the basic problems of scoring for individual establishing the music program in a church graded 451 452 Organ Literature 2 cr each instruments particularly orchestra] choirs the entire An exposure to music therapy techniques used in working with handicapped children and adults Ap- choir systems children s choirs instruments in A survey 6f organ literature and organ building as orchestra and unique instrumental combinations plications to current Practicum work will be empha- workshop contracts cantor systems worship com- it relates to organ registration The first semester Analysis of the techniques of orchestration of missions etc treats organ music from the Renaissance through J selected composers of the 18th 19th and 20th sized Prerequisite Music Therapy Orientation 107 S Bach The second semester deals with the centuries 307 Psychology of Music 2 cr 421 Gregorian Chant 2 cr literature from 1750 to the present Outside listen- The history notation and modal system of Gregorian 430 Jazz Arranging 2 cr An exploration of musical behaviors and to a lesser ing and readings will be required degree all other art behaviors of a variety of cultures chant Class participation in the singing of chant A study of the basic techniques of scoring for in- Chant as prayer and current liturgical application 151 Evolution of Jazz Styles 1 2 cr dividual instruments and jazz ensembles of var ous and sub-cultures beginning with the students per- sonal experience Extensive class participation will 420 Hymnody 2 cr A study of the origin development and styles of jazz sizes from small groups to studio orchestras Ana;ysis 1 music and its ramifications with an emphasis on of scores by contemporary big band arrangers be expected Prerequisite Introduction to A study of the church s heritage of song the psalms recorded music as well as scores Psychology the great hymns of the Medieval Church the heritage

96 97 of Luther Calvin and their followers English hym- ting and historical background and its general struc nody American contributions twentieth-century ture and aesthetics School of Nursing hymnody with special emphasis on the theological 256 Introduction to Balkan Dance 2 cr framework for each major development in the history A survey of folk dances of the Balkan highlighting of hymns HISTORY their development form indigenous characteristics evolving responsibilities within professional nursing 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 cr differences and similarities from one ethnographic Since it is the policy of the University to establish based on changes and characteristics of the popula- A study of the basic concepts of organ construction region to another Its schools under control of an already established tion for whom health ca. e will be delivered with emphasis on the historical development of the school the School of Nursing was originally organized 147 Tamburitza Ensemble I cr each in making explicit the philosophy that underpins organ and the mechanical operation of the pipes and in 1935 as a unit in the College of Liberal Arts and The Tamburitza Ensemble involves the study and per- the theoretical framework of nursing the concepts console Tuning voicing and esthetics of organ Sciences On March 15 1937 the Department of formance of music specifically composed and ar of man and health are studied in relation to nursing design will be discussed Nursing Education was given the status of a separate ranged for both small and large Tamburitza string school with a Dean in charge On December 3 19 3 7 as a human science Man is a sentient living unity 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 cr ensembles it encompasses the fundamental prin the State Board of Education of the Commonwealth a creative act of God Man and environment in their A survey of choral and vocal literature for the church ciples and techniques for both playing and teaching of Pennsylvania approved the school and authorized openness evolve unidirectionally Existence with with emphasis on practical materials for church the Tamburitza and includes appropriate literature Duquesne University to confer the degree of others in the world co-existence is recognized choirs soloists and congregations Bachelor of Science in Nursing and the degree of through patterns of expression This existence is co- NON—MUSIC constituted that is man s relationship with the en- 407 408 Service Playing I cr each MAJORS Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education upon An introduction to service playing for students minor- 321 Music for the Classroom Teacher 2 cr graduates according to the appropriate curriculum vironment is participative Within limitations of situa- ing in organ Hymn playing score reading anthem The aim of this course is to assist the student in gain- Previously the School of Nursing offered two pro- tion man has the freedom to choose a way of being and canticle accompaniments and conducting from ing an appreciation of the importance of music in the grams both leading to the degree of bachelor of, with the world and in that choosing gives meaning the console will be emphasized lives of children a knowledge of fundamental prin- Science in Nursing however since 1964 both generic to a situation crples of instruction in music and a familiarity with nursing students and registered nurse students enroll Health is a process of being and becoming which man It is a personal process that TAMBURITZANS INSTITUTE OF FOLK ARTS the variety of musically enriching experience in the same program is experienced by affords each individual the potential for productive 161 162 Introduction to SCHOOL OF NURSING PHILOSOPHY and meaningful life that is congruent with individual Folk Dance 2 cr each GENERAL EDUCATION AND DEFINITION OF NURSING belief systems and values which arise from a multi- The course introduces folk dance as a genre of move- 492 Development of the Creative The philosophy of the School of Nursing evolves from cultural society Every person has the freedom to ment examining the types and styles of folk dance Personality - 3 cr that of Duquesne University As such it guides the choose changing dimensions of health and health found among different nations and cultures of the This course encourages creative growth through the development of a personal philosophy of life based values which emerge from ethnic and cultural world In addition it will familiarize the student with development and execution of individual and group on a Judeo-Christian frame of reference and supports customs and characteristics Health is assessed by the varying types of music and rhythms used as projects in music music education and music therapy a commitment to the values which give meaning to citizens and promoters of health care through a par- dance accompaniment in different nations and Limited enrollment with the consent of the instruc- life ticipative process which involves joint planning and cultures and it will touch upon the related areas of tor Prerequisites Introduction to Psychology and The faculty believes that the ^caclemic discipline of decision-making folk instruments folk singing styles language Educational Psychology nursing is a human science profession primarily con- The faculty of the School of Nursing has defined customs and folk costuming Descriptions of courses in English modern languages cerned with the health care of man with family evolv- nursing as an academic discipline that seeks to 255 Introduction to Balkan Music 2 cr psychology sociology and education required in the ing from conception through death Nursing focuses understand man as living health through thepro- An, analytical study of the primitive and traditional several curricula will be found in the College of on helping individuals and families to enhance the cesses of life caring change inquiry and valuing folk music of the Balkans its musical styles forms Liberal Arts and Sciences and School of Education cjui^lity of living through the promotion of health The The practice of nursing applies knowledge and and characteristics in terms of its geographical set- – sections of this Catalog nurse initiates interrelationships with families to help theories from this discipline and from the humanities them describe their health evaluate alternatives and and natural sciences in the promotion of health mobilize their resources for planning change Cen- Health promotion occurs through the utilization of tral to nursing practice is the Nurse/Client/Family the Nurse/Client/Family process as the nurse par- process which is deliberate systematic and in- ticipates in care giving health education and dividually designed This is a shared process where leadership decision-making is focused on freedom to choose The uniqueness of the Duquesne University within the limitations of situation while considering graduate is based on an appreciation and under- the safety of all concerned standing of the philosophy and the beliefs about man The nurse uses theories concepts and research and health These beliefs are reflected in nursing findings to substantiate nursing practice The profes- practice through an approach that embraces man in sional nurse is a creative innovator who finds satisfac- his wholeness as one who continually moves forward tion in giving service to others regularly evaluates increasing in complexity through individual patterns self and plans for continuing self-growth Through of expression The nursing practice of this graduate systematic inquiry the professional nurse promotes is also based on the recognition that the responsibility the discipline of nursing and provides direction for for the health situation I,; a shared process in which the future of nursing the nurse client and family participate The educational process is a co-constituted one in The Duquesne University School of Nursing bac- which teacher and learner plan experiences and calaureate program graduates a generalist who has share knowledge The emergence of new knowledge the flexibility to practice in a variety of settings The is encouraged through the ongoing interrogation of program emphasizes nursing as a human science and present knowledge and new experience This provides a foundation for graduate study enhances the/nurse s preparation for future and

98 99

PROGRAM PURPOSES, GOAL AND tual framework of the professional nursing prograrn an associate degree in nursing program The nurs- he or she receives the necessary clearance from both INDICATORS Professional nursing courses which constitute the ing major portion of the program is being scheduled institutions The purposes of the program are nursing major include theory and practice in the during the evening hours for the convenience of the I A student must bring to the academic advisor I To prepare the graduate for begining levels of nursing care of individuals and families Learning op. working nurse both the catalogue description of courses he or she professional nursing in a variety of settings portunities are provided in hospitals in homes and All students in the B S N Evening Program must wishes to take and the schedule for the summer ses-

in the community I complete the University s liberal arts requirement sion in which they are given The academic advisor 2 To provide the foundation for graduate educa- will evaluate the proposed courses and confirm the tion in nursing The faculty of the School of Nursing conducts all prior to progressing to the nursing major Any professional nursing courses and also guides and previously earned college credits will be evaluated other institutions accreditation status The program goal is to practice nursing as a human directs the practicurn learning experiences A varie- for application toward, the degree requirements 2 ordinarily a student who has acquired 60 or science in a variety of settings ty of hospitals and agencies cooperate with the more credits may not receive advanced standing for Within the philosophy and purposes of the School School of Nursing to provide a wide selection of ex- Admission Requirements courses taken at accredited community or two-year of Nursing the faculty has formulated a curriculum cellent practice settings e High school diploma or equivalent colleges Language courses at the elementary or in- that provides learning experiences to assist students Upon the successful completion of this program termediate level are exceptions and may be taken to acquire specific knowledge and skills The in- * Graduation from an accredited associate degree graduates will be eligible to write the examination (2 5 0 P A minimum) or diploma nursing program even though the student has already earned 60 or dicators of this program state that upon completion for licensure in the state in which they wish to of the program the graduate o Current licensure as a registered nurse in more credits practice 3 A candidate for the Bachelor s degee must com- I Promotes the rights and dignity of man in health The faculty reserves the right to make changes in Pennsylvania • Present or past experience in nursing plete the last 30 credits (exclusive of challenge care the curriculum and program requirements which are credits) toward the degee at Duquesne University 2 Initiates health care from the perspective of believed to be in keeping with the changing health • Verification of active malpractice insurance needs of society and/or the best interest of the 4 A student is responsible for earning a C grade client s and family s belief about health • Fulfillment of prescribed science and math re- or its equivalent or better if he or she expects to 3 Engages client and family in a health care students and the School to maintain quality profes- quirements of the School of Nursing sional nursing education receive advanced standing The student must arrange decision-making process relative to the man— • Personal interview to have an official copy of the transcript of grades environment inter-relationship ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • An annual physical examination and certain im- earned at the institution in which he or she is a tem- 4 Evaluates nursing as a human science in pro- ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATES munization and health tests are required of all nurs- porary transfer sent to the academic advisor in the viding health care to clients and families and groups The specific entrance requirements for admission are ing students attending Duquesne University School of Nursing in order to receive advanced stand- 5 Promotes professional standards of responsibili- I The applicant s high school curriculum must in- Further information can be obtained from the ing This transcript must be sent immediately upon ty and accountability in nursing practice clude a minimum of 16 units distributed as follows Academic Advisor in the School of Nursing completion of the-course to be transferred 6 Uses current research findings in providing a English 4 units required ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AND basis for change in nursing practice Social Studies 3-4 units recommended TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION - REQUIREMENTS 7 Participates in studies/projects which enhance Language 2 units recommended Student Liability Insurance (Professional) Math & Science See Admissions Section for further nursing practice 6 units recommended for three years $4500 (I unit Chemistry and requirements 8 Enhances own effectiveness in nursing based on Admission criteria for transfer students Uniforms nurse s cap duty shoes continuous self-evaluation I unit Algebra identification pin 10700 required) I A cumulative OPA of 2 5 from the transferring 9 Synthesizes knowledge from related sciences student s institution 1 Transportation to and from clinical 2 A candidate must have been graduated from an 10 00 (approx and the humanities in the utilization of the nursing 2 1 unit of chemistry and I unit of algebra which agencies (weekly) approved secondary school in the upper two-fifths 5000 process can be from either a secondary school or post- School of Nursing pin if desired of the class and must have demonstrated exemplary Physical examinations diagnostic procedures 10 Evaluates the values and goals of the nursing pro- secondary institution personal conduct in the institution and immunizations (cost varies) fession in light of the continued development of 3 Personal interview with the Academic Advisor nursing 3 The primary consideration for admission is the Physical Assessment Kit 2500 secondary school academic record This is con- in the School of Nursing NLN Achievement Tesf Package 10 7 5 (approx ) DEGREE sidered to be the most important criterion of suc- Provisions affecting placement All students entering Nursing III are expected to pro- The School of Nursing undergraduate program leads cess at Duquesne University It is the desire of the I No transfer student can be accepted into nurs- duce evidence of completion of first aid certification to the degree of,Bachelor of Science in Nursing Admissions Committee to admit those candidates ing practicurn courses during the first semester of at- and CPR certification Students will. not be permit- who possess qualities of character and intellect and tendance at Duquesne University ted to enter clinical without evidence of these com- PROGRAM OF STUDY who show promise of development into useful and 2 Only courses taken within the past ten years will petencies Students are expected to maintain curren- The School of Nursing offers a program with a ma- contributing citizens be evaluated for transfer credit For courses in the cy in these competencies as they progress through jor in nursing leading to a bachelors degree to 4 A candidate must present satisfactory scores of natural sciences the limit is five years The time limit the program qualified high school graduates registered nurses the required College Entrance Examination Board may be evaluated in specific instances An annual physical examination and certain im- non-nursing baccalaureate graduates and qualified Scholastic Aptitude Test in accordance with the munizations and health tests are required for all transfer students The program includes four years standards to which the University, adheres SECOND DEGREE PROGRAM students in the School of Nursing Pre-clinical Applicants holding a baccalaureate with a major of study and is designed to provide the student with In specific instances and at the discretion of the students must complete specific health requirements the knowledge and the skills needed to practice as other than nursing must follow transfer student ad- by August I before proceeding to the junior and Committee on Admissions the genuine equivalent mission procedures They should also arrange for a a professional nurse generalist upon graduation The of these requirements may be accepted in lieu of the Senior clinical practicurn general and professional education acquired in this personal interview with the academic advisor in the Each student is responsible for transportation to foregoing precise requirements See the section on School of Nursing program provides a basis for the graduate to prog- Admissions for other University requirements and from hospital and other clinical resources Each ress to positions of increasing responsibility and to TEMPORARY TRANSFER student will be expected to have access to an undertake graduate study REGISTERED NURSE STUDENTS With the approval of the academic advisor a nurs- automobile to permit experience with home care of The curriculum design has three components com- Duquesne University School of Nursing is currently ing student may take courses during the summer at clients and their families plementary courses supplementary courses and developing an evening program to be offered to an accredited college or university other than core nursing courses The course offerings in the registered nurses This program is being designed STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Duquesne University A student wishing to do this The nursing student is a member of the general stu- natural biological and human sciences support the to meet the needs of the registered nurse student will become a temporary transfer student providing philosophy that provides the basis for the concep- who is a graduate of a hospital diploma program or

we] rel

199 Nursing 1 3 cr dent body and may select and participate in any of quesne University Challenge credits are not mclud- student should first discuss the difficulty with the per- This course introduces the students to the discipline the campus organizations There are numerous social edlin this 30 credit requirement son directly involved If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved the ap- of nursing as a human science The students in the sororities and organizations as well as professional Degree requirements must be completed within 10 propria^e course coordinator should be consulted course explore nursing as a human science in light organizations years after initial enrollment At the end of the if the problem persists the associate dean should of the major concepts of man and health Students Alpha Tau Delta (meaning through force of character) I 0-year period the student s record is re-evaluated then be contacted are introduced to key themes of the conceptual is a national professional fraternity for persons in in terms of the curriculum in effect at that time and In the event that a satisfactory agreement still has framework which have been identified as the proc- nursing Theta Chapter was chartered on the Du- ihe student is advised of any additional requirements not been reached the student should present his/her esses of life change valuing inquiry caring and quesne University campus on April 21 1938 Only for graduation The responsibility for fulfilling degree case before the Student Standing Committee of the family/nurse/client Students explore the process of full-time students who have completed a minimum requirements rests with the student I School of Nursing man s coming to know and investigate the historical of one semester in the School of Nursing with a if the problem is not satisfactorily resolved a con- emergence of nursing as a profession and discipline cumulative quality point average of 2 5 are eligible sultation with the dean of the School of Nursing 200 Nursing 11 3 cr Sigma Theta Tau is the national nursing honorary Socie- RECOMMENDED COURSE SEQUENCE should be arranged This course builds on Nursing I The students examine ty The Duquesne University Nursing Honor Society First Year Should the problem still remain unresolved a Re- nursing as a human science in light of inter-relating was granted a chapter of Sigma Theta Tau Epsilon Courses Courses Credits quest of Hearing form should be filed with the Vice Natural Science ** 4 Natural Science— 3 health and man-in-his-family Students will examine Phi in November of 1981 Membership is open to President for Academic Affairs within 20 days of the Eng 101 —English Comp 3 Eng 102 —Eng Comp 11 3 man as he lives in his health situation and as he par- students faculty and alumni who meet the criteria dean s decision Psych 103 —Intro to Ps^ ch 3 Soc 10 1 —survey of See 3 ticipates in the health care system Students explore for election the Academic Vice President s findings determine Speech 3 N 199 —Nursing 1* 3 if the process of valuing nursing research through Class Organizations Each of the four classes is an of- Ph,I 104 —Intro to Phil 3 that a legitimate grievance exists he will convene the systematic inquiry leading toward the development fically recognized organization in the School of Nur- academic due process committee in all cases the 1 13 15 of nursing theory Students are encouraged to iden- sing Each class elects its own officers and conducts decision of the academic due process committee is Second Year tify the meaning of responsibility for self as learner such programs and affairs as its members deem final if the Academic Vice President finds that a Bio 207 and 208 —Anatomy N 2 12 —Patholog^ 4 moving toward becoming a professional nurse desirable toward achieving its goals All students are legitimate grievance does not exist he/she will inform & Physiology * * 4 Psych 226 —Developmental Students will begin to explore the nursing process days of his/her determination included in these organizations Psych 225 —Developmental Psychology 11 * * 3 the student within (30) and the components of a basic nursing assessment Psychology 1* 3 Math 225 —Fund of Stats 3 Curriculum Standards .Prerequisite Nursing I HONOR AWARDS N 2 5 5 —Nutrition" 3 Pharm 3—Basic Pharm 3 To progress to the nursing practice courses a Philosoph^ or Theology 3 Nursing Elective 3 212 Pathology 4 cr in addition to graduation honors these awards are minimum cumulative OPA of 2 0 is required with a N 200—Nursing 1]** 3 The students in this course examine the major proc- presented at Honors Day minimum of a C grade in the natural sciences (Biology 16 16 esses associated with disease such as infection in- The Mary W Tobin Gold Medal and The Dean Johnson and Chemistry) Anatomy and Physiology (including flammation and the immune response The major Third Year I and 11 Memorial Medal are awarded annually to two outstand- laboratory) Nutrition Pathology Nursing diseases affecting man and health in today s society N 340 —Nursing 111* 9 N 341 —Nursing IV* 9 ing seniors chosen by the faculty The Mary W Tobin See Basic Pharmacology and Developmental Psychology 325 —Farmly Systems 3 Philosophy or Theology 3 are explored Lecture four hours Prerequisites Gold Medal is awarded by the Theta Chapter of I and 11 General Elective 3 Nursing Elective 3 Anatomy and Physiology Lecture and Laboratory Alpha Tau Delta National Professional Fraternity for The School of Nursing faculty reserves the right to 15 15 Offered during Spring Semester only persons in nursing it was established in 1945 to withdraw any student from the nursing major who honor Mary Tobin on the occasion of her retirement Fourth Year in its opinion has not progressed satisfactorily in 255 Nutrition 3 cr from the University The Dean Johnson Memorial Medal IN 460—Nursing V* 9 N 461 —Nursing VI* 9 nursing practice even though the quality point This course studies nutrition principles and their im- commemorates Dean Johnson s contributions to the Nursing Elective 3 General Elective 3 average meets required standards portance to all ages Topics covered include factors N 470 —Research Process 3 General Elective 3 growth of the School of Nursing Students must maintain a minimum of a C grade influencing food habits exploration of ways in which 15 15 in each clinical nursing course A Pass/Fail grade is nurses may help families and individuals apply nutri- NLN ACHIEVEMENT TESTS *These courses must be taken during the semesters indicated given in clinical practice An F in either theory or tion facts for promotion of health and well-being and All nursing students are expected to take NLN - -Prerequisite to Nursing HI clinical practice will result in an F grade for the recent research in relation to such national problems Natural Sciences Students are directed to enroll in Principles of Achievement Tests during their academic program course as heart disease obesity and increased life span Chemistry I during the Fall semester and General Biology H during The following achievement tests will be administered Students may repeat non-nursing courses one time Lecture three hours Sophomore year the Spring semester as scheduled I only This includes support courses offered in and 340 Nursing 111 9 cr NLN Achievement Test When Student Rights out of the School of Nursing that is Anatomy and This is the first clinical nursing course and it builds I Allied Science First semester of Ir Year/Nursing III Bill of Rights—A statement of the student Bill of Rights Physiology and Lab Pathology Basic Pharmacology on Nursing 11 in which the student begins to examine If Medical Surgical Nursing is available to all students in the Duquesne Univer- and Nutrition Students may repeat only one course the processes of life valuing change inquiry car- and sity Student Handbook The student handbook can at the 300 level and one at the 400 level in the nurs- ing and the nurse/client/family process In Nursing III Psychiatric Nursing End of jr Year/Nursing IV be acquired in either the student government office IV Parent/Child Nursing End of first semester Senior ing major III these processes will be further explored in rela- located in the student union or in the secretary s of- Year/Nursing V The student is cautioned to seek regular advice tion to man s unidirectional movement as lived fice of the School of Nursing V Community Nursing Second semester Senior Year/ from the faculty and to keep a record of credits earn- through health patterns School of Nursing Student Handbook—A copy of Nursing VI ed and the calculated averages The School assumes The nurse/client/family process is the method used the School of Nursing Student Handbook is available no responsibility for such errors appearing in student by the discipline to promote health Use of theory The student is responsible for all fees to all nursing students in the School of Nursing Of- records which may prevent the student from being as a basis for practice is emphasized The students fice This handbook contains information important GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS graduated will utilize knowledge from the sciences and to the students within the School of Nursing The faculty of the School of Nursing reserves the General University requirements for graduation are humanities as he/she practices the nurse/ School of Nursing Grievance Procedure right to make any changes in the curriculum that in the Academic Policies section of this catalog In client/family process in a clinical setting with clients Gr evance procedures must be initiated within 30 seem necessary or desirable experiencing changing patterns of health The course addition specific School of Nursing requirements are days of the occurrence which gave rise to the is offered during the Fall semester Prerequisites I Successful completion of all clinical practicurns COURSE DESCRIPTIONS grievance With the knowledge of the involved par- Natural Sciences Anatomy and Physiology lecture 2 Completion of the required curriculum plan ties either party may request that another person Descriptions of courses in liberal arts and sciences and lab Pathology Nutrition Pharmacology Nurs- 3 A candidate for the Bachelor s degree must com- be present during the discussions may be found in the College of Liberal Arts and I and 11 Developmental Psychology I and 11 1 ing plete the last 30 credits toward the degree at Du- If difficulty arises between studentand faculty the Sciences section pages 13 to 57

102 103

341 Nursing IV 9 cr 470 The Research Process 1 3 cr play as a form of communication by observation and evaluation and change to simulated nurse/client/ Nursing IV is the second clinical nursing course and This introductory course offers students an oppor- evaluation of children s play by utilizing selected family situations Prerequisite Nursing III builds on the learnings of Nursing Iii The course tunity to examine the historical perspectives of nurs- techniques The selected play techniques that will be 466 Choosing the Living in Dying 3 cr focuses on decision-making as a participative ing research as well as trends and issues which have presented are Drawings (draw-a-man draw-a-family Choosing the Living in Dying is a three-credit non- endeavor within the nurse/client/family process emerged These are discussed and critically analyzed draw-a-house-tree-person) Pigem s Question Three clinical elective for nursing majors The focus of the Nursing IV also provides the student the oppor- Ethical implications of nursing research are con- Wishes Story Completion Make-up a Story Puppet course is on dying as an evolutionary life experience tunity to explore adult man as he experiences chang- sidered integratively The students are encouraged play and Therapeutic Play Interviews Prerequisite Emphasis is placed on the quality of living throughout ing patterns of energy in select nurse/client situations to examine the research process from a natural scien- 225 Developmental Psychology I Open to any the dying process The learners will develop their The course is divided into three units emphasizing tific viewpoint as well as from a human science ap- University student perspectives of the dying pr^cess and current issues nurse/client decision-making These decisions are proach Further application of the research process 399 Health Education 3 cr in America related to that process Meaning will be made in the following health care situations high risk to nursing studies is explored through critical evalua- This course focuses upon the nurse s role as health enhanced through the sharing of thoughts feelings crisis, short-term and long-term The family and com- tion of current research Prerequisite Nursing IV educator and allows the student to explore the and perceptions within the group process Prereq- munity are discussed as client support systems dynamic world of health education in today s socie- uisite Nursing III Nursing IV offers a clinical component in which the NURSING ELECTIVES ty The major issues confronting the nurse as a student cares for select clients in the acute medical- 481 Political Accountability in 260 Ways of Healing 3 cr teacher are emphasized together with the processes surgical and psychiatric settings The course is Offered Nursing Practice 3 cr This course will explore many of the ways in which of valuing and change in health education The learn- during the Spring semester Prerequisite Nursing III Political Accountability in Nursing Practice is a three- clients and their families are involved in the process ing needs of the client-family are carefully scrutin- credit non-clinical nursing elective The student is in- 460 Nursing V 9 cr of healing which are not thought to be medically ized The student has the opportunity to write and volved in learning how to act as a professional nurse Nursing V the third clinical nursing course builds traditional This course will begin by looking at man s implement a teaching plan design an evaluation tool in the political system in the United States A specific upon the learning in Nursing IV The student ex- belief systems and how they affect his life and and create teaching aids Prerequisite Nursing III method of processing information about public issues amines nursing as a participant with evolving families specifically the healing process The student will ex- 299 Nursing and Spirituality 3 cr will be taught individual and group positions on For the purpose of this course the term evolving plore the mystery around unconventional or unex- This course will initially identify the universal and health care issues based on a clear statement of the family will be viewed as a family primarily concerned pected healing and look at this in relationship to timeless truth of the spiritual dimension of man s student s personal philosophy and an analysis of rele- with childbearing and childrearing The student will man s belief systems which are a reflection of how nature It will then investigate case histories in nurs- vant data will be developed Students will become focus on the interrelatedness and vulnerability of the man participates in his own health The student will ing which focus on spiritual needs encountered in the acquainted with the groups avalilable to professional family members as they strive toward family unity then took at in depth two ways of healing One way nurse-client relationship The student will be en- nurses to assist with data collection Knowledge of The student will initiate interrelationships with is biofeedback The other is visual imagery with relax- couraged to develop an awareness of his/her own the law and legislative process will be used to make evolving families as they experience separateness/ ation techniques as researched by Dr Carl 0 Simon- spiritual growth through nursing experiences in ad- decisions on appropriate actions Students will con- togetherness to describe their health evaluate alter- ton The underlying theory will be explored case dition the student will discover the gift he/she brings tact local state and national legislators for the pur- natives and mobilize resources in planning change histories will be discussed and the student will get to the nursing situation when spiritual needs are poses of initiating dialogue receiving information Nursing practice will be based upon caring valuing an opportunity to practice these techniques on recognized and shared (entered into) with the client and stating their positions Prerequisite Nursing III and change processes to assist the family in the him/herself in addition the application of these Prerequisite Nursing III mobilization of resources for health care techniques to the nurse/client/family process will be 499 Directed Study 3 cr The course is presented in two units Unit I utilizes explored There will also be student group presen- 300 Ways of Relating 3 cr The course in Directed Studies provides students with the nurse/client/family process with evolving families tations around seven other ways healing can occur This course builds on basic communication theory the opportunity to pursue an area of individual in- as they experience life processes The concept These are psychic surgery hypnosis spiritual heal- and skills it offers the student the opportunity to terest in nursing which is consistent with the cur- separateness/togetherness is utilized to explore the ing acupuncture acupressure laying on of hands and enhance interpersonal relationships through increas- riculum Students will have the opportunity to needs of the individual within the family the inter- hex/voodoo Prerequisite Nursing 1 ing self-awareness and critical analysis of one s own generate goals related to the area of interest they relatedness of family members and family dynamics patterns This knowledge promotes the motivation wish to pursue and to formulate and implement a 397 Health Care of Women 3 cr as the family progresses towards unity The major toward changing the individual s style of relating The plan for achieving these goals By special permission Health Care of Women is a nursing elective that will focus in Unit 11 is the concept of family vulnerability student learns to apply the skills of critical analysis only provide students with an opportunity to explore The concept separateness/togetherness continues many of the prevalent health experiences of women to be used to explore man and his family s experience in contemporary society This course investigates of health Prerequisites Nursing IV Family Systems aspects of women s health that involve choices 461 Nursing VI 9 cr relative to the quality of their lives It will provide Nursing VI is the final clinical nursing course and students with an opportunity to analyze health pro- builds on prior ]earnings The focus of the course is motion for women from a nursing perspective it will on the promotion of health with groups in both com- provide them with the knowledge of health resources munity and acute care settings The nurse/client/fami- available to meet the specific needs of women ly process is the vehicle through which the student Prerequisite Nursing III participates in health promotion Emphasis 398 Communicating with Children throughouvthis course is on the collaborative func- Through Play 3 cr tion of the nurse leader The collaborative process Communicating with Children through Play is a non- with multi-disciplinary health team members provides clinical elective for any student who is interested in the opportunity for the generation of nursing pre-school-aged school-aged and adolescent research possibilities children The focus of the course is on play as an The course is presented in two units The first unit evolutionary life experience Emphasis is placed on deals with the nature of groups groups of clients play as a means of understanding children s behavior the family as a group and the community as a group as a valuable resource for anticipatory guidance with The second unit deals with the nurse as a member children and as a means for the child to work and a leader of the nursing team and as a member through some of his immediate life stresses The par- 4 of the multi-disciplinary health care team Prereq- ticipants will expand their perspectives of children s uisite Nursing V 1 0

104 105

quence Legal requirements of all states are met with Curriculum School of Pharmacy regard tograduation from an accredited college of A minimum of 30 credits in the combined general pharmacy Licensure in the several states may be ac- education areas of humanities and social sciences is HISTORY quired by meeting specific additional requirements required for graduation from the School of Pharmacy Plans for establishing a School of Pharmacy were in- laws In recent years pharmacists have entered the of each particular state (fifteen in the Humanities including English Composi- stituted in 191 1 when the charter of the University fields of nuclear pharmacy and drug information- tion and Theology and six in the Social Sciences and was amended and authority obtained to grant poison control Many pharmacists find employment nine credits chosen from either area in consultation degrees in Pharmacy On April 20 1925 the final as chemists or biologists in industrial and research with the advisor) Courses fulfilling the Theology re- work of organizing the School of Pharmacy was com- organizations in allied fields others enter the pro- Residency Requirements quirement are listed under the Department of pleted The first class was received September 21 fession of teaching Additional study is required for The pharmacy curriculum has been designed to pro- Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 1925 some of these positions A few pharmacists continue vide a sequence of courses leading to professional section of this catalog Duquesne University School of Pharmacy is housed their study in other health professions leading to a competence The minimum time period in which this The faculty recommends and reserves the right to in Richard King Mellon Hall of Science whose design second professional degree or an advanced degree may be accomplished has been determined by the require completion of course clusters in the humanities and social sciences as a means to pro- by master architect Mies van der Rohe won the in the basic pharmaceutical and medical sciences faculty to be three years of full-time residency This Laboratory of the Year award for 1969 in the The School of Pharmacy directs the professional residency requirement for the final years of the pro- vide a strong general education for all healtn pro- annual Industrial Research Inc survey of new science program leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy degree fessional curriculum is in accordance with a policy fessionals A list of the suggested course clusters buildings across the country The School s specialized Those graduates are qualified for placement in clinical statement ratified by the American Association of appears at the end of this section The student is cautioned to seek regular advice facilities include the Hugh C Muldoon Model Phar- pharmacy positions in hospitals across the nation Colleges of Pharmacy and followed by all colleges macy animal operating room electronics laboratory Medical technologists work under the direction of of pharmacy in establishing minimum residency re- from & faculty and to keep a record of credits earn- equipped with individual kits bionucleonics a pathologist or clinical scientist in the field of quirements as well as guidelines for professional ed and the calculated averages The School assumes laboratory eight additional teaching laboratories Medical Technology positions are available in education The residency requirement is applicable no responsibility for such errors appearing in student records which may prevent the student from being and a manufacturing pharmacy laboratory contain- hospital and industrial laboratories preparing tissue to all students regardless of advanced standing ing basic pharmaceutical manufacturing equipment samples and slides for microscopic study taking status graduated and separate tableting and aerosol technology blood samples storing plasma and keeping records rooms of tests In the field of Radiological Health positions as PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES health physicist are available in hospitals and any The School of Pharmacy as an integral part of the laboratories and industrial facilities which use First Year Spring Semester D L C* University embodies as its own the mission and radioisotopes Fall Semester D L C* 102 English Composition 3 — 3 goals set forth by the University The Graduate School of Liberal Artg and Sciences 101 English Composition 3 — 3 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 The School of Pharmacy has many important mis- of Duquesne University offers programs through the 105 College Algebra and 1 12 General Biology 3 4 4 sions but the primary mission of the School is to Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences leading to Trigonometry 4 — 4 122 General Chem,,;try 3 8 5 prepare practitioners for life-long careers in phar- the Doctor of Philosophy degree in pharmaceutical -11 1 General Biology 3 4 4 macy and allied health sciences Academic training chemistry and medicinal chemistry and the Master 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 must build sufficient knowledge and skill to allow 1 Pharm Orientation I — 1 of Science degree in the fields of pharmaceutics 13 12 16 graduates to practice in the present environment and pharmaceutical chemistry pharmacology-toxicology 14 8 16 to grow and adapt as the practice environment- and medicinal chemistry Second Year changes Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* DEGREES 4, The curriculum in pharmacy represents a com- 201 General Physics 4 2 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 posite of educational experiences that results in a The School of Pharmacy offers programs leading to 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 General Electives 10 — 10 well-educated and well-trained professional and of- three undergraduate degrees Bachelor of Science 121 Elements of Economics 2 1 3 Theology or fers the undergraduate student a well-rounded and in Pharmacy Bachelor of Science in Medical 14 Pharmaceutical Math 3 — 3 General Elective 3 — 3 broad education which will inspire a permanent Technology and Bachelor of Science in Radiological General Elective 3 — 3 interest in learning Health these are described on the following pages 15 7 17 16 6 17 in order to be a competent pharmacist the stu- Descriptions of advanced degrees offered by the Third Year dent must become a therapeutic specialist who has faculty of the School of Pharmacy are found in other L C* Spring Semester D L C* knowledge of drugs and their actions Secondly the catalogs available from the School of Pharmacy Fall Semester D 4 4 12 Physical Pharmacy 3 4 4 pharmacist must possess skills and knowledge to office 11 Physical Pharmacy 3 — 3 16 Biochemistry 3 3 4 manage a professional practice The comprehensive 13 Pharmaceutical Law 3 4 18 Anatomy & Physiology 4 — 4 and specialized nature of the curriculum offers the PROGRAMS 17 Anatomy & Physiology 3 3 — 3 35 Medical Microbiology & Pharmacy graduate a choice of occupations within PHARMACY General Elective 3 immunology 3 3 4 the profession and its closely allied fields as well as The School of Pharmacy offers a Bachelor of Science 12 7 14 13 10 16 an adequate foundation for the continuation of degree in Pharmacy upon completion of the studies on a graduate level in many areas undergraduate professional program The first two Fourth Year Within the profession of Pharmacy a graduate may years encompass many courses offered by the Col- Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* become a community pharmacist hospital phar- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences in addition,to 21 Biopharmaceutics 22 Biopharmaceutics macist or a pharmacist in government service Many several professional courses The latter three years and Dosage Forms 4 — 4 and Dosage Forms 4 8 4 pharmacists find employment as medical service of study are taught mainly by the pharmacy faculty 33 Pharmacology 3 — 3 34 Pharmacology 4 — 4 representatives for drug manufacturers Some enter with electives being available from both that faculty 26 Pharmacognosy 4 — 4 j8 organic Pharm Analysis 3 — 3 the wholesale drug business and the pharmaceutical and all other schools of the University Students are 27 Analytical Chemistry 3 7 4 38 Pharmacy Admin 3 — 3 manufacturing industry Graduates in pharmacy are enrolled in the School of Pharmacy for all years General or Professional exceptionally well-qualified to become agents for the Transfer students are enrolled according to qualifica- Elective 3 — 3 enforcement of narcotic and pure food and drug tions in the second or third year of the five-year se- 13 10 15 17 8 17

106 0 107

Fifth Year ** Fifth Year * *This year is organized on a special calendar that does not coincide with other units of the University No Therapeutics 6 cr students may enter the year with any prior course deficiencies Students may not ordinarily enroll for non- Clinical Clerkship 3 cr iprofessional courses during this year With the controlled externship (Practical Pharmacy 39 4 1) schedule Controlled Externship 9 cr fifth-year Pharmacy students should anticipate possible extra costs for living expenses as well as the loss patient Education Techniques 3 cr of income from employment Social & Behavioral Aspects of Illness Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* & Health 2 cr 23 Medicinal Chemistry 3 — 3 24 Medicinal Chemistry 3 — 3 Professional Electives 10 cr 31 Professional and 32 Professional and 33 cr Clinical Practice 3, 6 4 Clinical Practice 3 6 4 Public Health 3 — 3 39 Practical Pharmacy I — — 3 36 *Portions of the new curriculum are being phased in for students in the Classes of 1984 1985 and 1986 As — 41 Practical Pharmacy 11 — — 3 Electives 6 a result of faculty evaluation of this phase-in changes may be made in some parts of the curriculum indicated Elective — — 3 for the Class of 1987 and succeeding classes 6 6 16 9 6 16

*D—Didactic hours L—Laboratory Hours C—Credit hours AREAS OF CONCENTRATION Courses are to be completed in the designated sequence During the fourth year (earlier if possible) each phar- sional area of choice Students may make their own Minimum credits for B S in Pharmacy Degree—] 60 sufficient elective courses must be taken to satisfy the macy student is urged to select an area of concen- selection of courses in consultation with their minimum credit requirements tration from one of the following areas Community advisors Practice Institutional Practice Industrial Practice The following courses are approved for the respec- Nuclear Pharmacy or Pre-Graduate Study tive areas of concentration The course clusters represent depth in a profes- NEW PHARMACY CURRICULUM* For classes entering in Fall 1982 and thereafter I Community Practice Industrial Practice 29—Emergency Treatment - 501 —Manufacturing Pharmacy First Year 58—Community Practice I 502—Pharmaceutical Formulation Spring Semester Fall Semester 59—Community Practice 11 and Development 4 cr General Biology 4 cr General Biology All—Psychology 539—Bionucleonics 4 cr General Chemistry 5 cr General Chemistry All—Sociology 306—Applied Electronics 3 cr English Composition 3 cr English Composition 361 —Principles of Management Laboratory 4 cr Humanities Elective 3 cr Calculus I 39 41—Practical Pharmacy 1 11 39 41—Practical Pharmacy 1 11 I cr General Elective 3 cr Pharmacy Orientation 567—Pathophysiology 5 1 O—Advanced Biopharmaceutics 16 cr 18 cr 200—Patient Education Techniques 522—Spectral Methods 201—Social and Behavioral Aspects of 504—Industrial Pharmacy and Second Year Illness and Health Governmental Affairs Fall Semester Spring Semester 005—Non-Prescription Drugs Organic Chemistry 4 cr Organic- Chemistry 4 cr Physics 4 cr Social Science Elective 3 cr Institutional Practice 4 Nuclear Pharmacy Humanities Elective 3 cr Pharmacy Law 3 cr 52—Hospital Pharmacy 306—Applied Electronics Laboratory Social Science Elective 3 cr Anatomy & Physiology 4 cr 501 —Manufacturing Pharmacy 539—Bionucleonics General Elective - 3 cr Humanities Elective 3 cr 361—Principles of Management 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and I 17 cr 17 cr 539—Bionucleonics Radio-Pharmaceuticals 567—Pathophysiology 541 5 4 2 —Rachological Health Third Year 39 41—Practical Pharmacy 1 11 4 3 ] —Introduction to Biostatistics Fall Semester Spring Semester 54—Sterilization and Parenteral Pathophysiology 3 cr Anatomy & Physiology 4 cr Pharmaceuticals 5 Pre-Graduate Study Basic Pharmaceutics & Pharmacy Math 4 cr Basic Pharmaceutics & Pharmacy^Math 4 cr 200—Patient Education Techniques Students who elect this option must consult with Medical Microbiology & Immunology 4 cr Biochemistry—Nutrition 4 cr 201—Social and Behavioral Aspects of the chairman of the department of their area of in- 4 cr Drug Literature Resources I cr Drug Analysis Illness and Health terest in order to select courses most adaptable to Pharmacy Administration 3 cr Pharmacy Management 4 cr 005—Non-Prescription Drugs the program they desire to pursue A combined 17 cr 18 cr 813—Clinical Nutrition B S /M S program is available to qualified students Fourth Year Spring Semester Fall Semester MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 4 cr Pharmacology 4 cr Pharmacology The program leading to the degree B S in Medical Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences which acts 4 cr Biopharmaceutics 3 cr Biopharmaceutics Technology is a joint effort between Duquesne as adviser to the Council on Medical Education of 4 cr Medicinal Chemistry & Natural Products 4 cr Medicinal Chemistry & Natural Products University and Mercy Hospital Pittsbu^gh Pa The the American Medical Association it is responsible 2 cr Public Health & First Aid 3 cr OTC program involves completion of 124 credits with 30 for establishing and maintaining high standards of 3 cr General Elective 3 cr General Elective of the credits being taken in Mercy Hospital s School education in A M A -approved schools of medical 17 1cr 17 cr of Medical Technology in the fourth year of the pro- technology gram Graduates of the program are eligible for na- Students in the program enroll in the School of ,tional certifying examinations Pharmacy as medical technology majors These The School of 'Medical Technology at Mercy students are advised through the office of the Dean ospital is approved by the National Accrediting of the School of Pharmacy 108 109

Admission to the fourth year of the program will fourth year will lead to immediate dismissal from the All of the required course work laboratories sup- Curriculum ' be on a competitive basis with these as the deter- Mercy School of Medical Technology plies facilities and faculty for the fourth year of the A m,nimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of mining factors Curriculum program will be provided by Mercy School of humanities and social sciences is required for gradUa- I A student must have a minimum quality point A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of Medical Technology The faculty of the School of tion (nine in the Humanities including Theology and average of 3 0 in the sciences humanities and social sciences is required for gradua- Medical Technology is recognized as faculty at Du- six in the Social Sciences) Courses for fulfilling the 2 No student with a grade lower than C in any tion (nine in the Humanities including Theology and quesne University Theology requirement are listed under the Depart- chemistry course will be considered for admission six in the Social Sciences including Principles of ment of Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this catalog 3 Written recommendations Management) Courses for fulfilling the Theology re- quirement are listed under the Department of RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH , The faculty recommends and reserves the right to 4 Personal interview with the Education Coor- Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Since 1972 the School of Pharmacy has offered a require completion of course clusters in the dinator of Mercy School of Medical Technology section of this catalog four-year 123-credit program leading to a Bachelor humanities and social sciences A list of the suggested Applications for entrance to the fourth year are to The faculty recommends and reserves the right to of Science degree in Radiological Health Graduates course clusters appears at the end of this section be made before October 31 of the'third year nfor requiie completion of course clusters in the from the program qualify for positions of health The student is cautioned to seek regular advice mation and applications are available from theI Of- humanities and social sciences A list of the suggested physicist in any facilities using radioactive isotopes from the faculty and to k^ep a record of credits earn- fice of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy course clusters appears at the end of this section Students in the radiological health program enroll ed and the calculated averages The School of Phar- During the fourth year of the program students The student is cautioned to seek regular advice in the School of Pharmacy as radiological health ma- macy assumes no responsibility for such errors ap- will register and pay tuition to Duquesne University from the faculty and to keep a record of credits earn- jors These students are advised through the Office pearing in student records which may prevent the They will be permitted to reside in the University dor- ed and the calculated averages The School of Phar- of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy student from being graduated mitories and enjoy all of the privileges of Duquesne macy assumes no responsibility for such errors ap- University students pearing in student records which mav preveritthe Failure in any of the major courses included in the student from being graduated

First Year Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* First Year 101 English Composition 3 — 3 102 English Composition 3 — 3 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* 105 College Algebra and 1 15 Calculus 1 4 — 4 101 English Composition 3 — 3 102 English Composition 3 — 3 Trigonometry 4 — 4 1 12 General Biology 3 4 4 105 College Algebra and 1 15 Calculus 1 4 — 4 III General Biology 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 3 8 5 Trigonometry 4 — 4 1 12 General Biology 3 4 4 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 III General Biology 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 3 8 5 13 8 1 5 13 12 16 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 13 12 16 Second Year 13 8 15 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Second Year 201 General Physics 4 2 4 202 General Physics 4 2 4 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 211 General Analytical 212 General Analytical 1 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 35 Medical Microbiology & Physics 3 3 4 Physics 3 3 4 Immunology 3 3 4 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 116 Calculus 11 4 — 4 215 Calculus 1 11 4 — 4 Theology or Elective 3 — 3 Theology or Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 16 6 17 13 9 15 1 3 7 1 5 1 3 7 1 5

Third Year Third Year Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* 17 Anatomy & Physiology— 3 3 4 16 Biochemistry— 3 3 4 17 Anatomy & Physiology— 3 3 4 16 Biochemistry* 3 3 4 18 Anatomy & Physiology— 4 — 4 101 Physical Geology 3 — 3 18 Anatomy & Physiology— 4 — 4 — 3 306 Applied Electronics 539 Bionucleomcs* 3 3 3 361 PrinciplesI of Management 3 216 Ordinary Differential Laboratory 3 2 3 Equations 3 — 3 Elective 3 — 3 27 Analytical Chemistry— 3 7 4 225 Fundamentals of 306 Applied Electronics Electives 6 — 6 Elective 3 — 3 Statistics 3 — 3 Laboratory 1 2 2 15 10 17 13 5 14 Elective 3 — 3 15 3 16 14 8 16

D—Diclactic hours L—Laboratory C—Credit hours Fourth Year *These courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* — 3 Fourth Year Elective 3 — 3 204 Meterology 3 The fourth year of the program will begin in June and continue for twelve consecutive months Courses and 431 Intro to Biostatistics 3 — 3 51 Radiological Health 4 laboratory assignments will be held primarily at Mercy Hospital The following syllabus will be covered with 473 Atomic Physics 3 — 3 Practice — 16 Nuclear Physics 3 — 3 30 credits awarded for completion of the courses 540 Advanced 483 Bionucleonics and 542 Radiological Health 11 3 4 4 Courses Credits Courses Credits Radiopharmaceuticals 3 3 3 61 Clinical Chemistry 7 66 Parasitology 2 541 Radiological Health 1 4 — 4 62 Urinalysis 2 67 Immunology 2 16 3 16 9 20 14 63 Hematology 5 69 Mycology 1 64 Blood Banking 3 70 Virology 1 65 Bacteriology 5 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 *D—Didactic hours L—Laboratory C—Credit hours Total 30 *These courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised [But

ADMISSION courses may be awarded for these examinations Under no circumstances will class attendance be used ship fee includes one year s student membership in Students who plan to enter any of the programs Students are advised to investigate carefully the as the sole basis for altering a grade in a course This the American Pharmaceutical Association and a offered by the School of Pharmacy are encouraged credit equivalency principle shall not modify the prerogative of each in- year s subscription to its journal Interested phar- to meet with the Dean of the School for a personal structor to establish specific policies for attendance macy students enrolled in their first and second years SCHOLARS PROGRAM interview Entrance requirements are listed under at tests examinations class lectures deadlines for at the University are also eligible for membership Any student designated as an Admissions Scholar Admission Policies in the General Information sec- reports and other specific school or course upon entrance to the University and to the School The Alpha Beta Chapter of Rho Chi national pharmacy tion of this catalog Applications should be submitted requirements of Pharmacy or who has obtained a cumulative honor society at Duquesne University was organized as early in the year of matriculation as possible A student who is unable to attend class because average of 3 50 is named to the School of Pharmacy to promote the advancement of the pharmaceutical The national Pharmacy College Admissions Test of serious illness hospitalization a serious accident Scholars Program Students enrolled in any major sciences Pharmacy students who have completed by applicants Results should or other extenuating circumstance is responsible for (PCAT) may be taken offered by the School are eligible Selection is made three and one-half years of work at the University be reported to the Admissions Office and to the notifying the office of the Dean of the School of Phar- annually on the basis of academic standing No ap- level and have achieved a B average are eligible for School of Pharmacy The test is not required for ad- macy The student should supply a written verifica- plication is required Scholars are recognized annual- membership A maximum of 20 per cent of the class mission to the School but the results are used by tion as soon as possible A student who is absent for ly at the fall social gathering and encouraged to in- enrollment may be admitted to membership Doc- advisement personnel to assess the level of cause is expected to complete all of the work in all vestigate Advanced Placemeni CLEP and Challenge tor of Pharmacy candidates are eligible under the courses It is the student s responsibility to make up knowledge in pertinent areas related to the program Examination opportunities faculty research projects same conditions Faculty and graduate students in all assignments in all courses and to be familiar with Superior performance in certain topics will alert the in which they may participate and independent the pharmaceutical sciences may also be invited to student to enroll for advanced placement any instructions which may have been given during study courses join examinations the absence Eta Chapter of Phi Lambda Sigma a national profes- The School of Pharmacy admits students into each Handicapped students requiring special assistance SPECIAL FEES sional pharmaceutical society was chartered at Du- of the first three years of the medical technology and are urged to notify the class instructor before or at Laboratory quesne University in 1980 The society recognizes radiological health programs and into the first sec- the first class Required laboratory courses scheduled by all schools and encourages leadership in the profession of phar- ond or third year of the pharmacy program Pro- of the University are subject to fees as published 2 Academic Standards All students who are admitted macy The society selects members who have com- cedures for entrance are outlined under Application Pharmacy laboratories require a fee of $40 each a to the School of Pharmacy must maintain a 2 0 OPA pleted at least two and one half years in the phar- Procedures in the General Information section semester This is a prorated charge derived from the (quality point average) in the required courses in the macy program and have demonstrated exemplary All transfer students must be interviewed by the total costs of all laboratory operations throughout professional pharmacy curriculum throughout the leadership qualities Dean or Assistant Dean of the School of Pharmacy the professional years Other courses offered in the program Students who do not achieve a 2 0 OPA Tau Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma an international Students intending to transfer into the pharmacy pro- program of medical technology and radiological by the end of the first professional year may be ad- pharmaceutical fraternity for women was established gram must have successfully completed the ap- health are subject to special fees No laboratory fees mitted to the second year on a probationary basis at Duquesne University in 1932 The organization propriate science and liberal arts prerequisites for are assessed for courses scheduled in the fourth year No student will be admitted to the third fourth or numbers among its members some of the most entrance into the second or third year of the cur- of the medical technology program fifth years of the program with less than a 2 0 OPA outstanding women in pharmacy Its purposes are riculum Advisors at the School of Pharmacy are in all courses and in professional courses A minimum Activities to promote the profession of pharmacy and to create available to meet with students to discuss the re- 2 00 OPA in the pre-pharmacy science and math instituted by student request this fee of $25 a a center of culture and enjoyment for its members quirements necessary for possible future placement courses is required for entrance into the third year semester for a minimum of six semesters covers such in the School of Pharmacy of the pharmacy program The Beta Gamma Chapter of Phi Delta Chi an interna- Transfer pharmacy students must complete a miscellaneous items as local and national Student tional pharmaceutical fraternity was chartered at Du- 3 Required Programs Pharmacy students in the fourth minimum of three academic years of residence in the American Pharmaceutical Association dues and jour- quesne University in 1960 The fraternity endeavors year of the curriculum are required to participate in School of Pharmacy nal subscription laboratory jacket fees class dues to integrate academic spiritual and social activities one industrial visit arranged by the School In extenuating circumstances and with the permis- and support of the pharmacy student newsletter and thereby foster the highest professional and per- The School of Pharmacy arranges for students to sion of the School of Pharmacy Student Standing Phorum and partial travel expenses for one required sonal ideals among its members Membership is open participate in a special course in surgical appliance Committee a waiver of the three years of residence held trip to a pharmaceutical manufacturing firm Pay- to students in pharmacy fittings offered by a field representative of a manufac- the American Association of Colleges of ment is made at registration each semester This fee required by turer of such devices The biennial programs are re- The Delta Epsilon Chapter of Kappa Psi Pharmaceutical Pharmacy will be sought by the faculty on behalf of is assessed only to those students in the-last three quired for all pharmacy students in the last two years Fraternity was chartered in 1967 This international the student Failure to request and obtain such a years of the pharmacy program of the curriculum Record of participation is made fraternity strives to develop industry sobriety and waiver requires the pharmacy students to complete School of Pharmacy Fee in the students permanent files fellowship and ^o foster high ideals scholarship and a minimum of six semesters in residence as full-time All students enrolled in any program of the School The faculty of the School of Pharmacy may require pharmaceutical research while supporting all projects students of Pharmacy are required to pay a fee designated Pharmacy student attendance at other seminars and advancing the profession of pharmacy Membership Advanced credit for courses completed at other by the University The fee assists with the special ,special programs is open to students in pharmacy institutions may be allowed for those courses which operating expenses of the School of Pharmacy 4 Health Requirements Any School of Pharmacy stu- Class Organizations Each of the five classes is an appear in the Duquesne curriculum No credit is dent entering studies in a hospital setting may be re- officially recognized organization in the School of allowed in any subject in which a grade lower than REGULATIONS quired to conform to the health requirements of the Pharmacy Each class elects its own officers and con- C was earned or for a course not equivalent to one Students in the School of Pharmacy are preparing hospital ducts such programs and affairs as its members deem among the School s curricula Once enrolled at Du- themselves for entry into a respected health profes- desirable toward achieving its goals All students are quesne students may not pursue courses at other sion where the highest degree of character and sense STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS included in these organizations regardless of major institutions for transfer credit without specific per- of responsibility are basic requirements As such curriculum mission from the Office of the Dean they are expected to conduct themselves at all times The Student American Pharmaceutical Association whose Advanced standing is conditional until the student in a manner befitting this position and according membership includes all pharmacy, students HONOR AWARDS completes a minimum of one semester s work (16 honor to it For these reasons the School of Phar- registered in the last three years of the School of Allegheny Wholesale Drug Company Award Annually an semester hours) If his work proves unsatisfactory macy insists on strict adherence to the following Pharmacy aims to promote their interests scholastic award of $50 is presented to the graduate who has the student will be requested to withdraw regulations social and professional Under its auspices many shown outstanding ability and interest in the field of Applicants who have completed advanced courses I Class Attendance Regular class attendance in the worthwhile events are arranged during the school pharmacognosy in high school are encouraged to take advanced School of Pharmacy is normally required for max- year The executive committee meets regularly with American Institute of the History of Pharmacy Award A placement tests (see Admission section of this imum educational advantage The responsibility for the Dean and the faculty moderator to act as liaison recognition certificate and gift membership is award- catalog) Partial advanced placement credit for some all course material rests wholly with the student between students and faculty The annual member- ed annually by the American Institute of History of 1 I 3 1 12

2 Professional Training—have a degree in Phar- the knowledge from research being conducted under Pharmacy for superior achievement in pharmaco- Roche Pharmacy Communications Award A personalized macy granted by a School or College of Pharmacy the auspices of the School Contributions are solicited historical study or activity plaque is awarded annually to the graduating student which is accredited by the American Council on Phar- from graduates and others interested in the work of American Pharmaceutical Association Award A certificate who has shown exceptional ability in patient com- rr,aceutical Education the Foundation They may be addressed in care of of recognition is presented annually to the graduate munication through coursework and application the School of Pharmacy who has made the most significant contribution to Smith Kline & French Laboratories Award A personal- 3 Practical Experience and internship—any per- the Student American Pharmaceutical Association at ized plaque is presented annually by the Smith Kline son enrolled as a student of pharmacy in an ac- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Duquesne University & French Laboratories Philadelphia Pennsylvania credited college may at the end of the second year The courses of instruction are numbered in accord- Bernard and Blanche Schiller Award in the Humanities and for superior achievement in Clinical Pharmacy of college file with the State Board of Pharmacy an ance with a plan uniform throughout the University Social Sciences Annually an award of $50 is presented Student American Pharmaceutical Association Award An- application for registration as a pharmacy intern University courses numbered 100 are Freshman to the graduate who has demonstrated an under- nually an award is presented to the graduating stu- To insure proficiency in the practical aspects of courses 200 Sophomore 300 junior 400 Senior standing of the value of the humanities and social dent who has demonstrated through service report- pharmacy the State Board shall bv regulation Courses described in this section are required sciences in his development as a professional per- ing and activity an avid interest in organization work prescribe internship requirements which must be courses in the professional curriculum and those son This award is to be used for the purchase of Syntex Preceptor of the Year Award An appropriately satisfactorily completed prior to issuance of a Phar- courses offered by the School of Pharmacy faculty books on any aspect of the humanities in which the designed plaque is awarded annually by the Syntex macist s License as a University service Courses numbered 500 are student is interested Laboratories Inc of Palo Alto California to the Specific information concerning practical ex- graduate level courses in which qualified under- Mary McPartland Beck Award An award of $25 is preceptor who in the opinion of the Pharmacy In- perience requirements as well as ail other re- graduate students may be enrolled with the permis- presented annually to the graduate who has shown terns best exemplifies professionalism ethics and quirements concerning licensure may be obtained s,on of the insti uctor of the course Credit for these outstanding ability and interest in the clinical prac- clinical practice from the state Board of Pharmacy Department of courses cannot be used to satisfy requirements for tice of pharmacy Upjohn Award A suitably inscribed plaque is State Box 2649 Transportation and Safety Bldg a second degree Courses in the 800 series are Bristol Award An award is presented annually by awarded annually by the Upjohn Company 6th Floor Harrisburg Pennsylvania 17120 generally restricted to Doctor of Pharmacy the Bristol Laboratories Inc New York City to a Kalamazoo Michigan for outstanding public service STATES OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA candidates Doctor of Pharmacy candidate for excellence in Western Pennsylvania Society of Hospital Pharmacists According to law the licensing of an applicant seek- scholastic achievement I Award Annually an award of $2 5 is presented to the DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL ing to become registered as a pharmacist is under Bristol Award A copy of a standard reference book graduating senior who demonstrates outstanding the sole jurisdiction of the state in which he seeks CHEMISTRY AND PHARMACEUTICS is awarded annually by the Bristol Laboratories Inc ability and interest in the area of Hospital Pharmacy to practice Although the requirements for licensure Chairman Mitch^ll L Borke Ph D New York City to the graduate who has in the opin- Lemmon Company Award A certificate and award of in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are similar to Asso(iate Chairman Alvin M Galmsky Ph D ion of the faculty attained unusual distinction in the $150 to the graduating senior who has completed those of other states differences may exist Space I Pharmaceutical Orientation I cr work of pharmaceutical administration the degree program through unusual and extraor- limitations preclude a complete listing of the re- introduction to pharmacy Discussion of various Faculty Award The faculty of the School of Pharmacy dinary perseverance and determination in the opin- quirements of other states and the District of phases of pharmacy and their relationship to the pro- may present an appropriate award to an outstanding ion of the graduating class Columbia The candidate for licensure in another fession as a whole Pharmaceutical organizations are member of the graduating class who has displayed Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical Association Award A cer- state is advised to consult the Board of Pharmacy discussed and evaluated The pharmaceutical exceptional qualities of academic excellence and a tificate of recognition and one-year membership in in that particular state for complete information literature is discussed and a brief history of pharmacy OPA of over 3 75 the PPA awarded annually to the graduate who has is presented Lecture one hour Maurice H Finkelpearl Award An award of $50 is been most actively involved in pharmacy CAREER GUIDANCE CENTER presented annually to a student who intends to prac- organizations A Guidance Center has been established within the I I Physical Pharmacy 4 cr tice Community Pharmacy Fisher Scientific Award for Outstanding Medical Technology School of Pharmacy to keep students informed about A course designed to acquaint the student with the Galen Society Award The Galen Society of Pittsburgh Student A personalized plaque is presented annual- the latest career opportunities available to those theory upon which the principles and processes of annually offers two $2 to the graduating Medical Technology student who 5 awards to the two members ly possessing a pharmacy education and to attract high pharmacy are based The theories of emulsification of the graduating class who have achieved the highest achieved the highest standing in the clinical program school and college students to the profession drug extraction isotonicity hydrogen ion concentra- standing in the departments of pharmacology and at Mercy Hospital The Center consists of faculty members School of tion rheology micromeritics etc are discussed and pharmaceutical chemistry Pharmacy alumni and pharmacy practitioners It pro- the instruments which are used in their measure- Samuel W Curtis Award Annually an award of GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS $25 vides upon request speakers for career day programs ments are described and utilized in the laboratory is presented to the graduate who has shown out- A committee of the faculty will review the record of and information to high school counselors on all mat- Prerequisites Mathematics 115 General Physics standing ability and interests 'in the field of each candidate for graduation to ascertain full com- ters relating to a pharmacy education and career Organic Chemistry Lecture three hours Laboratory pharmaceutics pliance with specific School of Pharmacy curriculum Pamphlets containing career information on phar- four hours McNeil Dean s Award A replica of an Early American requirements and the general University Graduation macy are also available through the Guidance Center 12 Physical Pharmacy 4 cr Mortar and Pestle is awarded annually to an out- Requirements as stated in Academic Policies section inquiries should be directed to the Pharmacy Career A continuation of Physical Pharmacy I I Prerequisite standing student of Pharmacy Administration of this catalog This committee will then recommend Guidance Center School of Pharmacy Duquesne Physical Pharmacy I I Lecture three hours Lilly Achievement Award A gold medal is presented candidates for faculty certification for graduation or University Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 Laboratory four hours annually to a member of the graduating class who for remedial work to be fulfilled during the last has demonstrated superior scholastic and profes- semester of residence Communications pertaining RESEARCH FOUNDATION 14 Pharmaceutical Mathematics 3 cr to this certification may be entered in the office of sional achievement as well as qualities of leadership The Hugh C Muldoon and Phar^nacy Alumni Foun- A course designed to familiarize the student with the Merck Sharp and Dohme Award Each year Merck and the Dean dation of Duquesne University established in 1950 mathematical problems and calculations encountered Company Rahway New Jersey offers a set of to celebrate the twenty-fifth anniversary of the found- in pharmaceuti^al practice Lecture two hours valuable reference books to a member of the ing of the School of Pharmacy is an increasingly Recitation one hour STATE LICENSING graduating class who attains the highest average in valuable aid in helping to achieve the aims of the 16 Biochemistry 4 cr medicinal chemistry PENNSYLVANIA University and of the School of Phalrmacy The foun- Designed to emphasize primarily the manner in which Rho Chi Award Alpha Chapter of Rho Chi awards A candidate for licensure as a Registered Pharmacist dation provides funds for improving the instructional energy is derived from food Metabolisms of car- annually a suitably inscribed key to the student who in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania must meet the and research facilities of the School it assists in the bohydrates lipids and proteins are discussed and earns the highest general average in all subjects dur- following requirements before he may be admitted advancement of pharmacy by supporting the train- interrelated The function of enzymes vitamins and ing the first two years of the pharmacy program It to the licensing examinations which are conducted ing of undergraduate and graduate students in in- hormones is discussed in relation to their role in is presented at a meeting of the Student Chapter of by the Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy dustrial and research procedures it helps to extend metabolism The relationship of biochemistry to the American Pharmaceutical Association I Character—be of good moral character

I

1 14 W disease states is stressed Prerequisite Organic DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY- 18 Anatomy and Physiology 4 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL Chemistry Lecture four hours Laboratory two TOXICOLOGY A continuation of Anatomy and Physiology 17 Pre- ADMINISTRATION hours requisite Anatomy and Physiology 17 Lecture four Chairman Gene A Riley, Ph D Chairman Anthony J Amadio M B A hours 3 cr 21 Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 4 cr 2 Drug Abuse I cr 12 Pharmaceutical Law A study of the physio-chemical biological andphar- A course designed to present the pharmacological 26 Pharmaccignosy 4 cr A course designed to acquaint the student with the maceutical factors which affect absorption distribu- and toxicological properties of substances of abuse Deals with the important medicinal agents which are philosophy of law and its relationship to pharmacy tion metabolism and excretion of drugs in man Em- The major classes of drugs are described with direct derived from natural sources Emphasis is placed on Federal state and local laws and regulations perti- phasis is placed on the utilization of bioDharma- reference to toxic and adverse effects The myths and the medicinally important antibiotics alkaloids nent to the handling and sale of drugs cosrrietics A ceUtical and pharmacokmetic knowledge in problems misconceptions commonly attributed to some glycosides volatile oils fixed oils vitamins car- narcotics poisons and aicohol aie discussed of b^oavailability and bioequivalence of drug products substances of abuse are clarified The philosophy of bohydrates and enzymes includes a description of review of antitrust laws trade regulations andcourt and in the determination of appropriate drug dosage the course is to present an objective picture of the the natural source of the drug its precise chemical decisions of imporvance to the pharmacist is included regimens Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy 12 Lec- drug abuse era in this country The course is in- nature its pharmacological effect on the body and Elements of business law and civil responsibilities of 1 ture four hours tended for all students beginning their collegiate its importance in medicine today Prerequisite the pharmacist are also covered Lecture three 22 Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 4 cr studies Admission to this course for students who Organic Chemistry Lecture four hours hours have completed Pharmacology 33 or its equivalent A continuation of Biopharmaceutics and Dosage 29 Emergency Treatment 3 cr 38 Pharmacy Administration 3 cr is by approval of the instructor Forms 21 with emphasis on drug delivery systems A lecture-dernonstration course The course teaches A course designed to familiarize the student with the Prerequisites &opharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 3 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr how to render first-aid cases of emergency while diverse social political economic and legal forces 21 Lecture three hours Laboratory eight hours A course dealing with the major classes of therapeutic awaiting the arrival of a physician Special emphasis affecting the practice of pharmacy The course con- siders the persons places and activities involved in 23 Medicinal Chemistry 3 cr agents designed for students with a hm^ted is placed on emergencies which the pharmacist is g epileptic Relationship between chemical structure and the background in biological sciences Drugs are con- most likely to be confronted with e providing health care services with special errphasis on the role of the community pharmacist Lecture biological action of drug molecules Emphasis is on sideredfroma diseasestate pointof view and in- seizures heart attacks fainting diabetic coma etc 17 and 18 underlying principles as well as on specific clude basic mechanisms of action Important drug Prerequisites Anatomy and Physiology three hours Lecture three hours demonstrations included dur- therapeutic agents Organization is by pharmaco- interactions as they relate to patient care are m- 39 Practical Pharmacy 1 3 cr logical classification with chemical properties relating cluded Not open to Pharmacy Students Prereq- ing lecture hours Practical Pharmacy Program required of all final year uisites Six credits of biological science including to mechanism of action stability biodistribution and 33 Pharmacology 3 cr pharmacv students and involving placement in physiology Lectfire three hours metabolism considered for each class Prerequisites A basic course in pharmacodynamics and phar- operating pharmacies with a pharmacist pi eceptor Physical Pharmacy 11 12 or its equivalent Lecture 4 Social Diseases I cr macotherapeutics Special empriasis is placed on its Off-campus placement may be necessary Note be three hours Causes course of diseases prevention treatment sites and mechanisms of action of therapeutic agents calendar change for fifth-year students may 17 18 Lec- 24 Medicinal Chemistry 3 cr and social effects of venereal diseases Awareness Prerequisites Anatomy and Physiology required ture three hours A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry 23 Prereq- and common sense should be awakened in s'tudents 41 Practical Pharmacy 11 3 cr by uisite Medicinal Chemistry 23 Lecture three hours the course Lecture one hour a week Open to 34 Pharmacology 4 ci An extension of Practical Pharmacy 39 required for students who have not completed Pharmacy 33 Prerequisite 27 Analytical Chemistry 4 cr A continuation of Pharmacology 33 all final year students Pharmacology 33 Lecture four hours Rigorous training in stoichlometric relationships and 5 Pharmacology and Toxicology of 58 Community Practice 1 3 cr Non-Prescription Drugs cr in the application of equilibrium Drinciples with 3 35 Medical Microbiology and The course considers the principles and functions of laboratory experience in the principal methods of A course designed to familiarize students with the Immunology 4 cr management as applied to a community pharmacy gravimetric and volumetric analysis Prereouisites pharmacological and toxicological properties of over- Covers the general characteristics and morphology operation so that the object,ves of the pharrnacist- Physical Pharmacy I 1 1 2 or Physical Chemistry Lec- the-counter drugs The course will prepare the stu- of bacteria the important staining techniques manager are attained with maximum efficiency tdre three hours Laboratory seven hours dent to counsel the public on the appropriate use methods of growing bacteria an artificial media Prerequisite Pharmacy Administration 38 Lecture of OTC drugs to select the proper non-prescription 28 Organic Pharmaceutical Analysis 3 cr testing the effects of chemotherapeutic agents on three hours drug for a particular disease state, and to determine pathogenic bacterias and immunology It includes A course devoted to the identification and determina- 59 Community Practice 11 3 cr if treatment with a non-prescript,on drug is appro- discussions of the important bacterial rickettsial bed- tion of the relative amounts of active constituents in 1 The course concerns itself with the operational priate Lecture three hours sonial viral and protozoal diseases along with worm pharmaceutical and medicinal substances Prereq aspects of a community pharmacy with emphasis on infestations their causes symptoms and treatments uisite Analytical Chemistry 2 7 7 Chemical Testing for Intoxication 3 cr the business or commercial matters pertinent to a 1 Lecture three hours Deals with the pharmacology toxicology and Lecture three hours Laboratory three hours Ad- 499 Independent Study successful operation Prerequisite Pharmacy biochemistry of ethanol and the physical and tech- 3 cr 38 Lecture three hours and Research 1 2 cr Isem 36 Public Health ministration nical aspects of breath analyses Various instruments discussion of Public Health measures such as To stimulate interest in furthering a student s educa- A 200 Patient Education Techniques 3 cr will be discussed and the Breathalyzer will be used immunization water purification sewage disposal t!on the School of Pharmacy uses this course as a A course designed to examine current couriseling and specitically This course is approved by the State of treatment of contaminated individuals and objects vehicle to provide the means whereby those who communication techniques in terms of how they Pennsylvania Department of Transportation and is control of rodents and insects and the relationship wish to be involved in a programmed self-study relate to patient education i egarding personal health offered only to individuals associated with law en- of these to the spread of disease Health statistics educational experience may do so To accomplish problems and compliance with medication regimens forcement agencies One week workshop course disaster preparedness and environmental pollution this aim the student in cooperation with a specific The course will examine in detail basic interviewing are also discussed Lecture three hours instructor chosen by the student will develop a coui se 17 Anatomy and Physiology 4 cr techniques Lecture two hours Laboiatory two An integrated course of the structure and function I of study that will realistically be able to fill the learn- 40 Pharmacology 3 cr hours ing objectives stated by the student The student and of tissue and organs rhe various organ systems of continuation of Pharmacology 34 Lecture three A 201 Social and Behavioral Aspects of vertebrate species are discussed as integrated func- instructor will meet at stipulated regular time inter- hours illness and Health 3 cr vals for guidance and evaluation of progress being tional units Laboratory consists of lecture presen- 130 History of Pharmacy 2 cr A course designed to examine the current theory and made by the student Contact School of Pharmacy tations of gross anatom^ and laboratory procedures survey of the origins of science medicine and research in the psycho-social correlates and conse- office for restrictions on total credits allowed and on including the microscopic examinations of tissues A pharmacy from the earliest recorded events to the quences of illness and health Topics will include the eligibility for registration hematology and the clinical appraisal of physiological general areas of social stress research theories of functions Prerequisite General Biology 11 2 Lecture present with emphasis on nineteenth and twentieth psycho-somatic medicine the impact of social en- three hours Laboratory three hours century pharmacy in the United States Lecture two hours

1 17 116

Basic Pharmaceutics and Clinical Clerkship 3 cr vironment upon health and the Tmpact of illness poraneous parenterals and intravenous admixtuies pharmacy Math H - 4 cr An educational process designed to provide the stu- upon the emotional and social functioning of the per- in the hospital pharmacy Lecture two hours continuation of Pharmaceutics I Prerequisite Phar- dent with clinical experiences necessary to son Prerequisite introductory course in sociology Laboratory weekly A demonstrate competency in the areas of providing and/or psychology Lecture three hours maceutics I Lecture three hours Recitation con- 813 Clinical Nutrition 2 cr ference and laboratory four hours patient education ascertaining drug histories par- 262 International Health issues 3 cr A course designed to introduce current concepts of ticipating in the selection and monitoring of Biopharmaceutics 1 4 cr The course will explore factors that influence health clinical nutrition administered by the enteral route therapeutic modalities and other pharmacist-related A study of the physio-chemical biological and phar care in diverse countries Topics covered include a as tube feedings and by the parenteral route in the functions The student will be assigned to a member maceutical factors which affect absorption distribu-n comparison of health services the use of regional form of hyperalimentation Topics to be discussed of the clinical faculty and a given practice site tion metabolism and excretion of drugs in man Em- planning by groups of small countries prevention and include assessment monitoring product selection phasis is placed on the utilization of biopharma- control of specific diseases with special emphasis on preparation and delivery requirements drug-dietin- MEDICAL ceutical and phari-nacokinetic knowledge in problems DEPARTMENT OF communicable diseases primary health care the role teraction and clisease-specific nutrition Lecture two TECHNOLOGY - of international agencies from the perspective of hours of bioavailability and bioequivalence of drug products Director Cooper, M D de\,eloped and developing countries the constitu- and in the determination of appropriate drug dosage Jeanne A Education Coordinator M Elaine Linkhauer M T tional administrative and financial influences on NEW PHARMACY CURRICULUM regimens Prerequisite Basic Pharmaceutics 11 Lec- (ASCP) health care health priorities in the context of general COURSE DESCRIPTIONS* ture three hours Laboratory four hours I 61 Clinical Chemistry 7 cr needs Lecture three hours *The faculty may revise course descriptions and se- Blopharmaceutics 11 3 cr A comprehensive study of the chemistry and 805 Patient Communication Techniques quences as a result of faculty evaluation of the phase- A continuation of Biopharmaceutics I with emphasis 3 cr metabolism of proteins carbohydrates lipids and A course designed to develop in the student the abili- in of the new curriculum on drug delivery systems Prerequisite Biopharma- electrolyte enzyme and hormone systems as reveal- ty to understand and communicate professionally ceutics I Lecture three hours Pharmacy Management 4 cr ed by the various examinations performed on blood with other medical disciplines and with patients Lec- A course designed to familiarize students with the Drug Analysis 4 cr and other body fluids tures presentations role playing case material film fundamentals of personnel inventory and financial A survey course which considers the analysis of drug 62 Urmalysis 2 cr and tapes will be used Group time three hours managernent decisions with the overall objective of, moieties found in different environments A review weekly The study of renal function and its abnormalities a-, improving pharmacy'practice efficiency Lecture four of basic principles of chemical and instrumental alterations in the composition of the hours analysis discussion of quality control of raw materials portrayed by DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL and final products as well as factors affecting in vivo urine Biochemistry—Nutrit ion 4 cr PHARMACY analysis and therapeutic drug monitoring are in- 63 Hematology 5 cr A course designed to integrate basic biochemistry Chairman Thomas J Mattei Pharm cluded , Lecture four hours Detailed study of the anatorny and physiology of the D w,th the application to selected clinical cases Em- blood and various laboratory methods used in 31 Professional and Clinical Practice 1 4 cr phasis is placed on metabolism of carbohydrates Medicinal Chemistry and establishing inherited or acquired abnormalities of A course designed to prepare the student for pro- hpids and proteins as the source of energy derived Natural Products 1 4 cr blood and blood forming organs fessional pharmacy practice Didactic laboratot y and from-foods certain aspects of nutrition are discuss- Relationship between chemical structure and the clinical experiences are integrated to develop the stu- ed The function of enzymes vitamins and hormones biological action of natural and synthetic drug 64 Blood Banking 3 cr dent s ability in providing pharmaceutical services is presented in relation to their role in metabolism molecules Emphasis is on underlying principles as Essentials and importance of proper selection of to patients and to other members of the health team Clinical applications including laboratory tests en- well as on specific therapeutic agents Organization blood for transfusion pretesting methods records Emphasis is placed on the use of modern medicinals countered on patients charts parenteral nutrition is by pharmacological classification with chemical and administration of blood Also included are in a variety of patient sociological and disease situa- and pertinent clinical cases which illustrate the in- properties relating to mechanism of action drug studies of tests pertaining to isosensitization tions Advanced teaching techniques Utilizing case terrelationship of biochemistry with physiology are disposition (absorption distribution metabolism and 65 Bacteriology 5 cr discussions the computer and clinical interactions discussed Prerequisite Organic Chemistry 1 11 excretion) and chemical incompatibilities considered Lec- The study of clinical bacteriology including culture with patients requires the student to pool his ture four hours Laboratory two hours for each class Lecture four hours methods biochemical and immunological aspects, of background of social physical and biological sciences Pathophysiology 3 cr Medicinal Chemistry and identification and the application of these to the in dealing with complications of modern drug A study of the mechanisms of disease and it, Natural Products If 4 cr disease state therapy Prerequisite Biopriarmaceutics and Dosage manifestations as functional disturbances that con- A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry I Lecture four Forms 22 Pharmacology 34 Lecture^ three hours 66 Parasitology 2 cr stitute signs and symptoms Prerequisite Anatomy hours Laboratory six hours Methods of identification of the various parasites and Physiology 1 11 Lecture three hours Public Health and First Aid 3 cr infesting man with detailed study of their mor- 32 Professional and Clinical Practice 11 4 cr Basic Pharmaceutics and A discussion of public health measures such as im- A continuation of Professional and Clinical Practice phology and habit Pharmacy Math 1 4 cr munization water purification sewage disposal 31 Prerequisite Professional and Clinical Practice 67 Immunology 2 cr A study of the basic physiochemical principles ap- treatment of contaminated individuals and objects 31 Lecture three hours Laboratory six hours Study of the proceclur^s used in analysis of immune plicable to an understanding of drugs and the phar- control of rodents and insects and the relationship mechanisms of the body and their application in 52 Hospital Pharmacy 3 cr maceutical systems in which they are contained Sub- of these to the spread of disease Health statistics disease processes An Introductory course designed to acquaint the stu- ject areas include solubility and solutions pH dif- disaster preparedness and environmental pollution dent with the history organization and development fusion osmocity drug stability packaging storage are also discussed in the first aid portion the course 69 Mycology I cr of pharmacy practice in hospitals The responsibilities and administration physiocochemical evaluation of teaches how to render first aid in cases of emergecy The study of the pathogenic fungi the diseases they of the pharmacy service in the modern hospital are pharmaceutical products the clinical applications of while awaiting the arrival of a physician Special em- cause and the technical methods of identilication discussed Field trips to area hospitals complement phasis is placed on emergencies which the phar- pharmaceutics Mathematical methodologies 70 Virology I cr the lecture materials Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy macist is most likely to experience_ epilectic seizures (algebraic and graphical) relevant to modern phar- The study of the viruses causing disease and the 12 Lecture three hours heart attacks fainting diabetic coma and others maceutical practice are integrated into both the technical methods of identification Lecture three hours 54 Sterilization and Parenteral didactic and laboratory portions of the course 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 cr Pharmaceuticals 2 cr Laboratory emphasis is on practical and clinical ap- Therapeutics 6 cr plication Prerequisites Calculus The study of the use of radioisotopes in the diagnosis A six week lectureflaboratory mini-course for the 115 General Physics A course designed to provide the student with the and treatment of disease practical application of the basic principles of steriliza- (one semester) Organic Chemistry 1 11 Lecture three information necessary to demonstrate competency tion aseptic techniques parenteral processing and hours Recitation conference and laborator^ four ^elatecl to the therapeutic principles of selected hours quality control to the compounding of extem- disease states Lecture six hours

1 18 1 19

DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGICAL RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL Students are encouraged to view these electives with 3) 245 246 247 248 Ancient History HEALTH ELECTIVES the aim of providing an appropriate depth of 4) 103 104 203 204 301 302 303 Greek The following Courses offered by the Graduate Chairman Mitchell L Borke Ph D knowledge in the areas Each cluster is intended to Language and Literature Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences are available offer an interesting sequence of electives that will 5) 101 102 201 202 305 306 Latin Language 51 Radiological Health Practice 4 cr to qualified upperclassmen in the School of count toward minimum elective requirements of all and Literature Designed to provide the student with practical ex- Pharmacy programs in the School perience in at least four broad,areas of radiological Department of Sociology- health industrial hospital reactor and university 501 Manufacturing Pharmacy Department of English- 1) 101 anyone of areas of concentration suggested under minor This experience will be acquired through observation 502 Pharmaceutical Formulation and 1) 201 202 English Literature Survey and participation in daily practical problems of radia- Development 2) 205 206 American Literature Survey Department of Psychology- tion protection within local organizations repre- 3) 2 10 21 1 World Literature Survey 1) 103 courses suggested under minor 510 Advanced Biopharmaceutics se-itative of the four broad areas of radiological 4)207 plus courses in Film as Literature Science Department of Speech Communication- health Emphasis will be placed on personnel 522 Spectral Methods Fiction Literature of Crime and Detection Popular monitoring and dosimetry radiochemical assaying Culture Series 1) Courses suggested under minor 523 524 Advanced Medicinal Chemistry I and 11 of biological and environmental materials field 5) 207 208 209 Study of Literary Form Department of Philosophy— surveying of plant operations involving large auan- 539 Bionucleonics 6) English Honors Program 12 credits ]) 104 105 or 107 106 tities of fission products and other radioactive 7)All 12 credits minors listed by the Department 540 Advanced Bionucleonics and Radio 2) Courses, suggested under minor materials environmental monitoring practices in the current catalog Pharmaceuticals decontamination procedures and radiation protec- Department of Political Science— Department of History- courses suggested under minor tion record keeping Prerequisites Bionucleonics 541 542 Radiological Health I and 11 ]) 101 1)305 History of Medicine 307 308 History of 539 Radiological Health 541 Co-requisite Department of Theology- 560 Biosynthesis of Natural Products Science Radiological Health 542 Laboratory 16 hours Courses suggested under minor Development of the U S 389 In- 1) 561 General Toxicology 2) 231 232 306 Applied Electronics Laboratory 2-3 cr clUstrialism 309 American Science and Technology Fine Arts- This course seeks to combine a treatment of the prin- 563 Pathology - 3) World History Western Civilization 1) Courses suggested under minor ciples of modern electronic instrumentation with 4) Non-American History Sequence 566 Clinical Toxicology Any course taught in the Universitv may be chosen practical laboratory experience Topics which will be Department of Classics- as an elective course by students who have met the included are pass^ve and active electronic com- 567 Pathophysiology 1) 121 or 122 123 245 246 240 Greek prerequisites Descriptions for courses outside the ponents electronic measuring instruments power Toxins Their Chemistry Biology, and 569 Civilization School of Pharmacy ma^ be found in the appropriate supplies amplification feedback and control im- Toxicology 2) 121 or 122 123 246 247 248 241 Roman section of the University catalog pedance matching linear and digital devices Em- Descriptions of these courses may be found in the Civilization phasis will be on proper use of instrumentation rather Graduate School of Liberal Arts ano Sciences than on advanced principles of design Prerequisite Catalog Permission of instructor

539 Bionucleorncs^ 3 cr RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR A study of the fundamental techniques of man,pula- RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH tion and measurement of radioisotopes Experiments 106 Logic performed individually by each sWdent include measurement of radioactivity with G-M counters flow 104 Introduction to Philosophy courters ionization chambers proportional counters 105 Ethics crystal and liquid scintillators study of the characteristics of radiation gamma spectrometry 107 Medical Ethics some applications of radioisotopes in pharmacy 101 Introduction to Political Science chemistry biology etc r3rerequisites Chemistry 121 122 Physics 21 1 2 12 or general physics 312 International Law and Organization

540 Advanced Blonucleonics and 103 Introduction to Psychology Radio-Pharmaceuticals 3 cr '101 Survey of Sociology A course devoted to the practical applications of radioactive isotopes in chemistry biology pharmacy 323 Medical Sociology and medicine The scope of the course includes 201 202 English Literature neutron activation analysis gamma spectrometry 231 232 Development of the United States tracer methods and radiopharmaceuticals Prereq- uisite Bionucleonics 539 305 History of Medicine

541, 542 Radiological Health I and 11 4 cr each 307 308 History of Science A course designed to review the fundamental 204 Interpersonal Communications physical and biological principles of radiation pro- tection and the application of these principles to the 121 Elements of Economics measurement techniques radiation hazard evalua- 203 Genetics tion radiation protection surveillance and administra- tion Scientific principles most applicable to solving ELECT IVES--CO U RSE CLUSTERS the problems of protecting humans from unaccep- The following courses in liberal arts and sciences table levels of radiation exposure both in occupa- were especially selected by the several departments tional and public environment are emphasized to support and complement pharmacy programs 120 121

Reserve Officers' Course permitting them to serve in salaried positions a self-analysis of his/her management capability and with the National Guard or Reserves while completing the methods for improvement their degree work Training Corps Military Science (MS) 202 Introduction to SIMULTANEOUS MEMBERSHIP Military Skills This course introduces the student to the United After completing the Basic Course students who PROGRAM (SMP) DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE States Army and provides an inside view of ROTC have demonstrated officer potential and meet Army This program permits students to part^crpate in the (ARMY OFFICERS' COMMISSIONING and the Army to include its organization missions I physical standards are eligible to enroll in the Ad- Army ROTC Advanced Course and serve in a Reserve PROGRAM) and functions The course will discuss officer career vanced Course The Advanced Course is normally or National Guard unit as an officer trainee at the Department Head Captain Hans G Heiser fields duties and responsibilities of junior leaders taken in the final two years of college Therefore at same time The advantage to SMP is that the student additional education programs pay promotion PROGRAMS the beginning of the junior year the student must will receive regular drill pay from the Reserve or assignments customs and traclition^ of the Army and decide whether he/she wishes to becorne an officer National Guard as well as the $ 100 per month living The Army Reseive Officers Training Corps (IROTC) the significance of military courtesy and discipline and enter the advanced phase of the program allowance for-participating in the Army ROTC Program has been a member of the Duquesne The student will also be introduced to the operation Students who enter the Advanced Course receive a Family since 1936 It is a completely ^,oluntary pro- of the basic military team—the squad gram which is open to all male and female students tax-free living allowance of $ 100 per month during TWO-YEAR PROGRAM the school year The junior year is training-oriented at Duquesne It provides students with the oppor The two-year program is designed primarily for THE ADVANCED COURSE (Military Science and prepares students for six weeks of rigorous field tunity to earn a commission as an officer in the US transfer students and students who did not par- Levels III and IV) and leadership training that they receive at Fort Army US Army Reserves or Army National Guard ticipate ih ROTC as freshmen or sophomores Any Bragg NC at the end of the academic year The Military Science (MS) 301 and 302 Military Skills A6r commissioning students serve as an officer in student with at least two academic y^ars remaining I senior year further prepares the student to perform Development the Reserves or National Guard while pursuing their (undergraduate and/or graduate) is eligible Students This course requires a full school year to complete chosen civilian careers or compete for active duty the duties of an officer it covers such subjects as may qualify for this program and enrollment in the In addition to the two hours per week of instruction The program is structured to give the student a military law administration logistics staff functions Advanced Course by successfully completing a paid and practical application exercises on campus the variety of practical experiences in leading and man- professionalism ethics and military training Leader- summer camp at Fort Knox KY student periodically attencis training exercises on aging people and resources while learning about the shm development is continuously emphasized I weekends throughout the school year The course military profession and the role it plays in our system ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS Advanced Course Curriculum provides the student with instruction and practical of g6vernment Four-year and two-year programs are Army ROTC offers four three and two-year scholar- juniors (MS 111) experience in tactical and technical military subjects offered both of which are taken in conjunction with ships which are awarded on a competitive basis with particular emphasis on leadership development a students required or normal course of study Fall Semester Spring Semester ROTC students as well as those students not currently The central theme and primary purpose of the course leading to a degree participating in ROTC are eligible to apply Each MS 301 Military Skills MS 302 Military Skills is to prepare the student for attendance at the six- scholarship pays for tuition textbooks laboratory FOUR YEAR Development Development week ROTC Advanced Camp at Fort Bragg NC which fees and other purely academic expenses Scholar- The four-year program is divided into two parts the 0-2 cr 0-2 cr is normally attended during the summer following Basic Course and the Advanced Course The Basic ship students also receive a tax-free living allowance Summer Between Junior and Senior Year the completion of this course Course is usually taken in the freshman and of $100 each month during the school year " hile on Military Science (MS) 401 and 402 Professional sophomore years during which time the student Attend a six-week ROTC Advanced Camp scholarship status For details see the ROTC Scholar- ship listing in the Financial Aid Section of this catalog Seminar would take ROTC courses as they would any other Seniors IV) MS To take this course the student must have satisfac- college courses There is no military service obl^ga- on page 222 Fall Seme^ler Spring Semester torily completed MS 301 and 302 as well as ROTC tion or special requirements of any kind The MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM Advanced Camp The course meets two hours per freshmen and sophomore courses follow an adven- MS 401 Professional MS 402 Professional BASIC COURSE (Military Science Levels week and is a systematic and comprehensive study ture skill learning and leadership track which is de- Seminar Seminar THE I and 11) of professional subject matters designed to facilitate signed to enhance self-confidence provide new ex- 0-2 cr 0-2 cr the transition from student/cadet to officer It is com- perwrices and place students in realistic leadership Military Science (MS) 101 Survival Techniques DIRECT ENTRY INTO THE prised of two modules Module I MS 401) Adminis- situations Freshmen learn survival techniques how This is an introductory course designed to prepare ADVANCED COURSE trative/Staff Operations and Procedures is taught in Lo handle and fire a rifle and how to navigate cross- students to recognize survival situations determine the fall semester Module 11 (MS 402) Military Law country using a map and a compass Sophomores Students may receive placement credit for MS I and directions navigate at night tappet find and prepare and justice is taught in the spring semester learn about leadership management and the role of 11 and be granted direct entry into the Advanced food find water apply first aid cross obstacles and Course This placement credit may be granted for the military in the United States The Basic Course construct shelters THE COMMON HOUR may be compressed into less than a two-year period I Completion of Army Basic Training or its Military Science (MS) 102 Individual Skills Military Science (MS) 100 Cadet Corps Laboratory if the student meets certain prerequisite conditions equivalent in the Navy Air Force Coast Guard or The course will provide an introduction to the sport The Common Hour and Cadet Corps Laboratory are Marine Corps Basic Course Curriculum of orienteering which is a combination of cross- synonymous This class is scheduled both semesters J 2 Attendance at a service academy for one or country running and land navigation with the aid of meeting once a week for one hour The Cadet Com- Freshmen MS 1) more years a topographical map and a compass instruction is mander uses the lab to disseminate information and presented on map reading the use of the compass Fall Semester Spring Semester 3 Completion of equivalent level training in Navy to organize the activities of the Corps of Cadets All or Air Force ROTC and how to move quickly and safely through all kinds students are required to attend unless a conflict ex- MS 101 Survival NIS 102 Individual of terrain ists between this class and their academic course Techniques Skills 4 Completion of three or more years training in 201 Leadership and work 0- 1 cr 0- 1 cr junior ROTC (any service) or NDCC Military Science (MS) Management Techniques EARLY VOLUNTARY ADVENTURE AND Sophomores (MS 11) COMMISSIONING This is an introductoi y course into basic management SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Fall Semester Many students are able to complete the re- and leadership techniques and includes effective quirements for commissioning prior to graduation communications techniques small group processes in an Urban environment it is not possible to pro- MS 201 Leadership and MS 202 Introduction to through the direct entry concept These students may leadership traits and styles decision-making and vide students with the kind of surroundings suitable Management Military Skills be commissioned upon completion of the Advanced problem-solving techniques The course is also for the conduct of such activities as rappelling and 0- 1 cr 0- 1 cr designed to provide the student with the tools for small unit tactics Therefore off-carnpuS sites on 122 123 weekends are utilized in order to effectively apply and the Annual ROTC Commissioning Program techniques taught in the classroom All of these activities (adventure and social) are con- Weekend activities are Student run and instructor ducted with the combined elements of the Pittsburgh P=mrt 1110" - supervised For this reason these activities are ideally Senior ROTC Instructor Group (PSRIQ Universities 914 suited for cadets to practice leadership and organiza- represented in addition to Duquesne are the Univer- tional and military technical skills sity of Pittsburgh Carnegie-Mellon University and Student 'f,6-9 r ""I's,V %. Z; P I'v. 0crr 5 ,%a M ca- Some weekday or weekend evenings are set aside those institutions in the city which have students for social activities which incorporate exposure to cross-enrolled into one of the three detachments of military customs and traditions These events include the PSRIG -as *1 t 10,c% s, 4 a Dining-In the Military Ball an Awards Ceremony a n d 0 ng n z a n

STUDENT LIFE OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS The Dean of Students coordinates the following -,ion making value clarification mterp&sonal com- departments Athletics Health Services Residence munication goal setting and career awareness Life and Duquesne Union In addition the Dean of Assistance in all of these areas is available in the of- Students Office is responsible for the following fice of the Dean of Students specific programs Early Alert Leadership Training Disabled Students Returning Students Center Mini-Courses Commuter Concerns Alcohol Awareness Honor Societies -and The Office of the Dean of Students coordinates and Interact provides services available to students with disabili- The Student Affairs area provides the student with ties The office serves as an advocate for disabled opportunities to benefit from a variety of experiences students at Duquesne surveying the needs of these with fellow students faculty members and adminis- students and cieveloping programs to meet those trators as well as initiating new programs imple- needs menting change and participating in the essential Specific services currently available include read- processes of University governance on many levels ing and typing service for the blind or clyslectic The Office of the Dean of Students is responsible students and orientation to Campus facilities for coordinating and implementing several programs The Office of the Dean of Students serves as a and services which provide individual students and liaison with the Registrars Office in changing class- groups with opportunities for personal intellectual room locations if necessary for students in wheel- and social growtb in addition to providing counsel- chairs with the Department of Public Safety in ing services and coordinating the University judicial obtaining special parking permits for disabled System the Dean of Students Staff is responsible for students and with the Affirmative Action officer and Ohentation Freshman/Transfer Assistance Program Physical Plant in identifying and correcting physical College Skills special Scholarships and Awards facilities and barriers Disabled Students International Students Life Plan- International Students ning Seminars and Positive Profile Records The responsibility of the International Student Ad- Council on Student Services visor is to be of service to all international students The Council chaired by the Dean of Students ' n- in the area of personal counseling and adjustment cludes student representatives of the Student other services include preparation of forms to ob- Government Association Commuter Council Res, tain employment and to do practical training The dence Council Interfraternity Council Panhellenic International Student Advisor is located in the Of- Council Union Program Board Orientation COED fice of the Dean of Students judicial Board Varsity Club and YMCA Administra- UNIVERSITY JUDICIAL SYSTEM tive members on the Council include representatives of all Student Affairs Departments as well as Finan- The University judicial System is administered by the cial Aid Campus Ministry Public Safety and Physical Dean of Students Office The University judicial Board Plant The purpose of the Counc-1 is to foster com- plays an important role in developing responsible stu- mun,cation and interaction among the various stu- dent conduct The Board serves to protect the rights dent organizations staff members and departments and freedoms of all students while acting as a check and to facilitate improvement in the quality of life to insure that these same rights,and freedoms are of Duquesne University students not misused within tyie context of students respon- sibilities to the University The Board has a student College Skills chairperson and is comprised of administrators facul- Essential to the education process is the acquiring ty and students of learning and decision making skills which are not When a student has violated a policv or procedure necessarily provided in the traditional curricular the Director of Universitv judicial Systems in a con- structure of the University Such survival skillsare fidential hearing hears from all parties involved after both technical and developmental in nature and in- which a decision is made based on the evidence clude time management note-taking preparing for presented If the student is found guilty a sanction examinations efficient reading self-assessment deci- will be determined by the Director Legal technicali-

124 12 5

The University does not accept the responsibility alumni to interact and get to know and Urderstand ties are minimized and emphasis is placed on the enroll in the University Commuter Health Plan First for loss or damage (from any cause) to the personal one another through informal association rights and responsibilities that exist between the Aid and refetral services are provided for faculty property/effects of the student nor will the Univer- The Union Program Board consists of five individual student and the University Students rights staff and visitors A completely equipped ambulance sity assume responsibility for any personal liability committees and responsibilities and the University judicial policy is maintained by the University Should an emer- while the student is a resident it is suggested that The Coftimitlec On the Arts (COTA) strives to enrich ale outlined in the Duquesne University Code of gency occur the Department of Public Safety should students carry personal liability and property Duquesne with fine arts and ci afts exhibits and work- Student Rights Responsibilities and Conduct with be contacted immediately at 434-6002 to provide insurance shops sponsors student and professional dance which each student should become familiar services of E M T s Treatment or diagnostic pro- theatre and mime performances and offers various cedures by non-University physicians clinics or ATHLETICS STUDENT LIFE discount trips to such places as museums ballets hospitals must be paid by the student or his family The Office of Student Life administers the programs Duquesne Univei sity is a member of the National Col- Fallingwater and New York City legiate Athletic Association' the Eastern Collegiate Health Insurance senvices and facihti^s of the Duquesne Union as well The Social Committee seeks to satisfy various musical as the services and programs of the Duquesne Athletic Conference the Association for intercol- it is recommended that each Student carry some form tastes while complimenting the social programs'spon- University YMCA The staff consists of the Associate legiate Athletics for Women and the Eastern Asso- of health insurance The University provides a Stu- sored by other organizations on campus These in- Dean of Students for Student Life Director of Union ciation for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and dent Health Care Program which has been designed clude concerts TCIF s magic hypnotists coffee- Operations Director of Programs and Activities the Pennwood West Conference The University to meet the needs of the student and is priced lower houses and other social events Director of Recreation YMCA Director and a follows the rules of these organizations in determining than individual health insurance policies Complete Fhe Forufn Committee presents speakers as well as a students eligibility for a varsitv team information about this insurance plan may be ob- graduate assistant dramatic presentations concerning topics of contem- The Athletic Department fields varsity teams in the tained from the University Insurance Officer Second Collectively the Umon Staff provides advice and porary interest They also utilize campus resources assistance for all phases of campus progiams and following sports baseball basketball cross country Floor of the Administration Building NOTE -the in sponsoring mini-lectures on special subjects sug- establishes goals for produces and presents a bal- football (Division 111) golf rifle swimming and ten- University is not responsible for medical e\penses gested by the faculty or administration anced series of cultural educational social and nis for men as a member of the NCAA and basket- resulting from participation in intramural sports ALL Special e^,ents such as the College Bowl and the recreational programs which strives to meet the ball volleyball swimming and tennis for women as INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS ARE REQUIRED TO Union Christmas and Birthday parties are handled a member of the AIAW The Department also spon- CARRY HEALTH INSURANCE University Community,; needs While the staff works by the Union Affairs Committee This Committee is also sors a coed bowling team which competes in the Club most closely with the Union Program Board services responsible for recruiting and the application process extend to all students and stud-nt organizations League of Western Pennsylvania and a club hockey RESIDENCE LIFE of UPB members team Although they are primarilv men s sports under Residence Life is dedicated to the task of creating faculty staff and administration The Promotion Committee serves all the other com- the NCAA women are eligible and have competed an environment in which a student can grow and Duquesne Union rnittees and student organizations with creative ideas I on the golf and rifle teams develop as a total person Its program is based on in advertising and publicity for on campus and also The Duquesne Union is more than a unique build- two assumptions 1) the student s residence hall liv- publicizes the Union through newsletters and activi- The men s varsity basketball team (Division 1) com- ing it is an organization a program a service an ing experience can be an important part of the total ties calendars Included in this Dial-an-Activity is a petes nationally as a member of the Lastern Athletic experience and a spirit that has spread throug Association university education and 2) the residence hall staff free promotional telephone service for campus ,Duquesne since -t opened in March 1967 It is a with a defined educational mission can greatly events Prospective candidates for any of the teams may unique partnership of professional staff faculty and enhance the opportunities for students to profit from Evervone is welcome to join the Union Program obtain information from the Athletic Office in the students working together to provide the experiences their residence hall experience Therefore it is the Board and may do so by obtaining an application Duquesne Union Athletic grants-m-aid are available necessary to develop mature effective memoers of purpose of Residence Life to facilitate the personal in the UPB Office (Third Floor Union) in all sports except bowling football swimming and society and academic growth of student living by striving to hockey Participation in the Union offers individuals the ex- Recreational Center make the whole of residence life an educational ex- intramurals periences they need to develop their unique talents The Recreational Center located on the First Floor perience To this end the professional and resident and personalities allowing them to synthesize and provides a wide variety of recreatior activities in- The Intramural Program at Duquesne offers a vari- assistant staff will provide the wherewithal to facili- express their ideas and beliefs included in this is the cluding open and league bowling shoe' rental ety of sports Beginning in September the program tate such development opportunity to learn and apply leadership tech- billiards ping pong arcade machines table soccer offers a tennis tournament three touch football Recognizing that each individual has unique talents niques and plan and present programs and acti\,tties and various board games Several tournaments leagues basketball two-man basketball and volley- and potentials every effort is made to create a resi- for the campus and community some offering regional and national competition are ball During the spring semester students can par- dence hall environment that is acceptable to each With a goal of community all aspects of the Union— held throughout the year ticiDate in basketball coed vollevball a chess tourna- individual and open to his or her effort on this programs facilities and committees—are open to the Other Recreational Center seivices include Reading ment street hockey two man hearts and foul environment Itisthestudentwho activelybecom- entire campus It is not the Student Union but the and T V Lounge and an Emporium cart ying man^ shooting The intramural season ends in March with ing part of environment enriches his or her own Duquesne Union recreational and craft items and custom T-shirts for' softball ultimate frisbee and marathons development It is this aim that university living strives sale at reduced prices For further information and rules concerning the to accomplish Union Program Board The Swimming Pool is located in th6 Towers and various sports contact the Intramural Director in the in the belief that residence living adds to the educa- The Union Program Board is a student organization main gym is open to all students faculty and staff at no charge tional opportunities of the individual student the designed to enrich the entire Duquesne Communitv Hours of operation are posted at the pool The Women s Health Club is located in Universitv University reserves the right to require all under- The UPB through its various committees provides Hall and a Weight Room is available in the main gym graduate students who do not commute from their cultural recreational educational and social Information Center HEALTH SERVICES permanent home or residence to reside in Univer- programming for the entire campus The Union Information Center located on the third sity residence halls Availability of space currently The UPB provides a variety of entertainment in- floor concourse provides a central point on campus The University Health Service is located on the sec- limits implementation of this requirement to cluding art exhibits concerts guest speakers dance for dispensing and obtaining information It is in ond floor of the Duquesne Towers Residence Hall freshman and sophomore students and theatre perform;inces and any other creative short a place to go when you don t know where to During the Fall and Spring^semesters norsing service_ Residence hall space has been at a premium Many programming ideas that its members come up with go Included among the numerous services provided is available Monday through Friday 8 30 a m -8 00 students have not been able to reside on campus It also offers such services as promotion resources by the Information Center are Student organization p m Saturday and Sunday I 1 00 a m -2 00 p m A because they did not turn in their room contract and or other campus organizations and groups mailboxes newspapers (Pittsburgh Press and Post physician is available Monday through Friday at $ 100 deposit Therefore it is imperative that students The UPB offers its members a cha-ice to gain ef- Gazette-claily and weekly New York Times— specified hours During summer months nursing and wishing to live in the r^siclence halls complete and fective skills in leadership group process and organ- available on a semester subscription oasis) athletic physician hours vary according to need return their contract and deposit as early as possible ization and communication it also provides the op- event tickets interoffice and U S mailboxes paging Primary health care is provided for all resident since students are assigned available space on a first- portunity for students faculty administ. ation and announcements lost and found Student organiza- students and cornrKuter students who choose to come first-serve basis

126 127 tion office keys duplicating services weekly and information job placement assistance academic skill dent s questions or concerns Counseling is also policies and procedures All resident students are monthly PAT bus passes Bell telephone bill collec- assessment career assessment and personality available to students whose concerns are of a more automatically members of Residence Council and are tion and in general information assessment Also students can receive indirect assis- personal nature such as adjusting to college life encouraged to attend meetirgs functions etc spon- tance through referral to appropriate University and anxiety etc Professional assistance with Study skills sored by the group I Scheduling community prograrns The center can further assist test anxiety and personal concerns is available in It is the aim of the Residence Council to serve as All registered student organizations and Duquesne all University departments and divisions as a source both individual and group counseling formats a link between the resident students and the ad- University employees wishing to use space on cam- for their student referrals and as a consultative Information and applications requisite to national ministration Aside from the council activities PUS for University related non-acaderric functions service for occupational community and University qualification e\armnations (LSAT GRE SAT etc I are representatives of the Residence Council serve on should make arrangements to do so through the surveys of academic and career needs available rhe Bureau has information regarding the Council on Student Services and the Food Service Duquesne Union Scheduling Office Refer to the preparatory services for these national exams Inter- Committee to provide student input for the formula- Career Planning and Placement scheduling policy available in the Scheduling Office ested students may call or drop in for information tion and review of University policies affecting for specific procedures to be followed Students and graduates of Duquesne University have in addition the Testing Bureau regularly administers residence life a,,aflable to them the full services and orograms of the MAT and CLEP examinations Governing Council INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL Career Planning and Placement Persons with uncer- The Testing Bureau is open free of charge to all overall direction for the Union s programs and tain or changing vocational goals may seek career The Inter-Fraternity Council serves as a clearing Duquesne students and is located in Room 308 of operations is provided by its Governing Council planning through personal contact with the profes- house for general fraternity social information and the Administration Building Appointments may be Specifically the Council advises the Associate Dean sional staff and use of the career resources Early use as a forurri for airing constructive proposals for the made in person or by telephone (43d-6208) Hours recommend-, internal policies and insures the imple- mprovement of the fraternity system Membership of this service is encouraged are 8 30 a m -4 30 p m Monday through Friday mentation of balanced programming through the The individual with well-defined career goals may n the Council is composed of three elected or ap- allocation of Drogram funds in accordance with seek employment advice including resurne prepara- PSYCHOLOGICAL CENTER FOR pointed representatives from each of the eight established goals A broadly representative body the tion job application and interview techniques job TRAINJING AND RESEARCH member fraternities The IFC establishes all rules Council includes the Associate Dean Director of referrals and credentials The graduating student The Psychological Center for Training and Research governing inter-fraternity sports and regulates Union Operations Director of Programs and Activi- may also be interested in campus interviews with is staffed by the Psychology Department and is pledging ties and representatives from the faculty alumni StU visiting employers available to students for personal counseling Coun- PANHELLENIC COUNCIL dent Government Assoc.ation the Union Program Any student group or academic department may seling interviews provide the student with an oppor- The Panhellenic Council was established for the pur- Board Commuter Council Residence Council and contact Career Planning and Placement for aid in tunity for personal growth through the development pose of strengthening women s fraternities as Student Affairs Division developing a career program and/or in securing a of the individual s ability to find one s own solutions organizations and for promoting cooperation among career speaker for difficulties of a personal nature Single confer- Duquesne University YMCA the groups through scholastic athletic and social ac- The part-time and summer employment program ences or a series of interviews in individual or group The Duquesne YMCA located in the Student Life tivities Membership in the Panhellenic Council is is important to students in financing their education counseling can he arranged at the Center s Oftice Office in the Union offers students a wide variety composed of the presidents and elected repre- and to those seeking practical experience to aUl-ment which is located on the first floor of the Center for of opportunities to become active in the greater Pitts- sentatives of each of the six women s social fraterni- college training- Placement in campus job is largely Training and Research in Phenomenological Psychol- burgh community and on campus ties Panhellenic Council establishes all rules concern- though not totally dependent upon financial need ogy (Counseling Building) Community programs are designed to encourage ing the tushing and pledging of new fraternity Part-time and summer jobs in the community are also students to have fun while learning about Pittsburgh members available with new listing arriving daily STUDENT GOVERNANCE gain field exDerience in their areas of interest and Study explore potential careers and broaden the Learning Skills Program STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS dimens,ons of their education YMCA members work "he Learning Skills Program located on the ti-ird Tne Student Government Association is a student- with children adolescents and adults in hospitals floor of the Administration Building is an ancillary created structure designed to provide a forurn for GENERAL parks playgrounds correctional institutions and on academic service whose primary zharge.s the.ntel- the eypression of student views and interests to There are more than 100 active student organizations the streets lectual development of stAdents Services are pro- rn.intain academic freedom and responsibility and at Duquesne Some serve the needs of specific in- Campus programs are planned by students and vided in coordination with academic offices of the to foster intelligent interest and participation in all terest groups as well as those of residents and com- around their current interests and include back- University phases of university life Two major functions of the muters Others relate direcdy to major areas of study packing aerobics and crOSS-CUItUral communications As part of its academic assistance efforts the Learn- S G A are to serve as student representatives on im- Some honor academic achievement Many are Student ideas and participation are encouraged in ,ng Skills Program delivers diagnostic and pi escrip- portant University committees and to serve as the formed to meet religious service or social needs and the organization and administration of all YMCA tive services individualized ^eveloprnental programs sole body that recognizes and funds student interests Whatever their purpose thes6 organiza- programs in reading writing mathematics and soence are organizations tions and their activities comprise a major part of offered students who seek to upgrade their academic campus life COMMUTER COUNCIL DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES skills and advance their intellectual growth HONOR SOCIETIES The Commuter Council is an officially recognized A free tutorial service provides students with com- CENTER FOR ACADEMIC AND These societies have as their primary purpose petent tutors in numerous subiect areas in addition funded student governmental organization open to recognition of academic excellence and leadership CAREER DEVELOPMENT a comprehensive study skills program s available to all students at the University The purpose of the achievement and are members of the Association of The Center for Academic and Career Development help students prepare study skills as well as to assist Council is to identify commuter concerns and to pro- College Honor Societies (CACD) is a coordinated guidance counseling refer- students experiencing academic difficulties vide educational social and service-oriented pro- ral and consultative program within Duquesne The program is free to all Duquesne University grams for the University s large commuter popula- PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL tion To involve the entire community in its program University comprised of three services Career Plan- students ORGANIZATIONS the Council works closely with the Student Govet n- ning and Placement Learning Skills Program and These professional organizations exist to provide the The Testing Bureau merit Association Residence Council Union Program Testing Bureau The Center provides for both direct fertile ground for the growth of informal exchange The primary role of the staff of the Testing Bureau Board and the administration counseling and guidance service to students assist- of ideas pertinent to the students academic pursuits is to provide the student with the opportunity to ex- ing them through the educational process and the RESIDENCE COUNCIL With this purpose in rnind these organizations spon- plore interests and abilities as they pertain to choos- career development process Through the Center a sor numerous programs including debates sympo- ing a degree major or minor and planning a career The Residence Council coordinates residence hall student can seek any or all of the following services siums and lectures Trained counselors focis upon test results and the activities and is involved with the Office of Residence acadernic planning tutoring academic skill develop- - students personal style when considering the stu- Life in developing and implementing residence hall ment vocational guidance career planning career f-

I

128 129

SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS and extracurricular opportunities in communication The purpose of these nation ally-aff ill ated org,aniza- skills for individuals and groups Most positions on Part IV: tions is to provide a high standard of service to the the staff are filled by students The University radio campus and local communities while at the same station operates on a 25 000 Watt frequency over time developing the leadership qualities of and a radius ot seventy miles campus Mindstry cooperation among each member of the organiza- WDRC tion With this purpose in mind service organizations This radio station purchased by Residence Council sponsor a wide variety of professional service and operated by students provides music and The Campus Ministry is deeply concerned with the for private prayer and quiet meditation it is available charitable and social programs announcements in the Duquesne Tower s Cafeteria religious life and growth of Duquesne students and too to groups for specific services of a religious SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS during the lunch and dinner hours Students inter- all campus residents Its policies and programs are nature The Campus Ministry sees itself at the service of Social organizations are composed of college men ested in being disc jockeys and/or announcers on oriented to furthering that growth at the personal all in an open unstructured nonthreatening relation- and women who have joined together to enhance WDRC should contact Residence Council as well as the community level For Catholic students Eucharistic liturgies are celebrated daily and at all ship and invites the entire Duquesne Community to their identities by sponsoring and promoting social PUBLICATIONS times of the day there is easy access to the Sacra- make use of its services athletic cultural and academic events Many of these The Duquesne University Code of Student Rights The Ministry s activities are announced by posters organizations belong to Inter-Fraternity Council of ment of Reconciliation For all students whatever Responsibilities and Conduct their faith the chaplains are available to help with in Residence Halls the Union and a weekly Chapel Panhellenic Council bulletin its main office is in Room 102 on the first I he Student Code is the definitive statement of stan- spiritual direction counseling advice or sympathetic PERFORMANCE GROUPS dards policies and procedures regarding student listening Ministers and rabbis of other faiths are a floor of the Administration Building with additional rights and responsib,l^ ties c,^mpus organiLations stu- vital part of the Campus Ministry staff providing offices in the Duquesne Towers and Assumption Hall TAMBURITZANS dent govet nance student records student conduct services in conjunction with nearby churches and dormitories The Duquesne University Tamburitzans were and the University judicial System Copies are avail- synagogues The University Chapel is open each day founded in 1937 at the University and were the first able at the Duquesne Union Informat,onal Center and university-based performing folk ensemble in the the Office of TI-le Dean of Students United States The group takes its name from the The Duquesne Duke the University campus news- Tamburitza farnilv of stringed instruments indigen- paper is written and edited by the students for the ous to the folk cultures of Southeastern Europe The students It appears every Thursday during the group exists for the dual purpose of preserving and academic year except during examination periods perpetuating the Eastern European cultural heritage and holidays and provides an array of campus news in the United States and offering scholarship oppor- student opinions editorials and advertisements The tunities to deserving students paper is geared to all members of the University THEATRE administrators faculty members employees and The Red MasqL,ers serves to provide an extracur- most of all students membership in the Duquesne ricular outlet for students who wish to participate in Duke is open to all students the theatre Its aim is to provide the University and The Duquesne Magazine is a literary publication its students with educational and cultural benefits that published each semester which affords students the accrue from a dramatic program In line with these opportunity to submit writing artwork and photo- objectives the Masquer s program offers a variety graphs of stage entertairiment—one-act plays musicals com- edies tragedies Any Duquesne student is eligible L Espirit Du Duc the yearbook highlights the events for membership of the previous year to remind all graduates of their alma mater It is mailed to all seniors after their MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS graduation

WDUO RADIO AND TELEVISION The Student Handbook published annually con- tamS information about the University which con- The University s radio station (WDUO—QO 5 F M I cerns the students Copies are available at the and television (closed circuit) provide academic sup- Information Center Third Floor- Duquesne Union port to the individual schools and departments through seminars workshops laboratory experience 131

muters or $250 for resident students bv May I of dent must enroll in a course in developmental English their senior year International students must sub- during his/her first semester at the University mit a non-refundable tuition deposit of $650 No financial aid is presently available for inter- national students it is the responsibility of the applicant to arrange to have letter of reference from at least one school of- all supporting credentials oil file with the Office of Aamissions A ficial which contains information on the applicants ond Finaqcial Aid Office prior to the deadline dates academic personal and social strengths and weak- EARLY ADMISSION nesses and also the length of time the writer has Although the University believes that most students known the student is reouired profit from four years in the secondary school the Admissions decisions will not be made until all Early Admission Plan is open to outstanding students information has been received completed and FIr This is a plan whereby unusually able and mature certified candidates who have completed less than four years Upon completion of all academic and non- academic requirements in addition to the $650 ac- OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS of a secondary school program may apply for con- sideration to begin college after their junior year The ceDtance deposit the International Student Advisor The Office of Admissions is located on the first floor by November 15 of his/her senior year The student high school diploma is awarded following successful will issue the necessary documents for obtaining a of the Administration Building is notified of the decision by December 15 and is completion of their freshman year in college Two student visa to the United States To complete on- Telephone (412) 434-6220 434-6221 434-6222 required to send his/her non-refundable deposit separate interviews are required Further details may campus registration international students who are Office hours Monday through Friday from 8 30 A M within two weeks rhis offers the candidate the ad- be obtained by telephoning or writing to the Admis- admitted should plan to arrive one week before the to 4 30 P M vantage of knowing of the admissions decision ear- sions Office term begins ly in his/her senior year POLICY APPLICATION—OTHER CATEGORIES POST-GRADUATES it is the policy of Duquesne University to admit appli- APPLICATION—NEW FIRST-YEAR Post-graduates are students who already have a It is the reiponsibility of petsons who apply for evening study cants who are best qualified to profit from oppor- STUDENTS Bachelor s degree but desire to take undergraduate or as international students post-yraduate teadmission students tunities which the University offers for intellectual Application should be addressed to the Director of transfers temporary transfers and veterans or for tfe Sum- courses at Duquesne spiritual and social growth in general admission is Post-graduate student must submit a Post- Admissions Duquesne University Pittsburgh Penn- mer Session to arrange to have all supporting credentials on A based upon past academic performance scholastic graduate application if the Bachelors degree was sylvania 15282 1[ may be submitted at any time dur- file with the Office of Admissions ana the Financial Aid Office ability and personal characteristics Information received from an institution other than Duquesne ing the candidates senior year up to July I before deadline dates about religious preference sex racial characterish^s I he application procedure is as follows if the bachelor s degree was received from Duquesne and ethnic origin is not taken into consideration by ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE an application for readmission must be submitted I Obtain complete and file the Application for the Committee on Admissions INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS In both instances proof of degree is required either Admission with the Office of Admissions All international applicants must meet the admissions by an official transcript or a certificate of graduation ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 2 Inclucie the $20 non-refundable application fee requirements for freshmen and/or transfer candi- with the application form International students must READMISSION I A candidate should have been graduated from dates as determined by the academic unit in which pay a $30 non-refundable application fee No appli- an approved secondary school in the upcier three- they propose to study in addition official transcripts Any student who withdraws from the University must cation will be processed for consideration by the appIv for readmission through the office of Admis- fifths of the class and demonstrated exemplary per- of all degrees diplomas mark sheets and examina- Committee on Admissions unless accompanied by sions regardless of the time interval involved since sonal conduct in that institution ApiDlicants who have tion records in original or photostatic copies Must the required fee student who is dismissed for academic not completed four years of high school must sub- be sent with certified translations where applicable withdrawal A reasons must appeal to the Committee on Student mit a High School Equivalent Diploma issued by their 3 Request the secondary school principal or from all schools colleges and universities attended state department of education Standing of the school to which application for ad- guidance counselor to submit a transcript of the can- to the Admissions Office mission or readmission s being made once the ap- 2 High school curriculum must include 16 units didate s academic record A recommendation is A declaration of finances must be submitted which plicatior has been submitted to the Admissions distributed as follows four units in English eight units required has been completed and certified by the appropriate in any combination from the area of social studies 4 Complete the required SAT or ACT examina- persons Acceptance letters will not be issued until Office language mathematics and science and four elec- tion during the spring of junior year and/or fall of the Admissions Office is in receipt of this form and TRANSFERS tive units for which the secondary school offers credit senior year it is the personal responsibility of each approval has been granted A -student who wishes to transfer from another col- toward graduation in specific instances and at the candidate to have test scores forwarded to the If English is the applicants principal language of If lege or university must have the complete transcripts discretion of the Committee on Admissions the gen- University instruction SAT results must be submitted English of high school and college records forwarded to the uine equivalent of these requirements may be ac- )s not the applicants native language or principal 5 An interview is highly recommended for Office of Admissions and must submit an application cepted in lieu of the precise requirements specified language of instruction the Test of English as a prospective students Auditions are required for for admission When accepted the student must (Note Candidates planning to enroll in Pharmacy Foreign Language (TOEFL)* is required unless the School of Music applicants supply to the dean of his school a description of the Pre-Dental or Pre-Medical programs Medical Tech- applicant has finished one year of college in the 6 Students interested in being considered for courses which appear on the transcript The student nology Radiological Health or as science or mathe- United States and has successViy completed at least University Scholarships should submit their appli- should contact the Advisement office of his school matics majors should have completed a minimum of 16 semester credit hours and demonstrated profi- cation by February I of their senior year for placement and curriculum planning following a seven units in mathematics and sciences ) ciency in English All TOEFL accepted international 7 Early Decision Deadline (for students who have reasonable period for evaluation of transcript 3 Scores in accordance with the stancla-cls students must take English diagnostic tests upon ar- Duquesne as their first College choice) is November The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and adhered to by the University must be presented for rival at the University for appiopriate iDlacement 15 Notification will be by December 15 If accepted Schools of Education and Pharmacy award oO the required College Entrance Examination Board regardless of the academic level of acceptance If the under the Early Decision Plan commuting students sernester hours of credit to accepted transfer al)ph- Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American Col- results of the diagnostic examinations indicate the are asked to submit a non-refundable tuition deposit cants who have an Associate Degree in Arts from a lege Testing Program (ACT) (Note for admission to need for remedial work in English to assure satisfac- of $ 100 within two weeks Resident students are regionally accredited two-year institution the School of Music an audition is required ) tory progress in the projected plan of study the stu- asked to submit a $250 non-refundable deposit Students transferring from a regionaliv accredited EARLY DECISION institution must present academic records which 8 Notification of decisions for regular admission *For information about testing in any country the Educa- show an overall average of C (2 0 on a 4 0 quality Students who desire Duquesne University as their begin once Early Decision applicants have been tional Testing Service Princeton New Jersey 08540 point system) first choice for college should consider the Early Deci- notified if accepted students are asked to submit should be contacted sion plan This plan requires that the student apply non-refundable tuition deposit of $100 for com- 132 133

Persons seeking admission to the University as program arie English composition history history CREDIT HOUR BANK AWARD CONDITIONS transfer students from a state apptoved college of art modern foreign languages (French Cerman which does not have regio-ial accreditation must have Spanish) Latin mathematics AB mathematics BC The Credit Hour Bank is designed for high school All financial aid awards are subject to terms and con- attained d cumulative average of 3 0 based on a 4 0 physics B and C chemistiy biology students and adults who would like to sample col- ditions set forth in applications and award notifica- quality Point system in addition such prospective Credit will be given on a minimum advanced place- lege courses prior to official enrollment The maxi- tions it is important that the student carefully read students Must take the College Entrance Examma- ment score determined yearly by the College of mum number of credits that may be taken is 15 all information provided by aid sources and promptly tion Board tests and attain the appropriate scores Liberal Arts and Sciences For current information Credits completed in the Credit Hour Bank are held notify them of changes pertinent to their applications An interview is highly recommended for all transfet 'ludepts about the mi-imal score acceptable for each subject in escrow until the applicant applies and fulfills all or awards and Loll be required ol those sluJents ii,hich the Admifstons and the credits granted consult with the University s regular admission requirements Upon regular ad- Office noti6es personally Director of Testing Bureau or the Office of Academic mittance all credits are then evaluated toward a STUDENT SELF-HELP Advisement College of Liberal Arts and Sciences degree program As the primary beneficiary of higher education the TEMPORARY TRANSFERS Applicants who hope to receive advanced place- To apply to the Crecut Hour Bank Program sub- student is expected to accept at least partial finan- Temporary Transfers are students who are enrolled ment credits must request that scores be sent to the mit the $20 non-refundable application fee and ciai responsibility for the cost This principle is re- in another college or university but who desire to University information about equivalent University attach a letter indicating full comprehension and flected in both the determination of need and the take a course or courses at Duquesne to,, one courses for which qualjfvirig students may receive acceptance of the conditions of the Credit Hour Bank types of aid available in determining need con- semester credit may be obtained from the University s Direc- Program A form is available for this purpose and sideration is given for at least a minimum contribu- No Temporary Transfer Student will be granted ad- tor of Testing Bureau or the Assistant Dean for Ad- can be obtained by contacting the Office of tion to cost from the student s summer earnings sav- mission without formal application and an official ministration College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Admissions ings and resources Two types of self-help programs transcript or Permission from an official at the Univer- Generally all first year courses in the College of of aid are available loans and work Student loans sity at which the student is enrolled A Temporary COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Liberal Arts and Sciences are open to Credit Hour provide rates terms and conditions superior to Transfer Student must reapply if lie/she should desit e The special examinations for which the College of Bank students those offered by commercial lenders and offer the to take a course or couises at Duquesne University Liberal Arts and Sciences will award credit with ac- student the opportunity to help himself/herself by beyond one semester , ceptable scores are accepting future repayment responsibility Student No Temporary Transfei shall be permitted to I General Examinations Humanities social sciences employment programs provide the opportunity to registei for more than two semesters without mak- 2 Subject Examinations American government help earn a portion of the educational costs ing arrangements to become a permarient transfer Financial Aid American history analysis and interpretation of GIFT ASSISTANCE SUMMER SESSION literature biology collegealgebra collegealgebra- Duquesne University subscribes to the philosophy Non-repayable scholarships or grants are available trigonometry college composition computersand DUOUESNE STUDENTS that no student should be denied the education of in accordance with one or a combination of the data processing elementary computer programming his/her choice for Jack of sufficient financial following criteria 1) Financial Need 2) Superior Academic Any Duquesne Universitv undergraduate student FORTRAN IV general chemistry general psychology resources The Office of Student Financial Aid has Potential or Achievement and 3) Special Ability which who was granted continuance at the close of the introductory calculus introductory business manage- been established to help students locate the finan- reflects proficiency in a specialized field or activity preceding Spring Semester is authorized to register ment introductory marketing introductory money cial support they require Students and parents such as music debate athletics etc It should be in the Summer Session Students who were dismissed and banking (onIv valiclation,of comparable course(s) by should not be overwhelmed the variety and ap- noted that many sources of gift aid expect the stu- their school at the close of the preceding Spring Laken at regionally accredited schools where courses by parent complexities of modern student financial'aid dent to accept some form of self-help assistance Semester for academic reasons may register for sum- were offered at the 200 level or above Students must mer classes Rather a patient thorough examination of aid oppor- by permissi^n of the Committee on S'u- have completed the course(s) with a C or better MEETING STUDENT NEED dent Standing of their school All students must have tunities -,hould be undertaken to locate the most I to be eligible I introductory sociology microbiology The Financial Aid Office attempts to provide aid equal their course selections approved by theu academic advantageous forms of assistance available to the macro-econornics micro-economics statistics to need for all student applicants Normally this re- advisor individual student western civilization quires an aid package consisting of funds from Graduates and other formei students including any A student who has accumulated 30 or more credits PRINCIPLES OF AID multiple aid sources and programs Those programs who withdrew from the University Must obtain read- is not eligible to take the General Examination for which are under the direct control of the Aid Office mittance before they may registei for summer FINANCIAL NEED credits When a student has acquired 60 credits he are not usually sufficient to meet full need or pro- classes will not be given credit on the basis of CLEP exams The major criterion of most aid programs is the stu- vide an aid package of the most beneficial composi- STUDENTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS This total of 60 includes the CLEP credit i e if a stu- dent s need for funds In general parents and the tion it is expected that students who apply for assis- student are expected to pay the expenses of educa- A student Of another college or univeisity who wishes dent has completed 5 7 credits he could not receive tance to the University will also apply to federal tion However to the extent they cannot reasonably to enroll for the summer session and who intends more than 3 credrts on CLEP exams The University state and other available sources be expected to meet this expense there is a demon- thereafter to return to the original institution and is is continuing to evaluate CLEP subject scores and per- strated financial need or eligibility for aid Methods of PROGRAM FUNDING eligible to continue there may be admitted to the formance at Duquesne Ciedit will be given on a determining need may vary slightly among aid All programs of financial aid are subject to limitations Summer Session A tear-out admissionc application minimum score determined yearliv by the College of sources but all have the common objective of of available funds Therefore in addition to the eli- and registration form for the summer study is pro- Liberal Arts and Sciences identifying the difference between educational costs gibility requirements ^of a particular program vided in the announcement of summei offering,; Exams must be taken according to the usual pro- and the individual family s ability to contribute to assistance depends upon the level of funding in the which may be obtained from the Office of Admis- gression of course-, The exam in College Algebra or these costs The costs considered include tuition program First consideration always goes to appli- sions at mid March These students are considered College Algebra/Trig must be taken before a student fees room and board or an allowance for mainten- cants who apply within deadline dates and who pro- to be Temporary Transfer Students registers for Calculus I vide complete and accurate information All programs are information about the time and place that exam- ance at home travel or commuting expenses books subject to change elimination or replacement ADVANCED PLACEMENT inations are given may be obtained from the Univer- and necessary personal expenditures Need analysis presumes the family s ability to contribute to these Changes in government programs are routine since Students who have followed the College Entrance sity Testing Bureau or the College Level Examina- costs will approximate that of families of similar size these require periodic legislative review Examination Board college level program in secon- tion Program Box 971 Princeton New Jersey 08540 and financial strength with consideration given for dary schools and have performed satisfactotily in the Information about equivalent Universitv courses fof CURRENT INFORMATION individual circumstances It is extremely important advanced Placement examinat;ons are elig,ible for ad- which qualifying students may receive credit may be Because programs of aid and c- onditions of eligilad- ,that all financial information reported by the family vanced placement Duquesne University grants obtained from the University s Director of Testing ity do change from time to time the student should be complete accurate and updated for any major changes credit cis well as placement for achievement that Bureau or the Assistant Dean for Administration Col- attempt to keep abreast of new developments The Such information is considered and treated confi- merits such consideration Subjects inciuded in the lege of Libetal Arts and Sciences high school guidance office the University Financial dentially by aid administrators 1 135 134

guidelines published by the Federal government The rowed for any academic level is $3000 Repayment Aid office and the office of education in the student s demic achievement is normally reflected by a second program is referred to as the Geneial Pro- begins 60 days after disbursement of funds at an in- home state are excellent sources of information cumulative Quality Point Average of 3 0 or above gram which is funded by the University in addition teiest rate of 1 4% Applications and information are Students should avoid the error of disqualifying Renewal amounts may vary relative to the level of to considerations of financial need placement in a available through banks and other lending themselves for specific forms of aid because'of hear- need part-time position depends upon tne student s quali- institutions say or dated information A decision not to apply Parish Scholarship Program Available to incoming fications for performing successfully in the job Stu- to particular aid source should be made only upon OTHER POSSIBILITIES students from the parishes in the Diocese of Pitts- dent employment is limited to a maximum of fifteen the advice of an aid officer in addition to mass programs of aid previously bur-h Students are recommended by their pastor working hours a week when classes are in session described financial assistance may be obtained from UNIVERSITY AID to^ t'he University s Admissions office Awards are Students working under either program may not re- a wide variety of sources Since application pro- based on academic achievement and demonstrated tain outs,de jobs during academic periods APPLICATION PROCEDURE need They are renewable yearly based on continued cedures and requirements differ greatly it is not I Applicants must be currently enrolled in the academic achievement and continued need Con- possible to provide specific information In general University or be in the process of applying for ad-- tinued academic achievement is normally reflected OTHER SOURCES OF AID the student seeking potential sources of aid may in- mission Incoming students should not wait for official by a cumulative Quality Point Average of 3 0 and quire of 1) high school guidance counselors PELL GRANT PROGRAM acceptance to the University before applying for above Renewal amounts may vary ielative to the 2) parents employers or labor unions 3) fraternal Direct grant assistance through the Federal govern- financial assistance level of need social religious or professional organizations ment is available to undergraduates based on an 4) major organizations utilizing the skills of the field 2 Obtain the formal application for financial Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants 'eligibility determination reviewed and adjusted each fot which the student is preparing and 5) specific assistance (Freshmen and transfer students may ob- grant assistance is available to full or half-time under- ,,ear by Congress All undergraduates are advised departments within the Umversity tain the form through Admissions Office publications graduate students with financial need it should be to apply for this form of aid Students receiving aid or through the Financial Aid Office Currently enrolled noted that due to limited funding these grants are through the Univer;rty are required to apply for a AID FROM DEPARTMENTS students may obtain the form only through the Finan- normally awarded only to full-time students Recip- Pell Grant Necessary forms may be obtained through AND SCHOOLS cial Aid Office ) Complete this application and sub- ients are selected in accordance with guidelines the Financial Aid Office or the High School Guidance mit it to the FmanLial Aid office Duquesne Univer- COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS published by the Federal Government Office sity Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 PRIOR to these AND SCIENCES National Direct Loans are deadline dates For the Fall Semester or the aca- National Direct Student Loans STATE GRANT ASSISTANCE Pittsburgh Communications Foundation Loans The Founda- available to both full-time and half-time students who demic year no later than May I for the Spring General Depending upon the student s legal state of tion has established a loan fund for deserving junior demonstrate financial need and are making accept- Semester no later than December I Late applicants residence direct grant assistance from the state may and senior full-time students in the Department of able progress toward a degree It should be noted will be considered on the basis of available funds be available for study at Duquesne Universitv journalism Students will be required to repay the that due to limited funding these loans are normal- Students interested in being considered for scholar- loan within two years after graduation at three per- awarded only to full-time students Recipients are Noo-Pennsylvania residents should contact their high ships should submit their financial aid application by ly cent a year Such loans will be granted on the recom- selected in accordance with guidelines published by school guidance counselor or state Department of February 1 mendation of the Chairman of the journalism Depart- the Federal Gover4nent Loan repayment does not Education to determine if grants ate available and 3 Obtain from the high school guidance office or ment assisted by the journalism faculty Loan in- begin until six months after the borrower terminates to 'determine application procedures the Financial Aid Office a Financial Aid Document quiries and applications should be made to the Chair- at least half-time study and is scheduled over a Complete and submit it according to instructions Pennsyl^vania residents should obtain the State Grant Ap- man of the Department of journalism 0-year period at an interest rate of five percent a I plication from high school guidance offices the Statements take four to eight weeks to process and The Eleanor Polis Capone Memorial Award The award year Uni-versity Financial Aid Office or the Pennsylvania therefore should be submitted as early as possible honors in perpetuity the memory of Eleanor P Federal Nursing Loans fhese loans are available to full- Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA) At cur- 4 A reply to this application if filed by deadline 1 Capone The scholarship consists of the total annual time undergraduate nursing students who demon- rent levels grants ranging from $ 100 to $ 500 a year dates should be anticipated as follows Freshmen income from a restricted growth endowment fund strate financial need and are making acceptable are available to full-time undergraduate students and new transfers between mid-February and late and is awarded to an undergraduate student enrolled progress toward a degree Recipients are selected based on considerations of finan6al need Filing March (providing student has been accepted for ad- at the University who will be selected on the basis in accordance with guidelines published by the deadline is normal 'ly May I mission) Upperclassmen Replies should be antici- of merit in the field of creative writing with need a Federal government Loan repayment does not begin pated in June or July GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS secondary consideration interested students should until nine months after the borrower terminates at 5 Applications must be filed annually This program provides long-term low interest stu- contact the Chairman Honors and Awards Commit- least half-time study in nursing and is scheduled over dent loans available through the cooperative efforts tee English Department prior to January 15 a 10-year period at an interest rate of six percent PROGRAMS of federal and state governments and participating Andrew Kozora Memorial Scholarship This award was a year The following programs for which the foregoing ap- pi ivate lending institutions These loans are available established to honor in perpetuity the memory of plication procedures apply are administered directly Health Professions Loans Health Profession Student to students enrolled in an institution of higher learn- Andrew Kozora Full-time third or fourth year by the Financial Aid office Loans are available to full-time undergraduate stu- ing on at least a half-time basis They are provided students enrolled at Duquesne University and hav- dents in the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy pro- bv commercial lending institutions in every state To ing declared a major field of study to be either University Scholars Awards The University awards gram who demonstrate financial need and are mak- apply the student should inquire at a local lending Physics or Mathematics are eligible for such scholar- scholarships annually to exceptional high school ing acceptable progress toward a degree Recipients institution where the student or parents have an ac- ship The primary consideration will be financial need scholars These awards are not based on a demon- are selected in accordance with guidelines published count The maximum that an undergraduate student with academic achievement secondary Recipients strated need and may be renewed each year pro- by the Federal government Loan repayment does i may borrow for any academic level is $2 500 Repay- are selected by the University s Director of Finan- vided the student maintains a high level of academic not begin until one year after the student ceases to merit of these loans begins six months after gradua- cial Aid upon nomination by the Chairman of the achievement Renewal amounts may vary relative to pursue a full-time course of study in pharmacy and tion or withdrawal from school with an interest rate Physics or Mathematics Departments after they have the degree of achievernent The minimum academic is scheduled over a I 0-year period at an interest rate of 9% A fout to six week processing period should previously consulted with the Dean of the College requirement is a cumulative Quality Point Average of nine percent a year 11, be anticipated of Arts and Sciences of 3 0 Student Employment Two programs of employment Parent Loans for Undergraduate StudentslAuxiliary Loans to The Rev Joseph A Lauritis C S Sp journalism Scholarship Competitive Scholarships These awards are given to are available to financial aid applicants who demon- Assist Students Loans are available to parents of This is an annual scholarship in tribute to the Rev students of outstanding ability and achievement who strate need The first is the College Work-Study Pro, DEPENDENT undergraduate students INDEPEN- Joseph A Lauritis C S Sp founder of the Depart- also demonstrate financial need They are renewable gram which is financed principally by Federal appro- DENT undergraduates and graduates may apply ment of journalism and the University s radio station yearly based on continued academic achievement priations and awarded as aid in accordance with themselves The maximum amount that can be bor- WDUO-FM It is available to a freshman entering and continued demonstrated need Continued aca- 137 136 and friends of the family is available to all students ceutical sciences Applications must be received by Duquesne University who is planning to major in jour- Polish Arts League Scholar^hup This award is made an- in the School of Pharmacy the chairman of the grant committee by Novem- nalism The award is administered by the Lauritis nually by the Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to an ber 15 Applications are available in the School of Scholarship Committee of journahsr^ faculty and Clinton Eddy Goochi in Memorial Scholarship This scholar- outstanding performer in the School of Music Prefer- Pharmacy Office friends Deadline for application i- April I ence will be given to a student of Polish ancestry ship was established to honor the memory of Clin- Other students will not be excluded from considera- ton Eddy Goodwin by making annual awards to Edward T Leech Scholarship This annual scholarsh GENERAL tion deserving Pharmacy students Candidates must be was established in 1971 by the Scripps-HowardI p The PittsburghICentennial Scholarship was created at the a declared Pharmacv major attained a mimmu m Foundation for journalism junior/senior students who Music School Scholarships close of Duquesne University s Centennial year (1978) These awards are made quality point average and have an interest in and demonstrate outstanding academic promise concur- in the spirit of the University s founding mission to possible by donations from individuals and organ- demonstrated support of the University s Athletic rent financial need and are preparing for a journal- izations in appreciation of performances provide ready access to higher education for all The by School Program Apply through the Dean of Students Office ism career in the newspaper or broadcasting fields of Music students scholarship will be provided to deserving students It is administered by the faculty of the Department Mcuy McPartland Beck Scholarship Awaid Scholarship who have 'derrionstrated high academic performance I University Solo Wind Scholarships These scholarships in of journalism funds are available from earnings on a fund started and need Emphasis will be on performance in selec- varying amounts are awarded only to potential First by a bequest to the School of Pharmacy in 1970 tion of recipient inquiries should be directed to the SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND Chair performers Office of Financial Aid ADMINISTRATION NARD Foundialion Established by the National Asso- University String Scholarships These scholarships for tui- ciation of Retail Druggists in honor of its executive McCloskey Memorial Fund is awarded to students who ALCOA Scholarship This award is made annually to tion and applied music fees have been established secretary John W Dargavel this foundation provides have demonstrated scholastic ability good character an undergraduate student in the School of Business by the University to promote the study of string a $200 scholarship to a qualified student in the and Administration Recipients are selected by the and volunteer service to the community Applications instruments School of Pharmacy as well as loans to students of School on the basis of academic achievement are to be made directly to the Office,of the Dean Pittsburgh Flute Club Award This award is given to an pharmacy in their last five semesters for payment of Students SCHOOL OF EDUCATION outstanding woodwind student of tuition fees and books Vura I Heinz Travel Award This fund was established School of Education Competitive Scholarships are available University Piano Scholarships These scholarships are Galen Pharmaceutical Society Loan Fund This revolving to provide an educational and cultural opportunity to freshmen and transfer students who were among awarded to students showing outstanding talent in fund was established in 1963 for the purpose of pro- for promising young women students Recipients are the top fifth of their high school class or who main- piano viding financial assistance to worthy students of phar- selected on the basi s of academic achievement and tained a 3 0 high school average Transfer students macy during times of urgent financial distress evidence of interest in intercultural or international applying for these scholarships must have a B SCHOOL OF NURSING relations inquiries should be directed to the Office average from the school they last attended Apph- Fred Schiller Loan Fund This loan fund was founded Behan Scholarship The R I Behan Annual Nursing of the Dean of Students cants are required to submit three recommendations by Mr Fred Schiller Pittsburgh pharmacist in mem- Scholarship is a $500 scholarship awarded annually representing the areas of academic performance and ory of the late Emanuel Spector for worthv and Nathan and Harry Daly Scholarship This is an annual to a nursing student who is in good academic stand- personal achievement An interview is also required qualified students in the S(.hool of Pharmacv This award that is to be made to such deserving person ing The award is based on need professional to discuss individual perceptions and ideals as well revolving fund makes available tuition loans of vary- or persons from Butler County Pennsylvania attend- involvement and future aspirations as a statement of career goals Freshmen applicants ing amounts depending on the applicant s need and ing Duquesne University Selection is made by a must have an SAT score of at least 900 with a mini- SCHOOL OF PHARMACY general ability committee upon the recommendation of the Univer- sity s Financial Aid Office Canchdates are considered mum of 400 on any one test Transfer applicants must Women of Galen The Women s Auxiliary of the Galen John Clothier Sims Memorial Fund This revolving fund for academic achievement and financial need inter- be new students to Duquesne For renewal require- Pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh annually pro- established in 1 954 was made possible through the ested students should apply through the Financial ments and procedures contact the School of vides scholarship funds to be awarded to deserving generosity of the friends of the late Mr Sims execu- Aid Office Education pharmacy students in their last years of attendance tive of Sun Drug (now Eckerd) Company Pittsburgh Lawrence Roche Memorial Scholarship The award will be in the School of Pharmacy Partial tuition loans are made available to students Elizabeth Elsie McDonough Scholarship This award was under the conditions that apply to the Fred Schiller established to assist needy students from Allegheny made to a student who as a junior in the School of Beaver County Pharmaceutical Association Loan Fund This Loan Fund County to continue their educational endeavors at Education has in the judgment of the Awards Com- revolving loan fund provides financial assistance to Duquesne University Recipients are selected by the mittee demonstrated those qualities of scholarship students in the School of Pharmacy who are residents Pittsburgh Graduate Chapter of Kappa Psi Pharmaceutical University and awards are based on both academic character and professionalism which merit special of Beaver County Pennsylvania Applications are to Fraternity Maintains a revolving loan fund for mem- ackievement and financial ^eecl recognition The awardee must have a minimum be made to the Dean of the School of Pharmacy bers of the undergraduate chapters Details are Cuahty Point Average of 3 0 at the time of applica- available from the School of Pharmacy Minnie Hyman Scholarship A gift from the Hyman Fam- tion The student must be officially registered as a Samuel W Curtis Loan Fund This fund is intended to Rite-Aid Scholarship A $ 1 000 scholarship from the Rite- ily Foundation Awards are based on academic cri- senior in the School of Education of the University provide financial assistance for students in the School Aid Corporation is available to students entering the teria and need The amount of the awards varies at the time of receiving the award Applications must of Pharmacy final year of the pharmacy program Letters of appli- Recipients are selected by the Financial Aid Office be submitted to the Dean s office no later than Chilson Loan Fund A revolving loan fund established cation should be addressed to the Dean School of and the Hyman Family Foundation Interested March'I in 1 946 through the generosity of Francis P Chilson Pharmacy by May I Selection is based on financial students should apply through the Financial Aid and expanded by the contributions of Pharmacy SCHOOL OF MUSIC need demonstration of normal progress and good Office alumni provides financial assistance to worthy Women s Advisory Board Scholarships This fund provides standing in the pharmacy program James H and Margaret Lavelle Ferry Memorial Scholarship students in the School of Pharmacy scholarsHips in varying amounts each year to vocal This award was established to honor in perpetuity Tau Alumni Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma This pro- performers These scholarships are available to enter- Joel P Laughlin Scholarship in honor of Joel P Laugh- fessional pharmacy fraternity for women has estab- the memory of James H and Margaret Lavelle Ferry ing freshmen and upperclassmen lin a fraternity brother whose life was terminated lished financial awards for members in their last three by awarding annually a prize to a deserving student early in his professional program The Graduate in their name Recipients are selected by the Univer- Jazz Scholarship Available to all full-time undergrad- years of the pharmacy program Awards are based Chapter of Phi Delta Chi annually awards three $200 sity with the primary consideration being financial uate music students involved in the jazz program Ap- on financial need and participation in -the organ- scholarships to one fraternity brother in each of the need and academic achievement as a secondary con- plications available in the Dean s office ization three professional years The recipients must have sideration Recipients must be enrolled as undergrad- George Barrere Memorial Scholarship The Pittsburgh demonstrated academic achievement and active par- Dr B Olive Cole Graduate Educational Grant A $300 grant uate students Interested students should apply Flute Club offers a scholarship in flute in memory of ticipation in the function of the Fraternity is offered by Lambda Kappa Sigma to financially through the Financial Aid Office George Barrere founder of the first flute club in the assist an alumnae member who is enrolled in a pro- Peter and Dorothy Manzionc Memorial Fund A revolving Melville Alexander Eberhardt Memorial Fund This fund was United States This $300 scholarship is awarded to gram of graduate study and research in the pharma- fund donated by Rosetta and Geraldine Manzione a freshman or a sophomore flute major 139 138

$ 25 established to provide scholarships for the benefit The reduction does not extend to the Institute of For- Late Registration 5 of students residing in the United States Worthy mative Spirituality the Master of Liberal Studies pro- Removal of I Grade 15 students are recommended by the University to the gram doctoral degree programs or any designated Regis,ration Correction Fee 50 Trustees of the fund with both academic and finan- special program with clifferen^ial fees Only one Du- Continuing Registration Fee cial considerations being used interested students quesne degree may be obtained under this reduced *Undergraduate Business and Administration Student 1 2 or mot e credits 5 should apply through the Financial Aid Office tuition policv University fees laboratory costs room when carrying Less than 12 credits 3 and board and other non-tuition related expenses Louis and Ida Amdursky and Benjamin Amdursky Memorial will be charged at full rate Undergi actuate Music Student when carrying Fund This fund was established to assist Jewish 12 or more credits 25 students who are residents of Allegheny County Catholic Lay Teachers Discount Full-time teachers in *School of Pharmacy Undergraduate Fee 150 Recommendations are made by the University to the Catholic schools who have completed a minimum *Undergraduate Pharmacy Student Activities (for Third Trustees of the fund and are on the basis of merit of two years teaching at an approved diocesan Fourth and Fifth Year Students) 25 and need interested students should apply through school are eligible to receive a tuition discount They *University Fee $11 per credit the Financial Aid Office must be admitted to the graduate program of their choice tinder the usual and standard conditions The I W Rande Memorial Scholarship Fund A newly-estab- *Charged on each semester registration discount is 50 percent of tuition only The same fished fund in honor of I W an&Ruth Lewis Rahcle restrictions indicated ui^icler the section' on Clerical LABORATORY FEES in recognition of their long-time affection for the Ci- Discounts apply amounts are for one semester where applicable the yearly charge is double in addition to the laboratory ty of Pittsburgh Factors to be considered for selec- All fee some programs also require a breakage charge of $15 00 a semester this is proportionately refundable tion include leadership qualities good character Senior Citizen Discount Men and women who are 60 I strong potential for civic contributions (especially to years of age or older may also enroll in certain depending upon the losses incurred 1982-1983 academic year Lab fees will be increased in 1983-1984 and 1984-1985 the City of Pittsburgh) and the ability to relate well graduate programs at half-off the regular tuition rate Laboratory fees apply to the with others Interested students should reply through The same restrictions indicated under the section on Biology (each laboratory) 35 the Financial Aid Office Clerical Discounts apply Business 491 5 35 Stella and Charles Guttman Scholarship Foundation Awards RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING Chemistry (each laboratory) CORPS 10 are based on need with academic considerat,ons (ROTC) SCHOLARSFHIPS Computer Science Education 490 491 (Student Teaching) 25 secondary Interested students should apply through Army ROTC offers a number of four-year scholarships English 203 380 381 382 383 384 385 5 the Financial Aid Office for qualified students on a very competitive basis English 439 10 These scholarships pay for tuition fees required text- John Joseph Monytilo Memorial Scholarship, Fund Awards English as a Second Language* 300 books and other purely academic expenses as well are based on financial need The fund was estab- journalism 367 369 380 405 409 485 10 as providing a $100 per month subsistence allow- lished through a gift to the University from Marie journalism 267 268 370 378 37c) 381 413 15 ance Interested high school students may apply by Locher in memory of her brother John Mongilio In- journalism 375 25 writing Army ROTC Duquesne University' Pitts- terested students should apply through the Finan- Mathematics 307 308 10 burgh Pennsylvania 15282 The application period cial Aid Office Music-Applied Music lot 102 103 104 201 202 203 204 301 302 303 begins in April of the student s junior year and ends 304 401 402 403 404 150 UNIVERSITY DISCOUNTS in December of their senior year Music-Applied Music 11 1 112 118 119 211 212 218 219 311 312 411 412 75 Clerical Discounts University-recognized members of the For students already enrolled at Duquesne Univer- Music-Class Piano 213 214 215 315 10 Christian and Jewish clergy and religious who have sity three-year and two-year scholarships are avail- Music-Class Methods 181 182 183 184 10 been ordained or professed are eligible to enroll in able Individuals need not be participating in the Music-Brass Class Methods 281 282 283 284 to certain graduate programs at half-off the regular tui- ROTC program to apply For additional information Music-Organ Practice Room 20 tion rate The reduced tuition benefits may be ap- contact the Military Science Department at 434-6664 Music-String Class Methods 381 382 10 plied toward any terminal master s degree program Music-Student Teaching 25 Pharmacy 011 012 016 017 022 027 031 032 035 054 40 Physics (each laboratory) 35 Psychology 3 5 6 1 7 Tuition and Fees Speech 101 220 251 263 264 311 351 5 Graduate Biology With Laboratory 35 Graduate Chemistry 520 561 35 The University reserves the right to change tuition and fee charges if exigencies require such action The figures Graduate Classics 551 160 shown apply to the 1982-83 term only unless otherwise indicated Graduate Communications 512 25 160 TUITION Graduate Modern Languages 051 & 052 Graduate Psychology 571 15 Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $150 Graduate Pharmacy (each laboratory) 30 Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit 160 Graduate Education 512 692 693 10 Auditors pay the same as students taking courses for credits Graduate Music 501 502 503 504 505 601 602 603 604 605 606 150 FEES Graduate Music Minors 5 11 5 12 513 5 14 5 15 75 Application (non-refundable) $ 20 15 Matriculation Deposit (non-refundable) 100 Laboratory Breakage Fee Residence Hall Pre-Payment (non-refundable) 100 one breakage card per semester will cover laboratory breakage in Chemistry Residence Hall Damage Deposit 50 *No Academic Credit Flat Fee Change of Schedule for processing each form 5 Credit by Examination for each semester hour for recognition of proficiency of course credit (See policy in Section VI page 144) 20 140 '141 SUMMER AND SPECIAL SESSION TUITION AND FEE CHARGES The University reser,,es the right to modify these c) Student Finance Program (Deferred Payment Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $150 charges if exigencies require such action Plan)—Accounts Rece-vable Office Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit 160 d) Housing Reservations and'Housing Charges— University Fee $1 1 per credit Regular Session—Room and Board (20 meals a week) Single for each semester $1355 00 Office of the Assistant Dean of Residence Life GRADUATION FEES Double for each semester 1 123 50 Bachelor Degree $ 30 *Those desiring residency for the Summer Session should make reser Summer Sessions—Room and Board* Master Degree 40 vations with the Assistant Dean of Residence Life fhree weeks prior 6 Weeks $541 80 (Single Room and Boa rd 1 Doctor of Pharmacy Degree 40 to opening date of your session A non-refundable deposit of $20 must $449 40 (Double Room and Board) juri^ Doctor Degree 85 accompany each application After occupancy the deposit is applied 8 Weeks $712 Doctor of Philosophy Degree 55 40 (Single Room and Board) toward the room and board expenses This deposit is not refunded if $599 20 (Double Room and Board) Thesis Binding Fee—Doctoral Dissertation 75 the room is not occupied Rates shown are for 1 98 3 summer session Thesis Binding Fee—Master Thesis 65 ROOM AND BOARD—WITHDRAWAL only For day rates and three four and five week rates contact the AND REFUND Office of Residence Life WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION ROOM AND BOARD A resident student must notify the Assistant Dean STUDENT FINANCING PROGRAM OF ATTENDANCE The request for on-campus residence is made on the of Residence Life in advance of the planned with- (All prior balances must be paid in full before the stu- Upon officially withdrawing from the University a stu- same form used for application for admission to the drawal No refund of room charges will be made dent is eligible for this plan ) Duquesne University dent receives remission of part of the tuition charged University After the student has completed the ad- ,vhere withdrawal occurs after the opening classes students desiring payment of their tuition and other for the semester or session in accordance with the mission procedure and has paid the matriculation in the event of withdrawal board will be refunded charges for the semester by installment contact in Tuition Remission Schedule The amount of the remis- deposit the residency request is referred automat- at the rate of 75 per cent of the balance remaining person the Student Finance Section at Final Regis- sion is added to payments and a refund is made ically to the Assistant Dean of Residence Life The on the student s meal plan up until mid-semester tration The Student Financing Program provides upon request where a credit balance is created on request is processed and necessary application forms After the mid-semester point no refund will be made financing for up to 50% of the current semester are forwarded to the student the students total account No reduction of charges nor refund of payments to charges less financial aid authorized and other The Effective Date of Withdrawal for determining The University requires that a prepayment of $ 100 which a student may have been otherwise entitled payments to be repaid to the University in two equal the percent of remission is that on which the appro- which is applicable to the following semester s room will bc made if withdrawal is not in accordance with installments Interest is charged at the rate of 1/3 of priate Academic Dean was notified by letter of the and board account accompany all applications for the official withdrawal procedure I % per month A delinquency charge on each students decision to terminate attendance and re- room reservations or renewals This pre-payment is No student is permitted to remain in the residence monthly installment in default for a period of ten days quested official withdrawal it is also the recorded non-refundable halls after academic withdrawal from the University or more will be charged in an amount equal to 5% date of the student s separation from the University In addition a $50 damage deposit must accompany has been completed of such installment or $5 00 whichever is less ex- and regarded as the last day of attendance A stu- each initial housing contract Fhis deposit is retained cept that a minimum charge of $1 00 may be made dent is considered enrolled and in attendance until by the University throughout the period of residency FINANCIAL MATTERS he or she acts to terminate attendance in conform- If no damage deductions are incurred and the room All charges for tuition fees room and board less CASHING CHECKS ity with this policy even though absences from classes key and ID card returned the full amount of the financial assistance authorized by the Financial Aid A student may cash a check up to a maximum of $50 were observed and recorded before the Effective deposit will be refunded at the final termination of Office are payable at registration For your con- at the Cashiers Office on the Ground Floor of the Date of Withdrawal residency vemence Master Charge and VISA (Bank Americard) Administration Building between 9 00 A M and 4 00 Wh&n a student s attendance is involuntarily termi- Reservations are made on a semester basis— can be utilized to pay tuition and fees P M Monday through Friday except during regis- nated in a semester because of personal disability August to December January to May Rooms may BILLING PROBLEMS tration with a validated ID Card for the current arising from injury or illness any remission of tuition be occupied no earlier than noon of the day preced- semester Take the billing statement to the office indicated for beyond the limits prescribed by the withdrawal re- ing the beginning of the orientation or registration an explanation or correction concerning these bill- BAD CHECKS fund policy is subject first to the approval of the periods 4 ing matters Academic Dean then the Vice President for Aca- Room assignments are made on a first-come first- it is the policy of the University to charge bad checks a) Balance Forward Credits Payments Deposits— demic Affairs and finally the 'Vice President for serve basis Therefore it is extremely important for to the student who cashes them regardless of the Accounts Receivable Office Business and Management the student to return his/her housing application im- maker A $3 00 service charge will be assessed'on b) Financial Aid Awards Federal Loans Guaran- mediately upon receipt of it Overcrowded conditions checks that are returned from a bank for lack of TUITION REMISSION SCHEDULE ty Loans and Employer Billing—Office of the Direc- have occurred in the past and students have been funds This schedule applies to tuition only it does not apply tor of Financial Aid temporarily assigned three to a room or in lounges to other charges such as the University Fee course Therefore students returning their application after fee and laboratory fees nor to the reduction of all rooms have been assigned will be housed in tem- credits resulting from course withdrawals made after porary housing be placed on a waiting list or not the Change of Schedule period be assigned a space in the residence area Within the Semester Percent of Remission All students occupying rooms in the University First Week 80 residence halls are required to take their meals at Second Week 80 the Resident Dining Hall Charges are for 20 meals Third Week 40 a week with meals served commencing with the Fourth Week 20 evening meal of the day before the first day of After Fourth Week None classes Residence Halls are closed during vacation (Thanks- Within the Summer Session—Based on a giving Christmas and Easter) periods Six Week Session Standard All resident students must present evidence of First Week 60 health and accident insurance coverage such Second Week 20 coverage is available through the University After Second Week None 143 1142

open to cross-registration First priority in registra- University officials information concerning the col- r% tion shall go to the students of the host college lege attendance academic record of their child it is rart VI: The students advisor or dean is responsible for required by the Family Educational Rights and Pri- 0 assuring eligibility for the course in which the student vacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) (Public Law 93-380 as 21% intends to enroll Each qualified student may enroll amended section 99 31 (8) that either the parents 1-tecristrafieOn11Z and in no more than one course off campus in any one bo* must prove financial dependence of their child upon term or semester under this program Cross-regis- them according to the dependency test as defined tration is conducted through the office of the home in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1 954 S chLolasticn vp"tw i mi registrat or the child must grant a waiver of rights given by Duquesne University students who are participating FERPA in this program are charged tuition and University Students wishing to waive the requirement of Fee in accordance with the current rates charged by FERPA relating to the release of academic mfo,ma- REGISTRATION Duquesne University however students are respon- tion to parents must complete the waiver obtainable' s^ble for paving any course or laboratory fees to the at the office of the academic adviser Students who attend the Fall Semester which begins 3 Arrangements have beer, made to the satisfac- host institution in late August receive academic advisement and tion of the University for payment in full of all finan- These policies on cross-registration are not effec- registet for classes during the preceding months of cial charges including fees tuition and housing tive at this time for enrollments in summer sessions April May June and July Spring Semester students charges all of which are due and payable in full including the spring term at the University of Pitts- Academic ' register in the Fall Semester during November and before the beginning of classes 17-oficies , burgh early December CHANGE OF SCHEDULE Orientation programs for new students are con- LATE REGISTRATION Students reouiring a change of class schedule to POLICIES the schools in late spring and summer in ducted by change class times or to add or to drop a class are With approval of the apDropriate dean and upon pay conjunction with academic advisement and registra- ACADEMIC ADVISOR permitted to do so during the pre-registration peri- ment of the penalty fee late registration may be per- tion od the final registration period and the first class mitted for a serious reason however no student may Every student attending the University is assigned comprehensive invoice that confirms the class A week of the semester Change of class schedule is be registered and begir, attending classes later than or selects an academic advisor It is the students schedule of courses for which the student is regis- not permitted after the Latest Date for Change of the Latest Date for Registration and Change of responsibility to ascertain the advisors name which tered and lists fees tuition dormitory charge Schedule as announced in the semester academic Schedule as announced in the Academic Calendar may be obtained from the office of the school in deposits financial aid awards and balance due is which the student is enrolled calendar mailed to the student at his or her permanent ad- RECORDS AND REPORTS All schedule changes must be approved by the The student should consult with the academic ad- dress a month before classes begin thus enabling academic adviser and pi ocessed with the Registrar SEMESTER GRADE REPORTS vi,;or about the program and any questions of an the student or parent to make payment by mail academic natute No student may register without Schedule change requests processed with the Every registered student who is free of financial A three-day final registration for students who have the academic advisors approval and signature Registrar during the first class week must also have obligations to the University is sent a report of grades neither obtained registration for classes nor con- the signatuies of the instructors whose classes are to the permanent address on record soon after the ACADEMIC SUPERVISOR OF cluded financial arrangements is held just before the being added or dropped close of each semester INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS opening of classes Students who tardily process change forms are not The financial obligation for class places reserved TRANSCRIPTS The academic progress of student athletes engaged entitled to refund for the course credits dropped a registered student who does not subsequently in intercollegiate competition is monitored by the by Courses dropped after the deadline for making Each student receives a summary transcript of his attend cannot be canceled unless written notification ASIA T^e delivery of academic support systems to schedule changes ate classified as course with- or her complete academic record at the close of each of the decision not to attend is given to the Registrar those student athletes who need them is facilitated drawals (See Withdrawal from a Course and With- academic year Students should carefully examine before the first class day Notification received on via this office drawal from the University mentioned elsewhere in their records for accutacy and immediately report or after the opening day of classes is subject to the errors to the Registrar this catalog ) AUDITING COURSES official withdrawal policy Withdrawal from room and Except for changes requested by the dean or ad- To obtain additional copies of their academic rec- To audit courses a 'student must be officially board reservation contracts is to be made in accord- ords students must write to the Registrar for tran- visor a fee of $5 00 is charged for each change form registered and pay the same charges for courses that ance with the provisions of the contract See Room processed after the close of pr&-registration scripts for themselves or for the other institutions and are taken for credit Enrollment in a course for audit and Board—Withdrawal Refund page 1 4 1 of this catalog agencies All official transcripts issued by the Office is subject to approval of the student s academic ad- of the Registrar bear the signature of the Registrar OFFICIAL REGISTRATION CROSS-REGISTRATION visor permission to audit graduate and professional and the embossed seal of the Office of the Registrar only students who are recognized as officially rcgis- Cross-college and -university registration prondes op- courses requires consent of the dean of the school Whenever an official transcript is released directly to are bona fide students of Duquesne University portunities for enriched educational programs ap- in which the desired course is offered Registration tered the student it will also bear the stamped designation Unless students are officially registered they are not proved a student s advisor or dean at any of the ^in a course as Auditor must be declared at registra- by Issued to Student permitted to attend classes engage in student affairs following institutions tion and is irrevocable after the Latest Date for No transcript will be issued unless all financial obli- or generally have access to the buildings ard Change of Schedule Carlow College La Roche College gations owed by the student to the University have grounds or use of the University s facilities Carnegie-Mellon Pittsburgh Theological been fulfilled A fee of $2 00 is charged for the is- CANCELLATION OF COURSES Official registration is the recognition given by the University Seminary suance of each transcript The University makes every reasonable effort to offer University to persons who have met these conditions Chatham College Point Park College courses as announced in the Semestet Schedule of CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT RECORDS I Appropriate authority for admittance to study Community College Robert Morris College Courses and the Summer Session Bulletin It reserves The University regards the student s personal infor- in a school or department has been given by an of Allegheny University of Pittsburgh the right however to make changes or cancel mation and academic record as a matter of confi- authorized officei of the University The admitting County courses in the academic schedule because of insuffi- dence between the student and the University The authority for undergraduate students resides in the The opportunity for Cross-registration will be cient enrollment or for any other equally valid contents of either may be revealed only in accord- Director of Admissions available to each full-time student enrolled in any pro- reason ance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy 2 Authorization to continue in the program gram leading to a degree Full credit and grade will Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380 Section 438 as CLASS ATTENDANCE selected has been given and registration for classes be transferred amended) Regular class attendance is normally essential for has been accomplished in compliance with all aca- Each college or university accepts registration in in order that parents of students may receive from maximum educational advantage and is strongly e-n- demic requirements and procedures regularly accredited courses designated by it as 145 144 couraged The responsibility for all course material plication fee of $20 00 is charged for each course REPEATING COURSES AND COURSE c) A student athlete (as all students in the Univer- rests wholly with the student Schools may require credit application forms may be obtained from the RETROGRADATION sity) is academically dismissed if the student athlete fails three courses in one semester Student athletes attendance at every class Office of the Registrar Students ordinarily are permitted to repeat courses can be readmitted by the student standing commit- it is the prerogative of each school to establish As policies vary among the Schools students who in which D and F grade-, were received The requesi tee of the college or school to which the student policy for attendance at classes laboratories test, feel they may qualify for credit by examination should for permission to repeat a course is to be submitted athlete is returning If a student transfers to another examination,; deadlines for reports and specific consult the Dean of the school in which they are in letter form to the academic adviser before,regis- school within the University the Student athlete can school requitements It is the instructor s responsi- enrolled,for specific information about courses open tering in the repeat course All grades are retained be admitted only by the Dean of that school bility to make the school s policy known at the first to this examination procedure on the permanent acaderric record The result of the cla-s session as it pertains to the course and schoo I final attempt in a repeated course is however the For,students who have attempted 15-30 -credits , GRADING SYSTEM The student who is unable to attend class because students status in the course with regard to at- or more than 30 credits in one year the guidelines The officially recognized method of grading course of serious illness hospitalization a serious accident tempted credits earned credits and the completion are work and rating academic performance of students or other extenuating circumstance is responsible for of requirements Academic Warning 1 7 5 to 1 99 OPA (Letter of warn- at the University is as follows notifying the office of his academic dean Fie should Retrogradation a corollary of the rer)eat credit rule ing may be sent by appropriate Dean) supply the necessary written verification as soon as A Excellent under which a student may earn credit once only for Probation 1 50 to 1 74 OPA (Subject to the jurisdic- possible B Good a course prescribes that a student may not move tion of the appropriate Committee on Student The student must submit the work assigned and C — Average backward from an advanced course to a lower level Standing and may be required to modify or restrict take the examination in the course at the specified course and receive credit for both Any doubtful D — Below average passing academic program) time If he work is not submitted or an examination situation must be decided by the department chair- P — Pass (Used in some courses where scaled Dismissal Less than 1 50 OPA (Readmission may be is not taken at the scheduled time the policy is to person or dean involved grading is inappropriate Indicates satisractory, permitted on recommendation of the appropriate assign a zero for that part of the course An aCCLJMU- completion of course work with credits earned PASS/FAIL ELECTIVES Committee on Student Standing) lation of zero grades could result in a final grade of but without quality points and is independent a junior or senior F It a student has for significant reasons missed a One course a semester elected by For the students who have attempted 3 1-60 credits part of the course or an examination the grade may of the quality point system) and approved by the academic advisor as providing or who have attempted up to 61 credits within four be submitted as an I If the temporary I grade is S — Satisfactory (Used in pass/fail elected courses an opportunity to expand and enrich the student s semesters these guidelines prevail experience may be taken on a pass/fail (S-U) basis to be replaced by a passing grade the work must and is independent of the quality point Academic Warning 1 85 to 1 99 OPA (Letter of warn- passed the credits will count for graduation but be completed by the time stated in the Academic system) if ing may be sent by appropriate Dean) neither grade nor credits will be calculated in the Calendar Failure on the part of the student to F — Failure (Course must be repeated for creditj Probation 1 75 to 1 84 OPA (Subject to the jur,sdic- remove the temporary grade results in conversion quality point average U — Unsatisfactory—Failure (Used in pass/fail ti,on of the appropriate Committee on Student Once a course has been identitied as a pass/fail of that grade to an F recorded on the transcript elected courses and is independent of the Standing and may be required to modify or restrict elective the course must be completed as such and quality point system course must be repeated academic program) CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS the grade submitted must be an S or a U No required for credit) Freshman less than 30 credits completed course may be taken on this elective pass/fail basis Dismissal Less than 1 7 5 OPA (Readmission maybe Sophomore 30 to 59 credits completed I — Incomplete (A temporary grade given bv an The decision to elect the-pass/fail option must be permitted on recommendation of the appropriate junior 60 to 89 credits completed instructor wrien neither a passing nor failing made during registration or no later than the close Committee on Student Standing) Senior 90 or more credits completed grade can be determined because of in- of the period provided for making schedule changes Studerits who have attempted 61 or more credits complete course work Unless a cogent ex- may I Full-time Student A student with an academic and who have a OPA of between 1 85 and 1 99 planation of extenuating circumstances ac- STUDENT STANDING schedule of at least 12 credits is considered a full- continue on probation for one semester However ceptable to the instructor is presented and the cumu- time student With this status a student is entitled Progress toward a degree is measured by students who have earned more than 90 credits are the missed examination or required assign- lative quality point average The scholastic records to the benefits of various activities A student may subject to dismissal unless they have a OPA of 2 0 ment is made up by the date specified in the of students who fail to meet the minimum require- not change status during the semester without the or better Students who accumulate three F grades Academic Calendar the I becomes a perma- ments as established by the faculty of each college in one semester are subject to dismissal Appeals of permission of the academic advisor and the Dean I nent F grade) or school will be submitted to the College or School of the students schc^ol academic dismissal must be directed to the appro- W Official Withdrawal (Used on a students per- Committee on Student Standing for review and ap- priate College or SLhool Committee on Student 2 Part-time Student Anyone who carries under 12 manent record to indicate termination of propriate action Normally academic records will be Standing Stucients subject to the jurisdiction of the credits is regarded as a part-time student attendance in courses under conditions of of- reviewed annually at the conclusion of each academic appropriate Committee on Student Standing in 3 Post-graduate Student A pet son who has completed ficial withdrawal See pages 232 and 220 year accordance with the established guidelines who are a baccalaureate degree and is seeking additional Withdrawal from a Course and Withdrawal The policy of the Council of Academic Deans on permitted to re-enroll on a full-time basis but con- undergraduate credits from the University) Student Athleies vis-a-vis academic standards reads tinue participation in non-curricular and extra- COURSE EXAMINATIONS as follows I curricular activitie,; shall be without appeal if they OUALITY POINT SYSTEM are subsequently dismissed from the University for Unit examinations are given on the dates announced a) To participate in the formal athletic progiams The students overall academic quality point aver- poor scholarship by the instructor at the beginning of each semester at the University a student must be currently en- age (OPA) s obtained by dividing the total quality Grades for these are obtained from the instructor rolled as a full-time student Full-time status is de- points earned by the total number of semester hours DEAN'S LIST are given at the end of each fined by University catalog as enrollment of 12 credits Final examinations attempted These quality point values of grades are To achieve distinction of being named to the Dean s semester and summer session No student is excused minimum per semester Such a program would allow used for each credit attempted List a student must have a record for a semester that a student to graduate within five years from taking the final examination shows completion of a full-time schedule a quality A — four points b) A student athlete must be making satisfactory 2 and no grade lower B — three points point average of at least 3 5 EXAMINATION academic progress This means that a student must CREDIT BY than The full-torne schedule must include at least C — two points C Examinations for recognition of proficiency in a sub- have successfully completed 24 credits during the D — one point 12 credits exclusive of pass/fail credits ject or for course credit as authorized by the Col- previous academic year This would allow a student F — zero points GRADUATE COURSES FOR lege or a particular School of the University are the fall spring and summer semesters in which to Courses in which grades P S U I and W were UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT available to currently en,olled students who by earn these 24 credits in addition the student athlete given are not used in calculating the quality point previous experience or exposure have acquired must satisfy the student standing policy as outlined CILialified seniors may be permitted to register in cer- mastery of the knovdedge in certain courses An ap-, average in the Student Handbook and University catalogs tain graduate courses at the 500 level for under-

146 147

graduate credit on the recommendation of the ad- HONORS visor and with the approval of the dean of the Degrees are awarded with special mention (am laude graduate school involved All 500 courses are magna cum laude or summa cup, laude to,students who described in the graduate school catalogs ha,,e completed the regular course with unusual distinction and who have completed a mmunum of GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 60 credits in residence Honors are based on these The candidate for a University degree Must be a per- stan^ards son of good moral character who has satisfactorily Cum Laude—Ouality Point completed all academic requirement- for the degree I Average 3 50 to 3 74 prograrn and in addition has the recommendation Magna Cum LaUde—Ouality Point THE DUQUESNE CORPORATION of ti^e appropriate Academic Dean filed the Appli- Average 3 75 and above cation for the University Degree with the Office of Edward L Murray C S Sp Chairman Su.-nma Cum Laucle—Upon recommendation of the the Registrar on or before the latest date to apply Francis M Philben C S Sp Vice Chairmai faculty and a 3 90 OPA the Magna CUrn Laude cita- for graduation as announced in the Academic Calen- Charles I Fenner C S Sp Secretary tion mav be raised to Summa Cum Laude dar and paid all indebtedness to the University Louis F Dolan C S Sp John E Nader C S Sp it is the student s responsibilitv to clete,mme that UNIT OF CREDIT Joseph A Duchene C S Sp David L Smith C S Sp the courses taken in each semester are seouentially The unit of credit is the semester hour i e one credit William R Headlev C S Sp Joseph L Varga C S Sp correct and necessary for the degree program equals one semester hour One semester hour of The student must r)eriodically review in consulta- credit is granted for the successful comoletion of one BOARD OF DIRECTORS tion with the appropriate academic advisor progi ess hour a week of lecture or recitation or at least two toward graduation and seek with the advisor the hours a week of laboratory work for one semester Officers resolution of any question about fulfillment of grad- of 15 weeks A William-Capone Chairman ot the Board uation reouirements Joseph A Katarincic Esq Vice Chairman of the Board TRANSFER WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY Each school and each department sets forth in this Rev CharlesJ Fenner CSSp Secretaiy of the Board catalog requiremerts for graduation which the stu- It would be to the student s advantage to cl.scuss the dent is expected to know as well as the aforemen- proposed transfer with the academic advisor of the Term Members tioned general requirements and the following new school no later than two weeks prior to pre- Robert J Buckley Thomas I Murrin I The bachelors degree requires a minimum of registration The advisor will then use the form and J Earl Burrell Henry I McAnulty C S Sp 120 sernester houts of course credits in all except procedure established as uniform for the University Richard Caliguirt Most Rev John B McDowell D D Radiological Health Medical Technology and Phar- to effect any change Mrs James L Coleman Jr Donald S Nesti C S Sp , S T D macy which require respectively 12 3 12 5 and 160 WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE William H Cosgrove Henry X 0 Biten Robert A dePalma James F 0 Day credits First semester freshmen may withdraw from courses John F Donahue Patricia P Olivo 2 All bachelors degrees require an overall mini- with the approval of their advisor up to the period Francis R Duffy C S Sp Anthony I F 0 Reill^ mum quality point average of 2 0 which is a C grade of final examinations and receive a grade of W bv William Poclobinski C S Sp average in a 4 0 system (Students should further processing the proper form Thomas F Faught ir Herman Fineberg John L Propst determine the need for minimum OPA requirements if a student other than a first semester freshman Merle E Gilliand Joseph H Ridge in their major science course etc ) wishes to withdraw from a course he may do so with Edward I Goldberg Esq Daniel M Rooney 3 The last vear s work (a minimum of 30 semester the approval of his acadernic7advisor and by process- Carl G Greferistette Frank I Schneider hours of credit) must be completed in residence at ing the proper form up to the date announced in the William R Headley C S Sp Mrs Elizabeth M Scott the University Academic Calendar for withdrawal with a W grade Richard S Smith If a student wishes to withdraw from a course after John J Henry 4 Not less than three credits for one course) in W Bruce Thomas the date announced in the Academic Calendar the Robert E irr theology are required foi all undergraduate Catholic William A Uricchio student must seek app, oval of the Committee on Stu- Lane 0 JoFnson students in every program at the University Albert C Van Dusen dent Standing of the student s School The student Aaron P Levinson 5 Students on academic probation may be candi- Konrad M Weis will be notified of the Committees decision If ap- E D Loughney dates for graduation only with permission of the Com- Francis W Wright C S Sp proval is granted the student then initiates the ap- Raymond i Mulligan mittee on Student Standing of tneir school propr,ate form through the advisor Associate Members The candidate who has satisfied graduation re- A student who is not granted approval of the re- Eugene P Beard Charles D Horne quirements bv a Challenge Examination (credit by quest and withdraws from the course unofficially will Murry P Berger Daniel R Lackner examination) when taken timewise w,thin the last receive an F grade for the course 30 semester hours of study for the degree will fulfill Francis A Devlin Joseph A Massa,o the resiaence requirement provided a minimum of Sidney Dworkin Frederic B Sargent 30 semester hours of credit has been earned in Edward F Eddy James L Snyder course work at the University in the last year s study Claire M Carrecht

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Donald S Nesti C S Sp S T D President Henry I McAnulty C S Sp Chancellor Stephen J Miller Ph D Vice Ptesident for Academic Affairs James 0 Allison M B A Vice President for Manacement and Business Dennis C -olden Ed D Vice President for Student Life Regis J Ebner B A Vice President for Uni,,ersity Relations Charles J Fenner C S Sp Ph D Secretary 148 149

Ronald G Butler Dagobert de Levie Administration and Faculty Assistant Professor of Biology Adjunct Profe^sor of B A State University of Oswego Modern Languages Ph D Syracuse University Ph D University of Base] COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Peter A Castric Anna D Eramo ADMINISTRATION Professor of Biology Laboratory Administrator in Physics B S Oregon State University B S Carlow College James A McCulloch Ph D Dean Ph D Montana State University Marguerite S Puhl M Ed Assistant Dean for Administration Donato A DeFelice Shih-Chi Chang Joan E Deakins B A M Ed Director of Academic Advisement Associate Professor of Mathematics Professor of Physics Anne D Gyurisin B A Academic Advisor B S M S University of Pittsburgh B S National Taiwan University Edward H Noll A B M Ed M A Senun Academic Advisor Eugene F Del Vecchio M S Ph Kansas State University Janice R Gi ey B A Assistant to the Dean D Assistant Professor of Frances Jahrling Chivers Modern Languages FACULTY Associate Professor of Enalish A B University of California Roger M Angelelli Robert E Beranek • B Smith College (Berkeley) Lecturer in Speech Professor of Politicol Science • M Columbia University M A Ph D University of Washington Ph D University of Buffalo B S California State College B A St Vincent College Victor L Dial M S West Virginia University M A Fordham University Jerry Clack Professor of Speech Ph D Univetsity of Pittsburgh Pri D Universitv of Pittsburgh Professor of Classics and Communication and Theatre Mary Frances Antolini Ralph C Boettcher 1982-83 Department Chairman B A M A Xavier University B Assistant Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of Enqhsh A Princeton University Ph D University of Michigan M A B A M A Duquesne University B A University of Detroit Duquesne University Patricia M Dunham M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Shirley Arch M A Columbia University Assistant Professor of Political Science Lecturer in Sociology Douglas A Bors John A Clair B S M A Ball State Unnersity Professor of English B A University of Buffalo Assistant Professor of Psychology Howard G Ehrlich B A M Duquesne University M S W University of Pittsburgh B A University of Florida A Professor of Biology and Ph D Western Reserve University Roberta Aronson M A University of Regina Department Chairman Vicky A Lecturer in Art Division Clement C Braszo Clark B S Marquette University Lecturer in Fine Department of Classics Lecturer in Sociology Arts Ph D University of Minnesota A B B A M A George Washington University B A Duquesne University UCLA Lester Embree A M University of Californ-a Davis Samuel I Astormo M S W University of Pittsburgh Professor of Philosophy Ph D University of Michigan Professor of History Kenneth Richard Boyd B A Tulane University Francesca Colecchia B A M A Ph D University of Associate Professor of Biology Ph D New School for Social Research Professor of Modern Languages Pittsburgh B S Denison University Eleanor V Fails and Department Chairman Daniel E Barbush M S Ph D University of Illinois Professor of Sociology B Ed Duquesne University Lecturer in Mathematics George Russell Bradley B A Saint Mary s College M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Mathematics M A University of Notre Dame Primitivo Colombo Ph D Frank I Baron B S Allegheny College Loyola University of Chicago Professor Emeritus of French Professor of Biology Ph D University of Notre Dame Norma Feinberg B A M A Ph D University of B S Ph D University of California Frank M Buckle^ \ Assistant Professor of Sociology Pittsburgh Anthony Barton Professor of Psychology M S W Ph D University of Pittsburgh Albert B Costa Professor of Psychology B A Holy Cross Rev Charles J Fenner C S Sp Professor of History B A Ohio Wesleyan University M A Boston College Associate Professor of Theology B S St Mary s College, California M A Ph D University of Chicago Ed D Harvard University B A B D St Mary s Seminary M S Oregon State University William Beck Walter V Burrows J C B Gregorian University G Ph D University of Wisconsin Rome Italy Assistant Professor of Computer Science Assistant Professor of German Frank I D Amico M A Duquesne University B S M S University of Pittsburgh B A M A Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Mathematics Ph D Catholic University B S Carnegie Mellon University Rpv Fdward A Bushmski C S Sp B S Southern Connecticut State College Professor of Theology Constance Taylor Fischer E Jane Beckwith M Sc Ph D University of Pittsburgh Professor of Psychology Lecturer in journalism B D St Mary s Seminary Kathleen C D Appolonia B A University of Oklahoma B A Seton Hill College S T L University of Fribourg Assistant Professor of Psychology M A Ph University of Kentucky M F A Pratt Institute M A Duquesne University D B A Skidmore College Ph D Fordham University William Frank Fischer George Richard Benzinger Ir M Ph A D University of North Carolina Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of English Rev Leonard A Bushinski C S Sp Loren K Davidson B A B A Washington and Jefferson Professor of Theology University of Michigan Associate Professor of English M A Ph D University of Connecticut M A University of Florida B D St Mary s Seminary B M Duquesne University S Asbury College Bernard F Beranek A Lee Frank M A University of Kentucky S T L Gregorian University Lecturer in Sociology Assistant Professor of English Ph D Duke University S S L Pontifical Biblical Institute B A M B A Notre Dame Ed Indiana University of Pennsylvania M A Ph D Duquesne University M A Duquesne University 150 151

Chester A lurczak Pei-Tsing Liu Robert A Frida,, Samuel I Hazo Professor of Sociology ond Lecturer in Speech Professor of English Professor of Biology B /A College of Steubenville BA University of Notre Dame Department Chairman B S University of Shanghai China St Marys College M A University of Pittsburgh M A Duquesne University B A M S Boston University Ph D University of Pittsbuigh M A Fordharn University Ph D Catholic University of America Lo-Shu Fu Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of History Bonnie Henderson Charles A Loch Joseph I Keenan Associate Professor of Mathematics B A National Southwest Associate Lecturer in Sociology Associate Professor of English University B 1, California State and Department Chairman and Department Chairman M A National Peking University M A University of Pittsburgh B A M A Duquesne University ^13 A M A Duquesne University Ph D University of Chicago Margaret R Hicks Carla E Lucente Ph D University of Wisconsin Lawrence,E Gai^has Assistant Professor of Associate Professor of Donald H Kellander Associate Professor of Classics Modern Languages Modern Languages Assistant Professor of Fretich B A Xaviet University B A Belhaven College B A M A Duquesne University B A M A Pennsylvania State M A Ph D Ohio State University M A Emory University M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of North Carolina University Edward L Gelblurn J,imes G Lydon Rev David F Kellv Assistant Professor of Philosophy Rev J Clifton Hill C S Sp Professor of History and Assistant Professor of Theology B A St John ; College Associate Professor of Physics Department Chairman B A College of the Holy Cross M A University of Chicago B S Louisiana State Umversity B A Harvard University M S Catholic University of America M A S T B Catholic University M A Boston University John D &bbs B D St Marys Seminary of Louvain M A Ph D Columbia University Assistant to the Dean M A Ph D Rice University M Rel Ed Loyola University Chicago for Broadcast Communications Robert E Madden PhD University of St Michaels College B S West Viiginia Uni^erslty Beatrice T Hirschl Assistant Professor of Philosophy Lecturer in journalism Tatiana Sokolava Kelly B S St Joseph s College Amedeo P Giorgi B A University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Russian M A Villanova University Professor of Psychology B A University of Pittsburgh Ph D Duquesne University * B St Joseph s College Eleanore Waikowski Holveck M A Middlebury College * A Ph D Fordham University Assistant Professor of Philosophy Charles D Maes B A Duquesne University Rev Charles D Keyes Associate Professor of Psychology Andrew j Glaid III M A Ph D University of North Professor of Philosophy B A University of Denver Professor of Chemistry and Carolina B A University of Oklahoma M S W Tulane University Department Chairman B D S T M Seabury-Western Ph D Duquesne University B S M S Duquesne University jean E Hunter Theological Seminary Ph D Duke University Associate Professor of History Anne M Maier M A University of Toronto B S Ursmus College Assistant Professor of German John B Gieenshields Th D Trinity College Toronto M A Ph D Yale University B A Columbia University Associate Professor of Chemistry Ph D Duquesne University M A Universitv of Illinois B S M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon Patricia S Ingram Yong I Kim Sri University Associate Professor in Art Division Rev Francis X Malmowski C S Associate Professor of English Department of Classics ana Associate Professor of Theology Edward I Gregory B A Aoyama Gaku,m rokyo Director of Fine Arts and Department Chairman Professor of Journalism B A Florida Southern College A B A M Oberlin College B A St Mary s Seminary B S Pennsylvania State University M A University of Kentucky B S Th Fribourg University Switzerland M Ed Duquesne Univers,ty Jerome Edward Janssen Richa-d T Knowles Associate Professor of History Ph D Duke University John Kenneth Hanes Associate Professor of Psychology B A St Norbert College Susan Maloney Assistant Professor of English B A M S Fordham Unive-rsity M A University of Wisconsin Assistant Professor of Journalism B A St Francis College Ph D Purdue University B A B S Syracuse University M A Niagara University Peter R Johnson Paul Krakowski Lecturer in Speech Dolores C Mandel James P Hawgan Professor of Journalism B S Northern Illinois University Instructor in Sociology Associate Professor of rheology B A Westminster College M S Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A Slippery Rock State College A B M A Fordham University M A University of Wisconsin M S W University of Pittsburgh B D Woodstock College James I Johnston Jr Michael Kupersanin Ph D Duke University Instructor in Speech Edward I Markoff Associate Professor of Sociology B A M A Univetsity of Pittsburgh Lecturer in Mathematics Soldrige Bastelica Harrison A B M A Kent State University Nancy C Jones B S M A Duquesne University Associate Professor of French Ph D University of Pittsburgh William Ewalt Markus B A Academy of Aix-Marseilles Associate Professor of Journalism and I Albert C Labriola B S Faculte de Medicine Marseilles Department Chairman Assistant Professor of Political Science Professor of English M A Duquesne Universttv B A University of Pittsburgh and Department Chairman B Ed Duquesne University Ph D University of P,ttsburgh M S J Northwestern University B A Harvard University M A T Columbia University Ph D University of Missoun M Ed Universiv, of Pittsburgh Jack W Hausser M A Ph D University of Virginia Professor of Chemistry Eric joy Paul Tyler Mason Rosaline H Lee B S Case Institute of Technology Lecturer in Sociology Professor of History Associate Professor of Mathematics Ph D University of Illinois B A M A Duquesne University B S M A Ph D St Louis University B S Webster College M S University of Michigan Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University 152 153 James A McCulloch Rev Joseph S 0 Leary Arts Sideropoulos Professor of Classics and Dean of the Assistant Professor of Theology Rev Robert Roach C S Sp Associate Professor of Biology College of Liberal Arts and Sciences B A National University of Ireland Lecturer in Theology Concordia College B A Duquesne University B D S T L D D Pontifical B A B D St Mary s Seminary B A North Dakota State University M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh University of Maynooth M A Notre Dame University M S Ph D University of Kansas Robert G McDermot John Opie Ir Eva Cappellanti Robotti Walter S Skinner Professor of Mathematics Professor of History Associate Professor of Speech B S Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A DePaL1W University Commum(ation and Theatre Professor of Physics and Department Chairman Willard M Mecklenburg B D Union Theological Seminary and Department Chairman M A Ph D University of Chicago A B M A West Virginia University B S Monmouth College Associate Professor of journalism M S Lehigh University B A Harnime University Margaret I Patterson Hershel Sacks B D Garrett Theological Seminary Assistant Professor of Journalism Assistant Professor of Mathematics Eugenia M Skwarecki M S I Northwestern University B S Ohio University B S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Modern Languages M A University of Pittsburgh M A Yesniva University Doctor of Modern Languages and Kent F Moors Literature University of Turin Italy Assistant Professor of Ann C Peterson Marie Ciccone Sakmar Political Science Lecturer in Art Division Department Instructor in Spanish John W Smeltz ' A B St Anselm s College of Classics A B Geneva College Associate Professor of English Duquesne University M A University of New Hampshire B A M A University of Pittsburgh M A Western Reserve University 8 A M A Ph D Ph D Northern Illinois University Herbert H Petit John C Sallis Rev David L Smith C S Sp Joseph R Morice Professor Emeritus of Professor of Philosophy and Associate Professor of Psychology and Department Chairman Professor of History English Philology Department Chairman B A LaSalle College A B Transylvania College B A University of Arkansas B A St Marys Seminary M A Fordham University M A University of Kentucky M A Ph D Tulane University S T L University of Fribourg M A Duquesne University M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ph D Western Reserve University John D Scanlon Ph D University of Montreal Rev Edward L Murray C S Sp Dennis Piszkiewicz Professor of Philosophy Martin D Snyder Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Chemistry B A St Marys Seminary I B A M A St Vincent College B S Loyola University M A University of Detroit Professor of Classics and Chairman M A Ph D Duquesne University M S San Diego State University Ph D Tulane University Department of Special Studies Loyola College Baltimore Ph D University of California Marilyn Schaub A B Panna B Nagarsenker M A Ph D Catholic University of Dr James F Pletcher Professor of 1heology Assistant Professor of America Computer Science Adjunct Professor of Physics B A Rosary College B Ed University of Alberta B S Franklin and Marshall Ph D University of Fribourg Robert Stanley M Sc University of Bombay M A Ph D Columbia University Rev Henry S Schoming C S Sp Assistant Professor of I Modern Languages M Sc Purdue University Ronald M Polansky Assistant Professor of Classics B A George Washington University Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Philosophy '13 D St Marys Seminary M A Ph D University of B A Yale University M A Duquesne University Stephen T Newmyer North Carolina Associate Professor of Classics M A PhD Boston College M A University of Pennsylvania Paul B Stein and 1983-84 Department Chairman G Foster Provost Jr Kurt C Schreiber Assistant Professor of Chemistry B A Duquesne University Professor of English Professor of Chemistry and B S University of Massachusetts Ph D University of North Carolina B S Ph D Louisiana State University Acting Dean of the Graduate School Ph D University of Oregon Reginald A Ney M A University of Oregon of Liberal Arts and Sciences Omar W Steward Assistant Professor of Physics Peter A Puccetti B S City College of New York Professor of Chemistry and University Health Physicist Associate Professor of Philosophy A M Ph D Columbia University B S University of Delaware B S Duquesne University B A M Ed Duquesne University Rev Andre L Schuwer 0 F M Ph D Pennsylvania State University M S University of Pittsburgh Terry Pulver Adjunct Professor of Philosophy Michael W Strasser Jerome L Niedermeier Assistant Professor of Psychology B Ph State University ot Amsterdam Professor of Philosophy Associate Professor of English B A M A Ph D University of Colorado Licenciate Ph D University of Louvain B A Univer,;ity of Pittsburgh Charles F Sebesta B S St Louts University Constance Deucher Ramirez M A Ph D University of Toronto M A Ph D Duquesne University Associate Professor of English 'Adjunct Professor of Mathematics Tata Subhas Rev John F 0 Grady B A Duquesne University A B M A Ph D University of Professor ol"Theology M A University of North Carolina Pittsburgn Professor of Biology B Sc Utkal University India B A M Div Mary Immaculate College Ph D University of Pittsburgh David W Seybert and Seminary Associate Professor of Bachelor of Veterinary Science Roland Ramirez University of Madras India S T L College of St Anselm Professor of Philosophy Chemistry S T D University of St Thomas B A Bloomsburg State College M S Utah State University B A University of Notre Dame Ph D University of Georgia S S L S S D Pontifical Biblical Licentiate Le Saulchoir Etiolles France Ph D Cornell University Dr Grace S Sung Institute Ph D Catholic University of Paris Stephen I Shulik Assistant Professor of Physics Lecturer in Audiology Paul A Richer B A Ewha Womans University Associate Professor of Psychology B S Duquesne University M S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Seoul Korea B A Bard College M A University of Iowa M A Ph D New School for Social Research Ph D University of Kansas 154 155

Rev Edmund R Supple C S Sp Mrs Peggy Walrath Rehabilitation Institute of Pittsburgh Barbara Boas M S Adjunct Associate Professor Lecturer in Speech Naomi Landy M A Speech-Language Pathologist of Theology Certified Comprehensive Interpreter Director Speech-Language B A St Mary s Senior Scholasticate )in Tsai Wang Western Pennsylvania School Therapy Department for Blind Children S T L Gregorian University (Rome) Associate Professor of Chemistry Kathleen R Helfrich-Miller M S Kathleen A Taylor B S Oregon State University Speech-Language Pathologist Gina Adarns M Ed Associate Professor of Mathematics M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University Speech Pathologist St Francis Hospital B A University of Dayton harold Webb Jr Deboi ah I Coletta M A M S Ph D Michigan State University Professor of Political Science Patricia Carpenter M S Language Development Specialist Speech-Lanauage Pathologist Richard H Thames B A M A University of Pennsylvania Hubert Martin M A Allegheny General Hospital Associate Professor of Speech Ph D Brown Univetsity Speech-Language Pathologist Peter R Johnson Ph D Communication and Theatre Bernard I Weiss - Eze Schienberg M A Department Head B A Southwestern-at-Memphis Associate Professor of History Speech-Language Pathologist Speech Pathology and Audiology M Div Pittsbaigh rheological Seminary B A Ph D University of Illinois Rosemary Tomko M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh M A University of Chicago D,rector Department of Steven P Thomas Kenneth R Whipps Communication Shtlls Associate Professor of Biology Adjunct Associate Professor B A Pennsylvania State University of Sociology M A Ph D Indiana University A B University of Notre Dame Frank J Thornton M A Syracuse UniverEity SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION Associate Professor of Speech Sheila I Winkler ADMINISTRATION Communication and Theatre Lecturer in Speech Dean B S M A Villanova University L C S T College of Speech Therapists BIa1rJ Kolasa BS MS PhD JD Assistant Dean Samuel I Tindall Jr London England Bernadine Meyer B Fd M S Fd D I D Associate Professor of English M S University of Pittsburgh FACULTY A B Columbia University George S Worgul Jr Raymord L Cegelski M A Ph D University of South Associate Professor of Theology James F Acklin Assistant Professor of Accounting Carolina B A M D M A Niagara University- Associate Professor of Accounting B 5 M B A Duquesne University BS M B A Duquesre University Rev Roger P Vallee Ph D S T D Catholic University of C P A Pennsylvania C P A Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Louva,n C M A Lee Click Modern Latiguages William Stephan Wurzer Associate Professor of Economics B A University of Rennes Associate Professor of Philosophy Glen Beeson B A M A M Litt Ph D University M A University of Pittsburgh B A Oakland University Professor of Economics B A West Virginia Wesleyan of Pittsburgh Rev Cornelius Van cier Poet C S Sp Ph D University of Freiburg M A Ph D Un,versity of Pittsburgh Geza Grosschmid Associate Professor of Theology Joseph Yenerall Chairman Division of Economic Sciences M Ed Iona College Associate Professor of Sociology Stanley Bober Professor of Economics Professor of Economics Steven Bela Vardy B S California State College J U D University Pazmany Peter Professor of History M A Duquesne Univetsity BA MA PhD NewYork Budapest B S John Can oll University Ph D Pennsylvania State University University Serge Grosset M A Ph D Indiana University Frank T Zbozny George H Bodnar I Associate Professor of Accounting Protessoi of International Business Rev Joseph L Varga C S Sp Professor of Enylish B S B A Bucknell University and Chairman Division of Lecturer in Modern Languages B A M A Duquesne University M B A University of Pennsylvania Behavioral Sciences B A St Mary s Seminary Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Pennsylvania License es Sciences Commerciales M Ed Duquesne University Doctorat es Sciences Econorniques Rolf H Von Eckartsberg Richa,d Bond Associate Professor of Economics University of Geneva Associate Professor of Psychology A B Boston College Clarence I Jones * B Dartmouth College Ph D University of Maryland Associate Professor of Analytic Methods * A Ph D Harvaid University Robert G Borman B S E E University of California M S E E West Virginia University SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND Assoiiate Ptofessor of Account-na B S Duquesne Universitv Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University AUDIOLOGY—ADJUNCT FACULTY M B A University of Pittsburgh Blair J Kolasa Harmarville Rehabilitation Center Mercy Hospital C P A Pennsylvania Professor of Behavioral Sciences aiid Gail B Fria M S Denise Beam Hays M S Peter Brown Dean of the School of Business Speech-Language Pathologist Speech-Language Pathologist Associate Professor and Administration Robert D Jacism M Ed Maria Megaludis M S B S Camsius College B S Allegheny College Speech-Language Pathologist Aialiologist Ph D University of Pittsburgh M S Ph D Unive,sity of Pittsburgh Diane Rosato M A Donica Porter M A M B A Duquesne University I D Duquesne University Speech-Language Patholothst Audiologist Barbara A Vento M S Robert Skwarecki M S Audiologist Speech-Language Pathologist Donna Winter M A Leslie Brody M A qneprit-1 anaaaar Pathalratqt Speech-Lanquage Pathologist 157 156 Joseph T Brennan Constance L Hunter Marshall M Levinson John C South t Professor of Ed,4cation Associate Professor of Education As sociate Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Organizational Behavioral BS MFd EdD University of B S Ed B S City College of New York B A Muskingum College Ohio State University Pittsburgh M A George Peabody College M A Princeton University M A Ph D Ohio State University Kenneth L Burrett Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M A Columbia University John A Timko Associate Professor of Education Francis X Thomas E Lynch Associate Professor of Marketing Kleyle Director of Student Teaching Professor Emeritus of Education Associate Professor of Accounting B A M S Duquesne University B A M S Ed Canisius College B A Carnegie-Mellon University B S Gannon College Arthur G Wentz Ed D State University of New York M S M B A Harvard University Duquesne University Associate Professor of Finance Buffalo Ph D University of Pittsburgh D B A University of Southern B S Duquesne University William H Cadugan John L Livingston California M B A University of Pittsburgh Professor of Education Professor of Education C P A Ohio Pennsylvania Ph D Ohio State University B S in B A M Ed Duquesne B S Lock Haven State College Bernadine Meyer Frank J Wright University M Ed Ed D The Pennsylvania State Associate Professor of Law Associate Professor of Accounting Ed D University of Pittsburgh University Administration and Assistant B S Duquesne University Bruno A Castle Joseph F Maoia Dean M B A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ed B M S Duquesne University Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education William H Carlson Ed D Columbia Univers,ty B S Slippery Rock State College B A M Ed Duquesne University Associate Professor of Finance I D Duquesne University M S Ed D University of Pittsburgh M A Indiana University of Pennsylvania B C E M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University Ph D The University of Akron Edward A Milcic William I Castle John F Gardner Michael F Moran Associate Professor of Accounting Assistant Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Tavation B S M S Duquesne University B S Ed Duquesne University Associate Professor of Education B A King s College B S Shippensburg State College C P A Pennsylvania M Ed Ph D University of Pittsburgh I D Duquesne University M S Rev Louis F Dolan C S Sp The Pennsylvania State University J James Miller LL M Temple University M A Michigan State University Professor of Education Professor of Human Relations George S Might Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S St Vincent College B A B D St Mary s Seminary Assistant Professor of Arialytic Methods Frank M Ribich M B A University of Pennsylvania M A Ed S Eastern Michigan S B Harvard University Ph D University Pittsburgh University Associate Professor of Education M A Boston University Ph D University of Michigan B Ed M Ed Duquesne University Kurt Rethwisch Ed D The Pennsylvania State University James Poindexter William F Faith )Associate Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Law Admimstration Alfonso A Rizzo B A, Nebraska Wesleyan University Professor of Education B S B A University of Southern California Professor of Education M A Kansas State B Ed Duquesne University M B A Rochester Institute of Technology M Ed Ph D Specialist Diploma B S Massachusetts State College Ph D University of Maryland I D Texas Southern University University of Pittsburgh M S Springfield College Lewis Schipper Rev Joseph Pudichery Ph D University of Connecticut Robert H Flory Jr Associate Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Analytic Methods I Bernard Smith B A M A Wayne State University Instructor in Education B A M A University of Kerala Associate Professor of Education M A Ph D University of Minnesota M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A Denison University M Ed Doctoral Studies B S M Ed Duquesne University William Sher R Stanley Seymour University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Commerce Maureen Sullivan Dorothy A Frayer B of Law National Yunnon University B A University of Notre Dame Assistant Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education and M A Ph D University of Minnesota M S Kansas State Teachers College B Ed M Ed in L S Duquesne University Dean of the school of Education M L S University of Pittsburgh B A M S Michigan State University Ph D University of Wisconsin LECTURERS Mary Frances Grasinger C S I Martha A Athol Associate Professor of Education B F A School of Art Institute Marilyn Bober SCHOOL OF EDUCATION B Ed Duquesne University M T S Catholic University of B A Brooklyn College ADMINISTRATION America M S Duquesne University Dorothy A Frayer Ph D Dean Ph D Syracuse University Brunhilde D Dorsch, Nicholas I Hanna B A Carnegie-Mellon University M S Duquesne University FACULTY Professor of Education Dalcroze School of Music V Robert Agostino Paul Bernstein B S M S The Pennsylvania State University Mary F Sciulli Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education B S M Ed University of Pittsburgh B A Hartwick College Ph D Ohio University B S Boston College Theodore A Siedle M S Springfield College M S University of Bridgeport Sister Julia Ann Hartzog S C B S Allegheny College Ed D Ball State University Ph D Ohio University Associate Professor of Education M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh William P Barone Ruth G Biro B A Seton Hill College Esther D Snyder' Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education M Ed Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S Elizabethtown College B S M A West Virginia University B A Chatham College M Ed Shippensburg State College Ph D University of Pittsburgh M L S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Post graduate study Temple University and The Pennsylvania State University 158 159

SCHOOL OF MUSIC Christine Jordanoff Michael Maglio ADMINISTP,ATION Associate Professor of Solfeggio Associate Professor of Music Education B S M M Duquesne University B S E Lowell University Michael Kumer M M Ed Acting Dran Diploma Kodaly Music Training M A Teachers College Columbia Univer^jty Gerald F Kerman Ph D Dean Emeritus Institute Ceitificat L Ecole Normale cle Musique Paris Certificate Liszt Academy of Music John G Maione Budapest Hungary UNDERGRADUATE COMMITTEE Teacher of Guitar Nicholas jorclanoff Robert Croan Ph D Robert F Egan University of Pittsourgh Artistic Director for the Richard M Gray M M Professor of Music Education David Mairs Performing Ensemble Tamburitzan Ann Labounsky Steele M M B S Case Western Reserve University Teacher of French Horn anti Institute of Folk Arts and Associate Samuel Yahres M Ed M A Ph D New York University Director of Bands Professor PeggyH Elkus RMT CMT B M M M University of Michigan M Ed Duquesne University FACULTY Assistant Professor of Music Thetapy Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Annabelle Joseph David Billings B A Colby College Elizabeth P Mairs Teacher of Eurhythmics Teacher of Organ M Ed Lesley College Teacher of French Horn B F A Carnegie-Mellon University B F A Penn State University Bernard Z Goldberg B M West Virginia University M M Duquesne University M M Eastman School of Music Teacher of Flute and Chamber Music Jeffery Mangone Dalcroze Elementary Certiticate Keith Bishop Diploma in Flute juilliard School Teacher of String Bass Carnegie-Mellon University Teacher of Saxophone of Music B S M E Duquesne University Dalcroze Teachers Ceritficate B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Member Pittsburgh Symphony Dalcroze School of Music Julia May Kenneth Burky James Gorton Professor of Voice and Eugenia Popescu judetz Assootite Professor of Piano Teacher of Oboe Head of Voice Faculty Visiting Professor Tamburitzan T3 M Oberlin Conservatory of Music B M Eastman School of Music B M M M Northwestern University Institute of Folk Arts M M Indiana Universitv Member Pxtsburgh Symphony Bucharest Romania John Moyer Christine Capecci Richard M Gray R M T Accorpanist Opera Workshop Waltei W Kolar Teacher of Voice Associate Professor of Music Therapy B S M E Duquesne University Director Tamburitzan Institute of B S M E Duquesne University and Chairman Department of Music Therapy M M E Duquesne University Folk Arts and Associate Professor B M Ed University of California Robert Cardillo M Ed Duquesne Univetsity Louis Munkachy M M Kansas University Professor of Music Theory Teacher of Piano Stephen Kovacev B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Alan Grishman Diplorna Liszt Academy 'of Music Assistant to the Director Business M M Duquesne Universitv Associate Professor of Violin and Budapest Hungary Affairs Tamburitzan Institute of Chamber Music and Doctor of Laws and Political Science Yee-ha Chiu Folk Arts and Associate Professor Head of String Faculty Eotvos University Budapest hungary Teacher of Piano M Ed Duquesne University Diploma Juilhard School of Music B S Marines College of Music B S M M Duquesne University Nestor Koval M M Duquesne University M A New York University Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Pi,ofessor of Woodwinds Joseph H Negri William V Clark Rosette S Hillgrove Paris Conservatory Ica(her of Voice leacher of Guitar Teacher of Flute Michael Kumer B S M E M M Ed Duquesne Carnegie-Mellon University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Assistant Dean Assistant Professor University Affiliated with WTAE M M Duquesne University of Music Education Beverly Nero Robert Clarke Charles Hois B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Tea-her of Piano Teacher of Guitar Teacher of Trumpet M M Ed Duquesne University B S M E M M Duquesne University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Member Pittsburgh Symphony Robert Leminger Mila Novich Joan Condre Al Homburg Teacher of String Bass Assistant Professor of Voice and Teacher of Piano Teacher of Guitar Member Pittsburgh Symphony West Virginia University Director of Opera Workshop B M Baldwin-Wallace Conservatory M M Pamela Lewis B M E Northwestern University M A Ducuesne University Lynne Irvine Teacher of Voice M M Duquesne University Robert ; Croan Teacher of Viola A B Middlebury College Professor of Music History and Literature B M M M juilliard School M A Stanford Univetsity Patsy Oliver Teacher of Trumpet and Chairman Department of Theory of Music M F A D A Carnegie-Mellon University and Music History Member Pittsburgh Symphony Joseph Lukatsky Ruth B Osgood B A M A Columbia University )oseoh Willcox Jenkins Teacher of Oboe Teacher of Strings Ph D Boston University Professor of Theoru and Composition New England Conservatory B S M E Duquesne Universtv Leslie L Dean B S St Joseph ; College Philadelphia Curtis Institute of Music Frank Ostrowski Teacher of Lower Brass Instruments Pennsylvania Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Trun ,ipet M M Ed Duquesne University B M M M Eastman School of Music Donald E McCathren ' New England Conservatory University of Rochester Anthony Di Vittorio Professor ofjMusic Education Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Ph D Catholic University of America Teacher of Piano , Chairman Mid-East Instrumental Gary Piecka B S Duquesne University Music Conference Head of Wind and Teacher of Lower Brass Instruments Percussion Faculty B S M E Duquesne University B S Indiana State University M M Duquesne University M M Chicago Musical College

160 161

Ferdinand Pranzatelli Lisa Silko SCHOOL OF NURSING Professor of Music Education and Teacher of Piano ADMINISTRATION Director Graduate Divisioi B S M E M M Duquesne University Carol Ann Smith Ph D Dean B M Eastman School of Music Benjamin Speigel Catherine Malloy Dr PH Associate Dean University of Rochester Teacher of Bassoon Joanne,White M N Ed Assistant Dean M A Teachers College Columbia Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Vivian Lauer Kuzas M S Ed Academic Advisor University Ann Labounsky Steele Marjorie P Kerlin M N Ed Coordinator of Continuing Education for Nurses Professional Diploma Associate Professor of Organ Columbia University Chairman of Performance Department and FACULTY Ph D Columbia Pacific University Head of Organ and Sacred Music Faculty Catherine Arenz R N Margaret M McKenna R N Leonard Pruszynski B M Eastman School of Music Instructor in Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing Teacher of Percus^ion M M University of Michigan B S N Seton Hall University B S N Duquesne University B S M E Duquesne University Diploma (Mention Maximum) Schola M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M N Ed University of Pittsburgh lean M Raevens Cantorum Paris Irene Dittemore R N Salvatore A Palazzolo R N Associate Professor of Theciry and Organ Diploma Ecole Normale Paris Associate Professor of Nursing Instructor in Nursing Lernmens Institute Mecheln Belgium Gladys Stein B S N Vanderbilt University B A State University College Brockport (Laureat) A,sociate Professor of Piano and M Litt Ph University of Pittsburgh M S N Medical College of Georgia Royal Conservatory Ghent Belgium— Head of Piano Faculty D First Prize in Organ Diploma B S M S Juilliard Mary Lou Ende R N Natalie Pavlovich R N School of Music Assistant Professor of Nursing Professor of Nursing Sister Carole Riley C D P - Special Artist Degree Vienna Duquesne University B S N University of Arizona Associate Professor of Piano BSN M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M A M S N Ph D University of B S M M Duquesne University State Academy Michigan Eileen Gimper R N Carmen Rummo Phyllis Susen Assistant Professor of Nursing Helen T Pranzatelli R N Adjunct Associate Professor of Piano Teacher of Ha?p Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S N Duquesne University Associate Professor of Nursing William Schneiderman B S N M Ed Duquesne University Rev Moshe Taube M N University of Pittsburgh Teacher of Percussion - Ph D University of Pittsburgh Teacher of Voice (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Diploma Juilhard School of Music Diploma Juilliard School of Music Marie M Hansen R N Carol Sue Reitz R N Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony David P Tessmer Associate Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor in Nursing Carolyn Shankovich Emory' University Teacher of Flute B S N E University of Pittsburgh B S N Teacher of Choral Methods B A Houston Baptist College M S N University of Maryland M N Ed Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S M E Indiana University of Pa M M Duquesne Umversity (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Joanne Tate R N M M University of Michigan Thomas D Thompson Rebecca Hartman R N Assistant Professor of Nursing Robert Shankovich Teacher of Clarinet Instructor in Nurs,ng B S N Point Park College Professor of Music Theory and B M E American Conservatory B S N Duquesne University M S Ed Duquesne University Director of Choral Activities M M Northwestern University M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M N Ed University of Pittsburgh B S M E M M Duquesne University (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Member Pittsburgh Symphony Gladys L Husted R N D A Carnegie-Mellor. Univeisity Gerald Unger Associate Professoi of Nursing Shirley Y Wheeler R N Alien Sher Teacher of Percus^ion B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Nursing Teacher of Violoncello B S B M Ohio State University (Doctoral Student Universiiy of Pittsburgh) B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgh B A Brooklyn College M A Uriversttv of Northern Colorado Catherine Malloy R N Evelyn W Wilczynski R N M A Columbia University Member Pittsburgh Symphony Associate Professor of Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing Roger Sherman Sandra Staley Vaporetti B S N Duquesne University B S N M Ed Duquesne University Teacher of Trumpet reacher of Voice M P H Dr P H University of M Kathleen Winter R N B M E M M E Eastman School Wendy Webb Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Nursing of music Teacher of Flute Barbara Martuscelli R N B S N Duquesne University Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S M E Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Nursing M P H Ph D University of Pittsburgh Matthew Shiner M F A Carnegie-Mellon University B S N Pennsylvania State UniversitV Karen Zarnberlan R N Adjunct Associate Professor of lean Wilmouth M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Instructor in Nursing Brass Instruments and Teachpr of Percussion (Doctoral student Universitv of Pittsburgh) B S N East Tenn State Univ Head of Brass Faculty B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Mary Carroll Miller R N M S N West Virginia University Salvatore Signormo John H Wilson Associate Professor of Nursing (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Teacher of Jazz Improvisation Associate Professor of Music B S N Duquesne University Salvatore S,hpigni Education and Head of jazz Faculty M S-N University of Pennsylvania Teacher of Violoncello and Chamber Music B S M A Ed D New York University M A Duquesne University B M Eastman School of Music Samuel C Yahres Margaret L Muntz R N M Ball State University A Associate Profe^sor of Music Education Assistant Professor of Nursing Certificate St Cecilia Academy Chairman Department of Music Education B S N Duquesne University Rome Italy and Coordinator of Student Teachers M N University of Pittsburgh Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S in M Ed Indiana University (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) of Pennsylvania Ed University of Pittsburgh 163 162

COOPERATING HEALTH AGENCIES SCHOOL OF PHARMACY Allegheny County Health Department Montefiore Hospital ADMINISTRATION N Mark Richards M D Irwin Goldberg Douglas H Kay Ph D Dean Director Chief Execubw Officer Alvin Galinsky Ph D Assistant Dean Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advisement Irene McLenahan R N M P H Joan Beyer R N M P H Stephen C Morrison M A Student Advisor Director Public Health Nursing Assistant Administrator 'Lori S Mete M S Ed Northwest Allegheny Home Health Care Allegheny General Hospital FACULTY Rita Berkober RN BSN MPH Sherif S Abdelhak Anthony j Amadio Raymond A Eder Director Vice President Nursing Services Professor of Pharmaceutical Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Janet M^tchell C R N P B S N Joan Ulmer R N B S Ed Administration B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Regional Manager Assistant Director Nursing Services B S M Litt University of Pittsburgh Duquesne University Presbyterian-University Hospital B S (Pharmacy) M B A Duquesne Joseph A Feldman Central Medical Health Services Daniel L Stickler University Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Thomas M Gallagher Chief Executive Officer Lawrence H Block B S (Pharmacv) University of President Maureen Rusnock R N rvI N M N Ed Professor of Pharmaceutical Rhode island P I Dolan R N Assistant Executive Director Chemistry and Pharmaceutics M S Ph D University of Wisconsin Vice President Nursing Services Nursing Service B S (Pharmacy) M S Ph D Kenneth A Ferrett Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh South Hills Health System University of Maryland Assistant Professor of Clinical Harold W Luebs Home Health Agency Mitchell L Borke Pharmacy Administrator Sister M Crescentia Mulvehill CSJ Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry B S (Pharmacy) West Virginia Ph D University Lillian Nanstiel R N M N Ed Executive Vice President B S (Pharmacy) NIS Pharm D Duquesne University Director of Nursing Catherine Frasca Universitv of Illinois Administrator Home Care Martin Cohen Frederick W Fochtman Forbes Health System Mary Ann Kundrat R N B S N M P H Instructor in Medical Technology Associate Professor of Pharmacology and George H Schmitt Director of Staff Development (Hemafology) Toxi(ology President California College of Medicine B S (Pharmacy) M S Ph D South Hills Health System M D Patricia Zeszutek R Duquesne University N M Ed Jefferson Center Wellon D Collom Director Consumer Health Education Michael A Fording George H Yeckel Instructor in Toxicology - Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy Columbia Health Center President B S University of California M S Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Ralph B Berkley Jean Crowley R N M S Duquesne University Executive Director A,dimmstrator Acute Care Fzio Compare Associate Professor of Medical Henry R Freedy Mary W Young R N B S Ed South Side Hospital Technology (Nuclear Medicine) A^sociate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Director of Nursing R Timothy Stack B A M H A M D Padua Italy B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne Chief Executive Offi(er Universitv East Suburban Health Center Jeanne A Cooper Mary Paula Pavinich R N B S N M N Ed Barry H Roth Professor of Medical Technology and Alvin M Galinsky Director of Nursing Executive Director Director Mercy School of Medical Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Marie Langan R N B S Ed St Clair Memorial Hospital Technology (Parasitology) and Pharmaccutics (Pharmacy) M S Ph D Director of Nursing Benjamin E Snead M B A A C H A B S Waynesburg College B S Adminishator M D Hahnemann Medical College University of Illinois Pittsburgh Health Center Yvonne M Holsinger R N M N Ed R,chard R Crowe Aleem Gangjee Patricia Scuffle R N M Ed Director of Nursing Instructor in Medical Technology Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Administrator St Francis General Hospital (Immunology) Chemistry Eileen Meyer R N B S N B S M S (Chemistry) Indian Sister M Sylvia Schuler M H A Dorylee R Dominguez Director of Nursing institute of Technology Chief Executive Olticer - Instructor in Medical Technology Ph D University of Iowa Magee-Womens Hospital Agnes Marner R N B A Soc (Blood Banhing) Mary Ann Gasowskj C R Youngquist M B A Director of Nursing Service B A Carlow College Health Physicist Executive Director M T (ASCP) SBB Visiting Nurse Association of B S Duquesne University Sister M Gonzales Duff^ R S M Lucille Reynolds R N M N Ed Allegheny County, Inc M S Health Physics University of Lecturer in Hospitai Pharmacy and Director of Nursing Patricia 0 Donnell B S N M P H Pittsburgh Consultant Department of Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Executive Director Mercy Hospital B ;\ Carlow College John Georgescu Barbara Piskor B S N M P H Sr Joanne (viarie Andiorio R S (Pharmacv) Duquesne University Instructor in Medical Technology M M A L S Assistant Director Education B S M P H M S Villanova University (Virology) Executive Director Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic D Sc (Hon I Duquesne University M S Duquesne University Thomas Detre M D Margaret Harper R'N M S Ed Director Assistant Executive Director Vivian Romoff R N M S N Nursing Services Director of Nursing 164 165 Vincent I Giannetti Bruce Livengood Rita M Windisch Gerard I Wolf Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Associate Professor of Medical Instructor in Pharmacy - Administration B S (Pharmacy) Temple, University Technology (Clinical Chemistry) B S (Pharmacy) Duquesne University B A M A Duquesne University Pharm D Duquesne UniversitV B S Ph D Duquesne University MSW MS(Hyg) PhD Elsie M Lovsted Charles L Winek , University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Professor of Toxicology Raymond A Ciudici Chemistry B S (Pharmacy) M S Duquesne Assistant Professor of Pharmaccutics B S (Pharmacy) Ph D University University B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne of Minnesota Ph D Ohio State University - University Bruce D Martin Marilyn F Harris Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry AUXILIARY FACULTY Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of Harvey M Arbit Pharm D Philip W Keys Administration Pharmacy Ph Manager of Regulatory Affairs and Adjunct Assistant Profefsor of B S P University of Saskatchewan M S D University of Illinois Clinical Development Clinical Pharmacy M S Duquesne University Thomas I Mattel Highland Diagnostics B S lPharmacy) West Virginia Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Division of Travenol Laboratories Inc University Benjamin Hodes Clinical Pharmacy and Director of N Deerfield Illinois Pharrn D Duquesne University Professor of Pharmaceutics Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Jagdesh P Bhatnagar Sc D Delbert D Konnor M S R Ph B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne Adjunct Research Professor Adjunct Professor of Pharmaceutical Pharmacy Universiq Chief Division of Radiation Physics Administration Manager Voluntary M S Ph D University of Michigan Reginald A Ney Mercy Hospital Compliance Program Michael Israel Health Physicist William K Buchanan M D Drug Enforcement Administration Instructor in Medical Technology B S Duquesne University Director of the Department of Anesthesia U S Department of justice (Hematology Blood Banking) M S University of Pittsburgh St Francis General Hospital Lawrence M Mulhern M D M D University of Vermont Norbert A Pilewski Stanford I Cohen Chief of the Division of Rheumatology Charles N Karnack Associate Professot of Pharmacognosy Lecturer in Community Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy B S (Pharmacy) M S University of B Ed University of Toledo Edward I Paysek M D B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy) Universitv of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Medical rechnology Duquesne University Ph D Ohio State University Earl R Davis M D Chairman Department'of Radiology Douglas H Kay Margaret Plutnicki Pathologist Mercy Hospital Dean of the School of Pharmacy and Instructor in Medical Technology South Hills Health Systems Silvestri Silvestri Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry (Hematology) Robert G Gallagher A B I udqe B S (Pharmacy) M S Ph D Massachusetts B A Carlow College Adjunct Assistant Professor of Court of Common Pleas College of Pharmacy and Allied M I (ASCP) Radiological Health Fifth judicial District Health Sciences Therese I Porrier President Applied Health Physics Inc Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Spyros Kommos Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Bethel ParK Pennsylvania Elliott Turbiner D 0 Associate Professor of Medical B 5 (Pharmacy) Albany College of Pharrna^y Norman Haywood I D Associate Professor of Medical Technology Technology (Microbiology) Pharm D University of Michigan Livingston and Miller Attorneys at Law Division of Nuclear Radiology and Ultrasound Mercy Hospital B S M S Duquesne University Thomas L Rihn Carl Kaplan M D D Sc University of Pittsburgh Chairman Joseph A Watson Ph D Assistant Profe^sor of Clinical Pharmacy Joseph M Kristofik B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Division of Radiation Therapy Adjunct Professor of Radiobiology Graduate School of Public Health Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Duquesne University Radiologv Department Mercy Hospital Arthur Katoh Ph D University of Pittsburgh Law and Director of Externship Gene A Riley B S Research Associate (Pharmacy) I D Duquesne Professor of Pharmacology University B S (Pharmacy) Duquesne University Radiology Department Mercy Hospital John G Lech Ph D Western Reserve University Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Sydney P Shanor RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne Professor of Pharmacology ADMINISTRATION University R N St John s Hospital Colonel John I Mossellem jr M A Professor of Military Science Pittsburgh Sr ROTC Instr Gp Howard L Levine B S M S Ph D University of Captain Hans G Heiser B S Department Chairman Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Pittsburgh B S FACULTY—DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (Pharmacyl Oregon State University William I Smith Colonel John J Mossellem Ir Captain Thom E Tuckey Pharm D SUNY-Buffalo Instructor in Medical Technology Professor of Military Science and Associate Professor of Military Science M Elaine Linkhauer (Clinical Chemistry Immunology) Head of Pittsburgh Senior ROTC Instr Gp B S Ohio University Instructor in Medical Technology M D University of Pittsburgh B S University of Maryland and Education Coordinator MSG Isaac M Rogers Wagdy W Wahba M S George Washington University Mercy School of Medical Technology Principal Instructor Instructor in Pharmacology Captain Hans G Heiser SGM Carl C McNeal (Microbiology Parasitology Mycology) and Toxicology Professor of Military Science and Enlisted Instructor B A Carlow College B Pharm Alexandria University • T (ASCP) Department Chairman Ph D Duquesne University • S Duquesne University B S University of Wisconsin Captain Thomas F Julich Assistant Professor of Military Science .— .. — . I

10

166 167

SCHOOL OF NURSING Administrative Divisions Carol A Smith Ph D Dean Catherine Malloy R N Dr P H Associate Dean Office of the President Joanne F White R N M N Ed Assistant Dean

Rev Donald S Nesti C S Sp 5 T D President Vivian Lauer Kuzas M S Ed Academic Advisor

Rev Richard L Conboy Ph D Executive Assistart to the President Marjorie P Kerlin M N Ed Coordinator of Continuing Education for Nurses

Anna C Brunner Assistant to the President INSTITUTE FOR FORMATIVE SPIRITUALITY INSTITUTE FOR WORLD CONCERNS Susan A Muto Ph D Director Coordinator Rev Adrian van Kaam C S Sp Ph D Director Emeritus

Samuel I Astorino Ph D Assistant Coordinator Rev Richard Byrne 0 C S 0 M A Executive Director

UNIVERSITY PLANNING MILITARY SCIENCE DEPARTMENT

Rev Richard L Conbov Ph D Director Col John J Mossellem Jr M A Professor of Military Science Pittsburgh Senior ROTC Instruction Group Academic Affairs Capt Hans C Heiser B S Department Chairman UNIVERSITY ARCHIVES Stephen I Miller Ph D Vice President for Academic Affairs Rev Richard F Wersing C S Sp B A Archivist Bruce D Martin Ph D Associate Vi(e President for Academic Affairs

Eugene R Mariam M Ed Assistant to the Vice President for Academic UNIVERSITY PRESS Affairs for Enrollment and Governmental Affairs John J Dowds M Ed Director Benjamin Hodes Ph D Assistant to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and WDUCI-FM/TELEVISION STATION I Director of Continuing Education Kenneth J Duffy Ph D Director M Virginia Scot, sistant to the Vice President Stephen F Tury Chief Engineer COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES James A McCulloch Ph D Dean Academic Support Services Marguerite Puhl M Ed Assistant Dean for Administration loan E Deakins M Ed Director of Academic Advisement Eugene R Mariant M Ed Assistant to the Vice President for Academic Anne D Gyurisin B A Academic Adviso. Affairs for Enrollment and Governmental Alfairs Edward h Noll M Ed 10 A Senior Academic Advisor CENTER FOR ACADEMIC AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT Janice R Grey B A Assistant to the Dean James R Holcomb Ph D Director Career Planpiny and Placement GRADUATE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Carol Can6i M Ed Associate Director Career Planning and Placement Kurt " Schreiber Ph D Acting Dean George Harris Ph D Director Learning Shills Program Judith Griggs Ph D Associate Director Learning Shills Program SCHOOL OF LAW John E Nelson Ph D Director Testing Center John I Sciullo J D Dean Patrick J Basial I D Associate Dean OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS Molly A Sacks B A Law School Registrar Frederick H Lorensen Ph D Director Amy R Swanson B A Director of Placement and Law Alumni Coordinator Donald E Anderson Jr B S Assistant Director FrankY Liu LLB MCJ MLS Head Law Librarian Judith A Diono B A, Assistant Director Agnes F Robinson B S M L S Assistant Law Librarian Jane Hore M Ed Assistant Director Eastern Representative Doris Corsello B A M L S Staff Law Librarian Kenneth Garris6n Ph D Ass!stant Director Virginia C Eskridge B A M A MLS Reference Librartail Andrew Matetta 6 A Assistant Director SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION Diana Woods B A Admissions Counselor Blair I Kolasa Ph D I D Dean OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Bernadine Meyer Ed D J D Assistant Dean Thomas F Bailey B A Registrar SCHOOL OF PHARMACY Karla I Maruca M Ed Assistant Registrar Douglas H Kay P^ D Dean SPONSORED RESEARCH Assistant Dean Alvin Galinsky Ph D Mary A Ehrlich Ph D Director Stephen C Morrison M k Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advisement Lori Mete M S Ed Student Advisor CONTINUING EDUCATION Benjamin Hodes Ph D Director SCHOOL OF MUSIC Jamie McCarron M Ed Director Center for Management Development D Michael Kumer M M Ed Acting Dean Peter Federici M B A Director Small Business Development Center Gerald F Keenan Ph D Dean Emeritus

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Dorothy A Frayer Ph D Dean 169 168 SYSTEMS CENTER Athletics James R Hayes M B A Managing Director Richard R King A S Lead Programmer Director of Athletics Eileen Livingston M Ed Assistant Athletic Director UNIVERSITY BOOKSTORE Nelson I King Sports Information Director Donald W Langlois B A Manager James J Satalin M S Varsity Basketball Coach FrankSatalm,MS MA Assistant Basketball Coach Student Lif e Bernard Tomlin B A Assistant Basketball Coach Dennis C Golden Ed D Vice President for Student Life Richard Spear M Ed Director Intramural Athletics OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS Campus Ministry Patricia E Watt M A M Ed Dean of Students Rev Robert N Roach C S Sp University Chaplain James E Fitzpatrick M S Ed Assistant Dean of Studeds and Director Rev William F Crowley C S Sp Ph D Associate Chaplain of University Judicial Syitems Sr Dolores Montini C S J M A Assistant Chaplain Charmaine R Kanoza M S Ed Assistant Dean of Students

Rev Leo J Kettl C S Sp Associate Chaplain for the Sick the Dying OFFICE OF RESIDENCE LIFE ,.A th, Marian E Hirst M S Associate,Dean of Students for Residence Life Management and Business Debra Licato-Meiman M E D Assistant Dean of Students- for Residence Life Resident Director St Martin s Hall James 0 Allison M B A Vice President for Management and Business Greg Phenicie M A Resident Director Duquesne Towers Rev Joseph A Duchene C S Sp B S B A B D Associate Vice President Pamela J Morgan B S Resident Director St Ann s Hall for Physical Plant and Purchasing Frank A Parsons B S Resident Director Assumption Hall James F Kleyle M Ed Assistant 'vice President for Management I and Business OFFICE OF STUDENT LIFE Timothy J Palencik MBA CPA Internal Auditor Willard L Fuller M Ed Associate Dean of Students for Student Life Paul Dolan B S Assistant Internal Auditor Ronald C Hughes Director Union Operations James C Raymond Jr B A Diretor Programs and A(tivitirs OFFICE OF THE CONTROL LER—FINANCIAL OPERATIONS Joseph R Toth M B A Director Recreation E Betty Beaman B S C P A Con troller— Financial Operations UNIVERSITY'HEALTH SERVICES OFFICE OF THE CONTROLLER—INVESTMENTS AND DEBT SERVICES I University Physician John F Gannon B S Con troller— Investments and Debt Services Teresa H Byrne B S N M P H Director OFFICE OF FINANCIAL AID Frank M Dutkovich Jr M Ed Director University Re ations Lorraine Delaney B A Assistant Director Regis J Ebner B A Vice President for University Relations Sondra Furedy M Ed Assistant Director Patricia Zalm Assistant to the Vice President Sandra J Ouigley, Assistant Director I ALUMNI RELATIONS FINANCIAL OFFICE—AUXILIARY SERVICES Rev Francis M Philben C S Sp Director Ernest L Conti B S Director Contracts and Enterprises John T Rago B A Assistant Director David DiPetro B S Assistant Director COMMUNICATIONS INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH Mary R Kukovich B A Director Jame, F Kieylf- M Ed Director Georgetie Blanchfield B A Assistant D irector— Publications OFFICE SERVICES Ann D Amico B A Assistant Director—News Robert L Pifer Manager Sandra Osborne B A Assistant Director—News

PERSONNEL SERVICES DEVELOPMENT Ruth Harberth B A Director Director Robert J Mientus M S Assistant Director Kathleen A Hoffrr^aster B S Director Annual Fund PHYSICAL PLANT Rev Sean M Hogan C S Sp M E Sc Assistant to the Director John A Davis Co-Directot Kenneth M Kornick M 4, Development Associate Marion DiSaivo Jr Co-Director SUPPORT SERVICES PUBLIC SAFETY Diane Patton M Ed Director James J Caputo jr Director - Jody Riesmeyer B A Assistant Director Charles A Bosetti B A Assistant Director UNIVERSITY EVENTS Michael Dudenas M S Safety Manager Lillian K DeDomenic AS Director PURCHASING Henry B Franz B A Directot Ralph Sloan General Stores Manager 170 1 171

Divisions and Programs 59 ROTC 1 21 Behavioral Science 63 Courses Economic Science 66 Auditing 143 Quantitative Science 60 Cancellation of 143 History 89 Repeating 145 Academic Early Decision 130 Advisor 143 Other Categories Philosophy and Objectives 58 Credit 131 59 144 Calendar 2 International Students Sdmple Program By Examination 131 136 133 Load—Arts and Sciences 15 Post-Graduates Scholarships Hour Bank 131 14o Policies 143 Readmission Student Organizations 59 Unit of 131 Cross-Registration 142 Regulations—Arts and Sciences 15 Summer Session 132 2 Curriculums Surnmer Sessions 132 Duquesne Students Calendar Acadenr,c 132 143 Arts and Sciences Supervisor of intercollegiate Athletics 1,13 Students from Other Institut,ons Cancellation of Courses 132 129 Bachelor-Master s Academic Pol^cies 143 Transfers Campus Ministry 131 10 Bachelor s/Professionai School Academic Advisor 143 Temporary Canevin Hall 132 126 Liberal Arts Engineering Academic Supervisor of intercollegiate Applied Music Courses Career Planning and Placement 83 141 Pre-Law Athletics 143 Army ROTC Cashing Checks 120 138 Second Bachelors Degree Aud,t.ng Courses 143 Art Division Catholic Lav Teacher Discount 16 Three Year Bachelors Cancellation of Courses 143 Courses Center for 16 Academic and Career Deveiopment 126 Cooperative Education Class Attendance 143 Requirements for Major 16 Administration of Legal Systems 58 Business and Administration Course Exammations 144 Requirements for Minor 16 Accounting 60 Classification of Students 144 Arts and Sciences Economic Education 59 Economic Science 66 Cred-t by Examination 144 See Liberal Arts and Sciences College of International Management 59 Finance 61 Dean s List 145 Assumption Hall Management Development 59 10 International Business 63 Grading System 144 Athletics Certification 124 Law Administration 63 Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 145 Attendance Class Music Education 76 143 70 Management 64 Graduation Requirements 146 Auditing Courses Teacher Education 143 Marketing 65 Honors 146 Auditor s Fee Certified Public Accountant Requirements 60 138 142 Pre Legal 64 Pass/Fail Electives 145 Change of Schedule 138 ^42 Qua nutative Me' nods 62 Quality Point System 144 Bachelor-Master s Program Fee 15 41 Education Repeating Courses and Course Bachelors Degree Fee Checks 140 Early Childhood 69 Retrogradation 145 Bachelo, s Degree-Secord Bad 141 15 Cashing 141 Elementary 69 Student Standing 145 Bachelors Degree Three-Yedr 15 Chemistry 20 Music 88 Transfer Within the University 146 Bachelor s-Professional School Program 15 Courses 20 Secondary 69 Unit of Credit 146 Bad Checks 141 Department of 20 Special Education 70 Withdrawal Course 146 Bassoon Courses 84 Requirements [or Maiors 20 Music Accounting Curriculum 60 Behavioral Sciences Division of 63 Requirements for Minors 20 Music Education 81 Accreditation and Affiliation 11 International Business 63 Clarinet Courses 84 Music Therapy 82 Administration and Faculty 148 Law Administration 63 Class Attendance 143 'Orchestral Instrument 78 Administration Building 10 Management 64 21 Organ 77 Administrative Divisions 166 Marketing Classics 65 22 P,ano 76 Academic Affairs 166 Pre-Legal Courses 64 21 Sacred Music Campus Ministry 168 Billing Problems Department of 141 21 Voice 80 Management and Business 168 Biochemistry Requirements for Major 20 22 Organ 80 Office of the President 166 Biological Sciences Requirements for Minor 144 Voice 78 Student Life 169 Courses Classification of Students 18 144 Nursing 101 University Relations- 169 Department of Full-time 17 t44 Pharmacy 105 Administrative Officers 147 Requirements for Major Part-time 18 144 Medical Technology 107 Admissions 130 Requirements for Minor Post-Graduate 18 Clergv Discounts 138 Radiological Health 1 OQ Advanced Placement 132 Board of Directors 147 Clinical Pharmacy Department of 116 ROTC 120 Applications Bureau of Research and Community Services 58 First Year Students 130 Business and Administration Code of Student Rights Responsibilities and Conduct 128 Damage Deposit Residence Hall 138 Other Categories 131 School of 10 Dean of Students Office of the 123 International Student,;-(Undergraduate) 131 Accreditation and Affiliation College Hall College Administration Program 23 Council on Student Services 123 Post-Graduates 131 Bureau of Research and Community Services College Level Examination Progiarn (CLEP) 132 College Skills 123 Readmission 131 Bureau of Research College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Disabled Stucientss 123 Temporary Transfers 132 Center for See Liberal Arts and Sciences College o International Students 123 Transfers 131 Administration of Legal Systems 58 123 Dean s List 145 College Le%el Examination Program 132 Economic Education College Ski:ls 59 134 Degree Credit Hour Bank 133 International Management Competitive Scholarships 59 24 Arts and Sciences 14 Early Admissions 131 Management I Computer Sciences 24 Awarded with Honors 146 Early Decision Plan 130 Development Courses 59 24 Business and Administration 58 Office 130 Course Descriptions Division of Requirements for Major 2A Education 68 Policy 130 Accounting 60 24 Music 75 Requirements 130 Economic Science Requirements for Minor 66 Confidentiality of Student Records 143 Nursing 98 Summer Session 132 Finance -61 Concentrated Studies Program 14 Pharmacy 104 Duquesne Students 132 international Business 63 Cooperative Education 14 Degrees and Programs Other Students 132 Law Administration 63 Corporation The Duquesne 238 offered Admission Special Requirements Management 64 Costs See Fees and Tuition Departments College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Educat,on 68 Marketing 65 council on Student Services 123 Biological Sciences 17 Music 75 Pre-Legal 64 Counseling Cent& 10 Chemistry 20 Nursirg Quantitatve Methods 98 62 Classics 21 Pharmacy 1 10 Curriculums Course Examination 144 College Administration 23 Advanced Placement 132 Accounting 60 145 Computer Science 24 Advisor Economic Science Retrogradation 66 Economics 26 Academic 143 Finance Course Descriptions 61 Arts and Sciences 16 English 26 International Student 123 International Business 63 60 Fine Arts (Art Division 16 Application Law AdministiaVon Business and Administration 63 Education 71 History 28 Credit Hour Bank 133 Management 64 83 journalism 31 Fee 130 138 Marketing Music 65 Nursing 101 Mathematics 33 for Financial Aid 133 Pre-Legal 64 Pharmacy 104 Medical Media Communications 34 New First-Year Students 130 Quantitative Methods 62 Early Admission 131 Degree 58 172 1 173 Modern Languages 36 Honor Awards 71 Philosophy 39 Progfam Credit Requirements Student Financing Program 141 Requirements 13 Physics 42 Early Childhood 69 Cashing Checks 141 University-Level Courses Taken While Political Science 45 Elementary 69 Bad Checks 41 in High School 15 Psychology 47 Music 69 88 Fine Arts (See Art Division) Course Descriptions 16 Sociology 48 Secondary 69 First-Year Students Admission of ^30 Art Division 16 Speech Communication and Theatre 50 Special Education 70 Flute Courses 84 Biological Sciences 17 Theology 53 Scholarships 218 French Courses 36 Chemistry 20 Departments School of Pharmacv Student Organization,; 71 Full-Time Students 144 Classics 21 Clinical Pharmacy - 1 16 Teacher Certification 70 College Administration 23 Medical Technology 1 17 Educational Foundations and Psychologv 71 G and G Building 10 Computer Science 24 Pharmaceutical Administration 1 15 Edward I Hanley Hall The 11 General Fducation 68 Economics 26 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics 1 13 Effective Cdtalog-Arts and Sciences 15 General Information 7 English 26 Pharmacology-Toxicology 1 14 Elementary Education German Courses 37 History 28 Radiological Health 1 18 Courses 73 Governing Council 126 journalism 31 Des Places Communications Center 10 Program Credit Requirements 69 Grade Reports Semester 143 Mathematics 33 Developmental Services 126 English Grading System 144 Medical Media Communications 34 Career Planning and Placement 126 Courses 26 Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 145 Modern Languages and Literature 36 Center for Academic and Career Department of Graduation Philosophy 39 1 26 DevLlopment 126 Honors Program 26 Fees 140 Physics 42 Learning Skills Program 126 Requirements for Major 26 Honors 146 Political Science 45 Psychological Center for Requirements for Minor 26 Requirements 146 Psychology 47 Training and Research 126 Evening Study 12 Greek Courses 22 Sociology 48 Testing Bureau 126 Examinations Guaranteed Student Loans 135 Speech Communications and Theatre 50 Directors and officers 147 Advanced Placement 132 Guitar Courses 85 Theology 53 Board of Directors 147 CLEP Examinations 132 Gymnasium 11 World Literature 14 The Duquesne Corporation 147 Course Examinations 144 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Officers of the University 148 Unit 144 Hardbook Student 128 Curricular Requirements 13 Disabled Students 123 Final 144 Hanley Hall The Edward) 11 Degrees 14 Discounts University 138 Credit by 144 Harp Courses 85 Effective Catalog 15 Divisions School of Business and Administration Expenses See Tuition and Fees Health Profession Loans 134 Electives 15 Behavioral Science 63 1 Health History 13 Economic Science 66 Facilities Physical 10 Insurance 124 Majors and Minors 15 Quantitative Science 60 Faculty Administration and Arts and Sciences 148 Services 124 Philosophy and objectives 13 Double Bass Courses 84 Business and Administration 155 History 28 Special Programs 14 Dormitories Education 156 Courses 29 Concentrated Studies 14 Assumpuon Hall to Music 158 Department of 28 Cooperative Education 14 Duquesne Towers 10 Nursing 161 Requirements for Major 28 World Literature Program 14 Expenses 140 Pharmacy 63 Requirements for Mipor 28 Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Arts and St Ann'Hall 11 ROTC ^65 History of Duquesne 9 General Sciences 14 St Martin Hall 11 Federal Nursing Loans 134 Honors Graduation 146 Pre-Law 14 Dropping and Adding Courses 142 Fee Universjtv 139 Honors Awards Pre-Professional Health Education 15 Duquesne Fees General See Tuition and Fees Education 71 Inter School Minors 15 Corporation 147 Finance Curriculum 61 Music 76 Bachelor-Master s 15 Nursing Duke (Newspaper) 128 Financial Aid 133 too Bachelor/Professional School 15 Magazine 128 Application Procedure 134 Pharmacy III Liberal Arts Engineering 15 Honor Societies Towers 10 Award Conditions 133 128 Second Bachelors Degree 15 Horn Courses Union 10 125 Competitive Scholarships 34 85 Three-year Bachelor s 15 Housing See Dormitories Current Information ^33 CLEP and Advanced Placement 15 132 Early Admission 131 Federal Nursing Loans Scholarships 135 134 Information Center 127 Early Childhood Education Financial Need Library Resource Center 11 133 ^nter Fraternity Council 127 Courses 72 Loans See Scholarships and Loans Gift Assistance 133 nternational Program 69 Guaranteed Student Loari 135 Business Curriculum 63 Early Decision 130 Health Profession Loans 134 Management Curriculum 64 Earth Science Courses Education Policy Statement on 9 Marketing Curriculum 65 44 Meeting Student Need 133 Student Advisement Economic Science Division 66 123 Mathematics National Direct Student Loans 134 Students Admission of 131 Curriculum 66 Other Sources of Aid 135 Courses 33 Economics Intet-School Minors 15 Department of 33 Parish Scholarship 134 Italian Courses 38 Courses 66 Pell Grant Program 135 Requirements for Major 33 Department of 26 Principles of Aid 133 journalism Requirements for Minor 33 Matriculation Deposit Requirements for Maier 26 Program Funding 133 Courses 3 138 Requirements for Minor 26 Programs 134 Department of 31 McCloskey Field 10 Education School of 68 State Grant Assistance 135 Requirements for Major 31 Medical Media Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Student Employme-it 134 Requirements for Minor 31 Courses 35 Admission 68 Student Self-Help 133 Scholarships 135 Division of 34 Class Attendance 70 Supplemental Educational Requirements for Major 34 Competency Core Curriculum 69 Opportunity Grants 134 Judicial System 123 Requirements for Minor 35 Course Descriptions 71 University Aid 134 Medical Technology Department of 107 117 Laboratoty Fees Early Childhood 72 University Scholars Award 134 Mellon Hall of Science I I General 139 Military Science Department of Educational Foundations and Psychology 71 Financial Aid—Departments and Schools 35 120 Elementary 73 Business and Administration ^36 Pharmacy 110 139 Ministry Campus 129 Secondary 73 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 135 Late Registration Modern Languages & Literatures Special 74 Education 136 Fee 139 Courses 36 Policy Department of Curriculum 68 Music 136 143 36 Latin Courses 22 French Courses General Education 68 Nursing 136 36 Law Administration Curriculum - 63 Professional Education 68 Pharmacy 136 German Courses 37 Learning Skills Program Italian Courses Professional Laboratory Experiences 68 General University Scholarships 137 126 38 Degree 68 ROTC Scholarships 138 L Espirit du Duc (Yearbook) 128 Requirements for Major 36 Dual Certification 70 University Discounts 138 Liberal Arts and Sciences College of 13 Requirements for Minor 36 General Education Required Courses 69 Financial Matters 141 Academic Russian Courses 38 History 68 Billing Problems 141 Load 15 Spanish Courses 39 Regulations 15 Music Education 93 175 174

1 13 120 Music School of 75 New Pharmacy Curriculum 106 1 16 States Other Than Pennsylvania Four-Year I I I 120 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Nursing School of 97 student Organizations Advanced Course 9 120 Admission 75 Accreditation and Affiliation 912 8 Philosophy and objectives University Basic Course *1 121 Advisement 75 Admission of Registered Nurse Students 9 8 Philosophy Common Hour Building I I Admission Requirements Cour,e 40 D rect Entry Advanced 120 121 Course Descriptions 83 Course Descriptions 01 Department of 39 Silmultaneous Membershir) 121 Applied Music 83 Curriculum Standards Requirements for Major 40 Two-Year 121 Bassoon 84 Definition/Philosopny Of97 Requirements for Minor 40 Voluntary Adventure and Social Activities 138 Clarinet 84 Degree 98 Physics Scholarships Double Bass 84 Expenses Additional 99 Courses 42 Reside-ice 127 Flute 84 Graduation Requirements 100 A Department of 42 Council 124 Guitar-Classical/Jazz 85 Grievance Procedure 100 Earth Science 42 Life Harp 85 History 97 Reouirements for Major 42 Residences Student See Dormitories 138 Horn 85 Honor Awards 100 Requirements for Minor 42 Residence Hall Damage Deposit Oboe 86 NLN Achievement Tcsts 100 Physical Facilities 10 Resident Hall Pre-Payment Fee 138 Piano Courses Rockwell Hall 11 Organ 86 Nursing Electives 102 86 140 Percussion 86 Program Purposes Goal & Indicators 98 Placement Center Career Planning and 126 Room and Board Policy Statement on International Education 9 141 Piano 86 Program of Study 98 Costs 141 87 Recommended Course Sequences 100 Political Science Withdrawals and Refunds Saxophone 45 Trombone and Baritone Horn 87 Requirements/Adoitional 99 Courses ROTC See Reserve Officer Training Corps 45 38 Trumpet 87 Scholarships and Loans 134 136 Department of Russian Courses Requirements for Major 45 St Ann Hall I I Tuba 87 Second Degree Program 99 Pecluirements for Minor 45 St Martin Hall 11 Viola 88 Student Organizations 99 Post-Graduate Students Admission of 131 Saxophone Courses 87 Violin 88 Student Rights 100 14 Scheduling Events 126 Violoncello 88 Temporary Transfer 99 Pre-Law Program 64 Scholarships and Loans— Voice 88 Transfer Student Admission 99 Pre-Legal Program Pre-Proressional Health Education 15 University Aid 134 Conducting 92 ;1 166 Application Procedure Con,;ervatory 76 Oboe Courses 86 President office of the 134 Professional and Department Organizations 128 Competitive Scholarships 134 Ensemble 92 Official Registration 142 Psychological Center for Health Profession Loans 134 Eurhythmics 93 Office of the President lo6 Training and Research 127 National Direct Student Loans 134 General Education 96 Officers Administrative 147 Psychology Federal Loans 134 Music Education 88 Organ Courses 8b Courses 47 Parish Scholarships 134 Bassoon 88 Organizations See Student Organizations Department of 4 7 Student Employment 134 Clarinet 88 47 Supplernertal Educational Double Bass 89 Pan-Hellenic Council 127 Requirements for Major Requirements for Minor 47 Opportunity Grants 134 Flute 89 Parish Scholarship 134 I I Un iversity Scholars Awards 134 Guitar-Classical/Jazz 89 Part-Time Students 144 Public Safety Building Publications Student 128 Scholarships and Loans— Harp 90 Pass/Fail Electives 45 Other Sources Horn 90 Pell Grant Programs ;35 code of Student Rights Resporsibilities & Conduct 128 Guaranteed Student Loans 135 Oboe 90 Percussion Courses 86 Duquesne Duke (Newspaper) 128 Other Possibilities 135 Organ 90 Pharmaceutical Administration Department of 1 15 Duquesne Magazine 128 Pell Grant Program 135 Percussion 90 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics L Espir,t du Duc (Yearbook) 128 State Grant Assistance 135 Piano 91 Department of 1 13 Student Handbook 128 Scholarships and Loans— Saxophone 91 Pharmacists State Licensing of i 12 Departments and Schools Trombone and Baritone Horn 91 Pharmacology Toxicology Department of Quality Poirt System 144 Arts and Sciences 135 Trumpet 91 Pharmacy School of 1)14 Quantitative Science Business and Administration 136 Tuba 91 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Division of 60 Education 136 Violin 92 Admission 1 10 Accounting 60 General 137 Viola 92 Areas of Concentration 107 Finance 61 Music 136 Violoncello 92 Career Guidance Center Quantitative Methods 62 Nursing 136 Voice c)2 Course Descriptions 13 Pharmacy 136 Music History Literature and Art 94 Clinical Pharmacy 1 16 Radio and Television WDUO 128 ROTC 138 Music Theory 94 Medical Technology ^!7 Radiological Health Department of 109 118 School Year 2 Music Therapy 95 Ne\k Pharmacy Curriculum 0 Readmission 131 Schools Non-Music Majors 96 Pharmaceutical Administration 1 15 Records and Reports 143 Arts and Sciences 13 Sacred Music 95 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Confidentiality of Student Records 143 Business and Administration 58 Tarnburitzans Institute of Folk Arts 96 and Pharmaceutics 1 13 Semester Grade Reports 143 Education 68 Degrees 75 Pharmacology-Toxicology 1 14 Transcripts 143 Music 75 Equipment 76 Professional Electi^es 1 18 Recreational Center 125 Nursing 97 Fees Special 71 Radiological Health 1 18 Red Masquers 128 Pharmacy 104 History 75 Curriculum Majors 105 Refund Second Bachelors Degree 15 Honor Awards 76 Degrees 104 Room and Board Withdrawal and 141 Secondary Education Philosophy and Objectives 75 Graduation Requirements 112 Tuition 140 Courses 73 Programs 76 History 04 Registration 142 Programs 69 Conservatory 76 Honor Awards i Change of Schedule 142 Semester jazz Pei formance 79 Philosophy and Objectives .11 I'[ L Cross 142 Grade Reports 143 Orchestra] Instrument/Classical Guitar 78 Programs 04 Late 143 Tuition 138 Organ 77 Pharmacy 04 Regulations for Pharmacy Senior Citizen Discount 138 Piano 76 Medical Technology i07 Students 110 Service Organizations 128 Voice 78 Radiological Health 109 Requirements for Graduation 146 Social Organizations 128 Sacred Music Research Foundation 13 11 Repeating Courses and Sociology Organ 80 Residency Requirements i0`1 Course R^etrograclation 145 Areas of Concentration 48 Voice 80 Regulations 110 Reserve Officer Training Courses 49 Recital Attendance 76 Scholars Program 110 Corps 120 Department of 48 Other Attendance Requirements 76 Scholarships and Loans 136 Army ROTC Scholarsl,-ps 121 Requirements for Major 49 Scholarships 136 Special Fees 110 Course Descriptions 121 Requirements for Minor 49 Student Organizations 76 Activities 110 Department of Military Spanish Courses 39 Teacher Certification 76 Laboratory 110 Science (Army ROTC) 120 Speech Communication and Theatre Theology Requiremerts 76 School of Pharmacy 110 Early Commissioning 120 Areas of Concentration 50 State Licensing Programs 120 Courses 51 National Direct Student Loans 134 Pennsylvania 112

176 Duquesne University Campus Teacher Certification Department of 50 Special Education Education 70 Courses 74 Music 76 Program 70 Television WDUO Radio and 128 0 Sports See Athletics Temporary Transfer Students Admission of 03 Academic Year j 32 STEVENSON STREET State m i;i Licensing of Pharmacists 1 12 Summer Session 132 > 0 Grant Assistance 135 Testing Bureau 127 Z East Assumption Hall iz Student Theatre 128 0 Employment 134 Theology C/) < < 0m "nm C:r UL `0.0.1 Government Association 127 Courses 54, m C/) 5 2L C Department of 53 C/) > Housing See Dormitories M X Financing Program 141 Three-Year Bachelors Program 15 co o Records Confidentiality of 231 Transcripts 143 0 0 > Z N Standing 234 Transfer Within the University 146 C/) Student Services Programs Transfer Students C/) (D CD5 and organizations 123 Admission of 131 -1 :X) Student Life 123 Temporary 132 m _J M m Athletics 124 Temporary—Summer 132 m > C-)A m m Council on Student Services 123 Timity Hall 1 1 Dean of Students 123 Trombone Courses 87 CD C Health Insurance/Health Services 124 Trumpet Courses 87 (D judicial System 124 - Tuba Courses 87 0 CD :3 ;,I- AVM 3NO Resicence Life 124 Tuition and Fees 223 MAGEE STREET (D Student Development 123 Application Fee 138 0 --1 College Skills 123 Auditor s Fee 138 Z 0 Disabled Students 123 Change of Scheule Fee 138 m International Students 123 Credit by Examination FeF 1^8 Developmental Services 126 Damage Deposit Resident Hall 138 > Center for Academic and Graduation Fees 0 _< 138 Z Career Development 126 Laboratory Fees 139 -3ilAo Career Planning and Placement 126 Late Registration Fee 139 M Learning Skills Program 126 Matriculation Deposit 138 Testing Bureau 127 Remission of Tuition 140 < Psychological Center for Removal of I Grade f39 Parking 0 Testing and Research 127 Resident Hall Pre-Payment 138 C Student Governance 127 Room and Board 140 -n m CU Student Government Association 127 Withdrawal and Refund 141 0 Z < Commuter Council 11 __11 \ \ \ \\\\ r rr> 127 Scholarships 134 m n M Residence Council 127 Special Fees co :3 FD Z _n 0 Inter-Fraternity Council 127 Business and Administration m 'am (CA: Z CD C) 139 cn Panhellenic Council 127 Music 75 139 > --I > r- Student Life 125 Nursing 99 < 0 0 M Duquesne Life 125 Pharmacy 110 139 m :3 0 K M rin < > — CD Union Program Board 125 Summer and Spectai Session 224 Z (D r- C() = > Recreational Center 125 Tuition Ct) r 138 C) M , I C) 0 r Information Center 126 University Fee 139 m cl) [D CD Scheduling 26 Withdrawal and Termination of Attendance 140 Govern ing Council 26 Tuition Remission Schedule 140 YMCA 26 Within the Semester 140 m > m Student Organizations T Within the Summer Session 140 U) M --I Honor Societies 128 Union Program Board 125 C 3 0=rao m Media 128 Unit of Credit 146 WDUO Radio and Television 128 University (D < WDRC 28 Accreditation and Affiliation 1 1 Performance Groups ; 28 Administrative Divisions 166 Tamburitzans 128 Presidents office 66 > Counseling Red Masquers Theatre 128 Academic Affairs 66 Personnel Professional and Departmental 128 Management and Business 68 Business and Administration 59 Student Life - 69 COLBERT STREET Education 71 University Relations 169 Music 76 Campus Ministry 168 >i Nursing 99 Administrative Officers 147 Cricklewoo hapel C1 Pharmacy I I I Board of Directors 147 F 3 Apartme Publications 128 Buildings 10 IF Y^ D Duquesne Duke Newspaper 128 Discounts 138 Duquesne Magazine 128 Duquesne Corporation 147 ..aL 0 BOYD REET :E Code of Student Rights 128 History 9 * Student Handbook 128 Philosophy and objectives 9 0Z L-ci 5 1 :3 0 Yearbook 128 Policy Statements on International Education 4 Rockwell 9 0 Service 128 Relations 109 Hall Social 128 Scholars Awards 1 34 Z I :P Summer and Special Session — Setting 9 ;Z Tuition and Fee Charges 140 Viola Courses/Violin Courses 88 SHINGISS STREET Summer Session , 12 132 Violincello Courses/Voice Courses 88 Duquesne Students 132 WDUK Radio and Television 28 :r Transfer Students 132 Withdrawal Supplemental Educational From a Course 46 Opportunity Grants 134 From the University 140 Systems Center/Computer Resources 12 Women s Sports See Athletics Tamburitzans 128 World Literature Program 14 L